WO2014076698A1 - Neurophysiological data analysis using spatiotemporal parcellation - Google Patents

Neurophysiological data analysis using spatiotemporal parcellation Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014076698A1
WO2014076698A1 PCT/IL2013/050939 IL2013050939W WO2014076698A1 WO 2014076698 A1 WO2014076698 A1 WO 2014076698A1 IL 2013050939 W IL2013050939 W IL 2013050939W WO 2014076698 A1 WO2014076698 A1 WO 2014076698A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
subject
capsule
brain
stimulation
capsules
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/IL2013/050939
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Amir B. Geva
Yaki Stern
Amit Reches
Original Assignee
Elminda Ltd.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Elminda Ltd. filed Critical Elminda Ltd.
Priority to EP13855226.0A priority Critical patent/EP2919647B1/en
Priority to CN201380070305.3A priority patent/CN104955388B/en
Priority to BR112015010990A priority patent/BR112015010990A2/en
Priority to JP2015541302A priority patent/JP6452612B2/en
Priority to US14/442,407 priority patent/US10136830B2/en
Publication of WO2014076698A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014076698A1/en
Priority to IL238818A priority patent/IL238818B/en
Priority to US16/168,882 priority patent/US11583217B2/en

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00—Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/24—Detecting, measuring or recording bioelectric or biomagnetic signals of the body or parts thereof
    • A61B5/316—Modalities, i.e. specific diagnostic methods
    • A61B5/369—Electroencephalography [EEG]
    • A61B5/372—Analysis of electroencephalograms
    • A61B5/374—Detecting the frequency distribution of signals, e.g. detecting delta, theta, alpha, beta or gamma waves
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00—Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/0033—Features or image-related aspects of imaging apparatus, e.g. for MRI, optical tomography or impedance tomography apparatus; Arrangements of imaging apparatus in a room
    • A61B5/0036—Features or image-related aspects of imaging apparatus, e.g. for MRI, optical tomography or impedance tomography apparatus; Arrangements of imaging apparatus in a room including treatment, e.g., using an implantable medical device, ablating, ventilating
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00—Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/0033—Features or image-related aspects of imaging apparatus, e.g. for MRI, optical tomography or impedance tomography apparatus; Arrangements of imaging apparatus in a room
    • A61B5/004—Features or image-related aspects of imaging apparatus, e.g. for MRI, optical tomography or impedance tomography apparatus; Arrangements of imaging apparatus in a room adapted for image acquisition of a particular organ or body part
    • A61B5/0042—Features or image-related aspects of imaging apparatus, e.g. for MRI, optical tomography or impedance tomography apparatus; Arrangements of imaging apparatus in a room adapted for image acquisition of a particular organ or body part for the brain
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00—Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/16—Devices for psychotechnics; Testing reaction times ; Devices for evaluating the psychological state
    • A61B5/165—Evaluating the state of mind, e.g. depression, anxiety
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00—Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/24—Detecting, measuring or recording bioelectric or biomagnetic signals of the body or parts thereof
    • A61B5/316—Modalities, i.e. specific diagnostic methods
    • A61B5/369—Electroencephalography [EEG]
    • A61B5/377—Electroencephalography [EEG] using evoked responses
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00—Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/40—Detecting, measuring or recording for evaluating the nervous system
    • A61B5/4058—Detecting, measuring or recording for evaluating the nervous system for evaluating the central nervous system
    • A61B5/4064—Evaluating the brain
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00—Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/40—Detecting, measuring or recording for evaluating the nervous system
    • A61B5/4076—Diagnosing or monitoring particular conditions of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00—Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/72—Signal processing specially adapted for physiological signals or for diagnostic purposes
    • A61B5/7235—Details of waveform analysis
    • A61B5/7246—Details of waveform analysis using correlation, e.g. template matching or determination of similarity
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00—Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/72—Signal processing specially adapted for physiological signals or for diagnostic purposes
    • A61B5/7235—Details of waveform analysis
    • A61B5/7264—Classification of physiological signals or data, e.g. using neural networks, statistical classifiers, expert systems or fuzzy systems
    • A61B5/7267—Classification of physiological signals or data, e.g. using neural networks, statistical classifiers, expert systems or fuzzy systems involving training the classification device
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61N—ELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
    • A61N1/00—Electrotherapy; Circuits therefor
    • A61N1/18—Applying electric currents by contact electrodes
    • A61N1/32—Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents
    • A61N1/36—Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents for stimulation
    • A61N1/3605—Implantable neurostimulators for stimulating central or peripheral nerve system
    • A61N1/36128—Control systems
    • A61N1/36135—Control systems using physiological parameters
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F16/00—Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
    • G06F16/20—Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor of structured data, e.g. relational data
    • G06F16/28—Databases characterised by their database models, e.g. relational or object models
    • G06F16/284—Relational databases
    • G06F16/285—Clustering or classification
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06T—IMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
    • G06T11/00—2D [Two Dimensional] image generation
    • G06T11/20—Drawing from basic elements, e.g. lines or circles
    • G06T11/206—Drawing of charts or graphs
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G16—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16H—HEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
    • G16H50/00—ICT specially adapted for medical diagnosis, medical simulation or medical data mining; ICT specially adapted for detecting, monitoring or modelling epidemics or pandemics
    • G16H50/50—ICT specially adapted for medical diagnosis, medical simulation or medical data mining; ICT specially adapted for detecting, monitoring or modelling epidemics or pandemics for simulation or modelling of medical disorders
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G16—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16Z—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G16Z99/00—Subject matter not provided for in other main groups of this subclass
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00—Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/05—Detecting, measuring or recording for diagnosis by means of electric currents or magnetic fields; Measuring using microwaves or radio waves
    • A61B5/0515—Magnetic particle imaging
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00—Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/05—Detecting, measuring or recording for diagnosis by means of electric currents or magnetic fields; Measuring using microwaves or radio waves
    • A61B5/0522—Magnetic induction tomography
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00—Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/05—Detecting, measuring or recording for diagnosis by means of electric currents or magnetic fields; Measuring using microwaves or radio waves
    • A61B5/055—Detecting, measuring or recording for diagnosis by means of electric currents or magnetic fields; Measuring using microwaves or radio waves involving electronic [EMR] or nuclear [NMR] magnetic resonance, e.g. magnetic resonance imaging
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00—Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/72—Signal processing specially adapted for physiological signals or for diagnostic purposes
    • A61B5/7271—Specific aspects of physiological measurement analysis
    • A61B5/7275—Determining trends in physiological measurement data; Predicting development of a medical condition based on physiological measurements, e.g. determining a risk factor
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61B—DIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00—Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/72—Signal processing specially adapted for physiological signals or for diagnostic purposes
    • A61B5/7271—Specific aspects of physiological measurement analysis
    • A61B5/7282—Event detection, e.g. detecting unique waveforms indicative of a medical condition
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06T—IMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
    • G06T2207/00—Indexing scheme for image analysis or image enhancement
    • G06T2207/30—Subject of image; Context of image processing
    • G06T2207/30004—Biomedical image processing
    • G06T2207/30016—Brain

Definitions

  • the present invention in some embodiments thereof, relates to neurophysiology and, more particularly, but not exclusively, to method and system for analyzing data using spatiotemporal parcellation.
  • the brain is a complex structure of nerve cells that produce signals called action potentials. These action potentials move from one cell to another across a gap called the synapse. These potentials summate in the cortex and extend through the coverings of the brain to the scalp, where they can be measured using appropriate electrodes. Rhythmical measured activity represents postsynaptic cortical neuronal potentials which are synchronized by the complex interaction of large populations of cortical cells.
  • Behavioral functions are based upon flow among various functional regions in the brain, involving specific spatiotemporal flow patterns.
  • a specific spatiotemporal pattern underlying a certain behavioral function is composed of functional brain regions, which are often active for at least several tens of milliseconds and more. The flow of activity among those regions is often synchronization-based.
  • U.S. Patent No. 6,792,304 discloses a method and a system for mass communication assessment.
  • a cognitive task is transmitted from a central control site to a plurality of remote test sites via Internet.
  • the brain response of the subjects at the remote sites in response to the task is recorded and transmitted back to the central control site via the Internet.
  • the central control site then computes the variations in the brain activities for the subjects at each of the selected sites.
  • U.S. Published Application No. 20040059241 discloses a method for classifying and treating physiologic brain imbalances.
  • Neurophysiologic techniques are used for obtaining a set of analytic brain signals from a subject, and a set of digital parameters is determined from the signals.
  • the digital parameters are quantitatively mapped to various therapy responsivity profiles.
  • the signals and parameters for a subject are compared to aggregate neurophysiologic information contained in databases relating to asymptomatic and symptomatic reference populations, and the comparison is used for making treatment recommendations.
  • Treatment response patterns are correlated as a dependent variable to provide a connection to successful outcomes for clinical treatment of afflicted subjects.
  • 2009/069136 the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference, describe a technique in which neurophysiological data are collected before and after the subject has performed a task and/or action that forms a stimulus.
  • the stimulus is used for defining features in the data, and the data are decomposed according to the defined features. Thereafter, the features are analyzed to determine one or more patterns in the data.
  • the decomposition can employ clustering for locating one or more important features in the data, wherein a collection of clusters forms an activity network.
  • the data patterns can be analyzed for defining a neural model which can be used for simulating the effect of a particular pathology and/or treatment on the brain.
  • WO 2011/086563 discloses analysis of neurophysiological data, which includes identifying activity-related features in the data, constructing a brain network activity (BNA) pattern having a plurality of nodes, each representing a feature of the activity-related features, and assigning a connectivity weight to each pair of nodes in the BNA pattern.
  • BNA brain network activity
  • a method of analyzing neurophysiological data recorded from a brain of a subject comprising: identifying activity-related features in the data; parceling the data according to the activity-related features to define a plurality of capsules, each representing a spatiotemporal activity region in the brain; comparing at least some of the defined capsules to at least one reference capsule; and estimating a brain function of the subject based on the comparison.
  • the comparison comprises calculating, for each of the at least some of the defined capsules, a statistical score of a spatiotemporal vector corresponding to the capsule using multidimensional statistical distribution describing a respective database capsule.
  • each entry of the database is also associated with a weight, and the method further comprises weighing the statistical score using the weight.
  • the method comprises calculating a correlation between the capsule and a respective database capsule.
  • the comparison is executed irrespective of any inter-capsule relation.
  • the inter-capsule relation comprises at least one of spatial proximity between two defined capsules, temporal proximity between two defined capsules, spectral proximity between two defined capsules, and energetic proximity between two defined capsules.
  • the method comprises determining inter-capsule relations among the capsules, and constructing a capsule network pattern responsively to the inter-capsule relations, wherein the database comprises database capsule network patterns, and where the comparison comprises comparing the constructed pattern to the database pattern.
  • the at least one reference capsule comprises an annotated database capsule stored in a database having a plurality of entries, and the method further comprises accessing the database.
  • the at least one reference capsule comprises a baseline capsule defined using neurophysiological data acquired from the same subject at a different time
  • the method comprises comparing the variation of the capsule relative to the baseline capsule, to a previously stored variation of a first capsule annotated as normal and a second capsule also annotated as normal.
  • the at least one reference capsule comprises a baseline capsule defined using neurophysiological data acquired from the same subject at a different time.
  • the method comprises comparing the variation of the capsule relative to the baseline capsule, to a previously stored variation of a first capsule annotated as normal and a second capsule also annotated as normal.
  • the at least one reference capsule comprises a capsule defined using neurophysiological data acquired form a different subject.
  • the at least one reference capsule comprises a capsule defined using neurophysiological data acquired form a different subject.
  • the method comprises: constructing a brain network activity (BNA) pattern having a plurality of nodes, each representing a feature of the activity-related features; assigning a connectivity weight to each pair of nodes in the BNA pattern; comparing the constructed BNA to at least one reference BNA pattern; wherein the estimation of the a brain function of the subject is also based on the comparison to the reference BNA.
  • BNA brain network activity
  • the at least one reference BNA pattern comprises an annotated BNA pattern stored in a BNA database having a plurality of entries, and the method further comprises accessing the database.
  • the at least one reference BNA pattern comprises a baseline BNA pattern extracted from neurophysiological data acquired from the same subject at a different time.
  • the at least one reference BNA pattern comprises a BNA pattern extracted from neurophysiological data acquired from a different subject or a group of subjects.
  • the method comprises, prior to the comparison, applying a feature selection procedure to the plurality of capsules to provide at least one sub-set of capsules, wherein the comparison is executed separately for each of the at least one sub-set of capsules.
  • the brain function is a temporary abnormal brain function.
  • the brain function is a chronic abnormal brain function.
  • the brain function is a response to a stimulus or lack thereof.
  • the method comprises assessing the likelihood of brain concussion.
  • the method comprises applying local stimulation to the brain responsively to the estimated brain function, the local stimulation being at one or more locations corresponding to a spatial location of at least one of the capsules. According to some embodiments of the invention the method comprises applying local stimulation to the brain responsively to the estimated brain function.
  • the local stimulation is at one or more locations corresponding to a spatial location of at least one of the capsules.
  • the estimation of the brain function is executed repeatedly, and the method comprises varying the local stimulation responsively to variations in the brain function.
  • the local stimulation comprises transcranial stimulation.
  • the local stimulation comprises transcranial electrical stimulation (tES).
  • tES transcranial electrical stimulation
  • the local stimulation comprises transcranial direct current stimulation (tDCS).
  • tDCS transcranial direct current stimulation
  • the local stimulation comprises high-definition transcranial direct current stimulation (HD-tDCS).
  • HD-tDCS high-definition transcranial direct current stimulation
  • the local stimulation comprises electrocortical stimulation on the cortex.
  • the local stimulation comprises deep brain stimulation.
  • the local stimulation comprises both transcranial stimulation and deep brain stimulation, and wherein the transcranial stimulation is executed to control activation thresholds for the deep brain stimulation.
  • the local stimulation comprises both transcranial stimulation and deep brain stimulation, and wherein the transcranial stimulation is executed to control activation thresholds for the deep brain stimulation.
  • a method of constructing a database from neurophysiological data recorded from a group of subjects comprising: identifying activity-related features in the data; parceling the data according to the activity-related features to define a plurality of capsules, each representing a spatiotemporal activity region in the brain; clustering the data according to the capsules, to provide a plurality of capsule clusters; and storing the clusters and/or representations thereof in a computer readable medium, thereby forming the database.
  • the representations of the clusters comprises capsular representations of the clusters.
  • the method according to any further comprising determining inter-capsule relations among the capsules, and constructing capsule network patterns responsively to the inter-capsule relations, wherein the representations of the clusters comprise the capsule network patterns.
  • the parceling comprises forming a spatial grid, associating each identified activity-related feature with a grid element and a time point, and defining a capsule corresponding to the identified activity- related feature as a spatio temporal activity region encapsulating grid elements nearby the associated grid element and time points nearby the associated time points.
  • the grid elements nearby the associated grid element comprise all grid elements at which an amplitude level of the activity-related feature is within a predetermined threshold range.
  • the time points nearby the associated time point comprise all time points at which an amplitude level of the activity-related feature is within a predetermined threshold range.
  • the spatial grid is a two- dimensional spatial grid.
  • the spatial grid is a two- dimensional spatial grid describing a scalp of the subject.
  • the spatial grid is a two- dimensional spatial grid describing an intracranial surface of the subject.
  • the spatial grid is a three- dimensional spatial grid.
  • the spatial grid is a three- dimensional spatial grid describing an intracranial volume of the subject.
  • the parceling comprises applying frequency decomposition to the data to provide a plurality of frequency bands, wherein the association of the identified activity-related feature and the definition of the capsule is executed separately for each frequency band.
  • the parceling comprises applying frequency decomposition to the data to provide a plurality of frequency bands, wherein the association of the identified activity-related feature and the definition of the capsule is executed separately for each frequency band.
  • the parceling comprises associating each identified activity-related feature with a frequency value, and wherein the capsule corresponding to the identified activity-related feature is defined as spectral- spatiotemporal activity region encapsulating grid elements nearby the associated grid element, time points nearby the associated time points and frequency values nearby the associated frequency value.
  • a system for processing neurophysiological data comprising a data processor configured for receiving the neurophysiological data, and executing the method as delineated above and optionally as further exemplified below.
  • a computer software product comprising a computer-readable medium in which program instructions are stored, which instructions, when read by a data processor, cause the data processor to receive the neurophysiological data and execute the method as delineated above and optionally as further exemplified below.
  • a system for analyzing neurophysiological data recorded from a brain of a subject comprises a data processor configured for: identifying activity- related features in the data; parceling the data according to the activity-related features to define a plurality of capsules, each representing a spatiotemporal activity region in the brain; comparing at least some of the defined capsules to at least one reference capsule; and estimating a brain function of the subject based on the comparison.
  • the system further comprises a controller connectable to a brain stimulation system and configured for controlling the brain stimulation system to apply local stimulation to the brain responsively to the estimated brain function.
  • the controller is configured to control the brain stimulation system to apply the local stimulation at one or more locations corresponding to a spatial location of at least one of the capsules.
  • the estimation of the brain function is executed repeatedly, and the controller is configured to vary the local stimulation responsively to variations in the brain function.
  • the brain stimulation system comprises a transcranial stimulation system.
  • the brain stimulation system comprises a transcranial direct current stimulation (tDCS) system.
  • tDCS transcranial direct current stimulation
  • the local stimulation comprises high-definition transcranial direct current stimulation (HD-tDCS).
  • HD-tDCS high-definition transcranial direct current stimulation
  • the brain stimulation system comprises an electrocortical stimulation system configured to apply electrocortical stimulation on the cortex.
  • the brain stimulation system comprises a deep brain stimulation system.
  • the brain stimulation system is configured to apply both transcranial stimulation and deep brain stimulation, and wherein the controller is configured to control the brain stimulation system to apply the transcranial stimulation to control activation thresholds for the deep brain stimulation.
  • Implementation of the method and/or system of embodiments of the invention can involve performing or completing selected tasks manually, automatically, or a combination thereof. Moreover, according to actual instrumentation and equipment of embodiments of the method and/or system of the invention, several selected tasks could be implemented by hardware, by software or by firmware or by a combination thereof using an operating system.
  • a data processor such as a computing platform for executing a plurality of instructions.
  • the data processor includes a volatile memory for storing instructions and/or data and/or a non-volatile storage, for example, a magnetic hard-disk and/or removable media, for storing instructions and/or data.
  • a network connection is provided as well.
  • a display and/or a user input device such as a keyboard or mouse are optionally provided as well.
  • FIG. 1 is a flowchart diagram of a method suitable for analyzing neurophysiological data, according to various exemplary embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic illustration showing a representative example of a Brain Network Activity (BNA) pattern which can be extracted from neurophysiological data, according to some embodiments of the present invention.
  • BNA Brain Network Activity
  • FIG. 3A is a flowchart diagram describing a procedure for identifying activity- related features for a group of subjects, according to some embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3B is schematic illustration of a procedure for determining relations between brain activity features, according to some embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIGs. 3C-E are abstract illustrations of a BNA patterns constructed according to some embodiments of the present invention using the procedure illustrated in FIG. 3B;
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart diagram describing a method suitable for analyzing a subject- specific BNA pattern, according to various exemplary embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIGs. 5A-F are schematic illustrations showing a representative example for a process for determining a brain-disorder index, according to some embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIGs. 6A-F are schematic illustrations showing representative examples for a process for assessing the responsiveness of an ADHD subject to treatment, according to some embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIGs. 7A-D are schematic illustrations showing representative examples for a process for assessing the responsiveness of another ADHD subject to treatment, according to some embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIGs. 8A-E are schematic illustrations showing a representative example for a process for assessing the responsiveness of a subject to scopolamine, according to some embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIGs. 9A-B are schematic illustrations showing a representative example for use of the BNA pattern for measuring pain, according to some embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIGs. 10A-H are schematic illustrations of BNA patterns constructed according to some embodiments of the present invention from EEG data recorded during a working memory test.
  • FIG. 11 shows graphical presentation of a brain-disorder index according to some embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 shows results of a methylphenidate (MPH) study performed according to some embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 shows evolutions of group BNA patterns of untreated ADHD subjects (left column), ADHD subjects following treatment with MPH (middle column), and control (right column).
  • FIG. 14 is a flowchart diagram illustrating a method suitable for constructing a database from neurophysiological data recorded from a group of subjects, according to some embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIG. 15 is a flowchart diagram illustrating a method suitable for analyzing neurophysiological data recorded from a subject, according to some embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIG. 16 is a block diagram of a data analysis technique executed in an experiment performed according to some embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIGs. 17A and 17B show Groups' capsules as obtained in an experiment performed according to some embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 shows ⁇ band ROC curves as obtained in an experiment performed according to some embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIG. 19 is a block diagram describing a technique utilized in an exemplified study performed according to some embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIG. 20 is a scheme illustrating a method employed during an exemplified study performed in accordance with some embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic representation of an Auditory Oddball Task employed in an exemplified study performed in accordance with some embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIG. 22 shows normative database's Interclass Correlation (ICC) values for BNA scores in the two EEG-ERP sessions obtained during an exemplified study performed in accordance with some embodiments of the present invention.
  • ICC Interclass Correlation
  • FIG. 23 shows Q-Q plot for the Connectivity ⁇ scores of a stimulus referred to as "Novel stimulus” of an Auditory Oddball Task, as obtained during an exemplified study performed in accordance with some embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIG. 24 shows frequency histogram for Connectivity ⁇ scores of a stimulus referred to as "Novel stimulus” of an Auditory Oddball Task, as obtained during an exemplified study performed in accordance with some embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIG. 25 shows a reconstructed ERP at Fz channel of a randomly chosen healthy subject from the normative database following a 6-step graded manipulation (combined amplitude decline and latency delay) of the P300 component in response to a stimulus referred to as “Novel stimulus” of an Auditory Oddball Task, as obtained during an exemplified study performed in accordance with some embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIGs. 26A-B show simulation results obtained during an exemplified study performed in accordance with some embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIG. 27 shows pharmacological model results obtained during an exemplified study performed in accordance with some embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIG. 28 is a block diagram describing a technique utilized in an exemplified experimental study performed according to some embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIGs. 29A-B show selected reference BNA patterns for a Go/NoGo task (FIG. 29A), and an Auditory Oddball task (FIG. 29B), as obtained during an exemplified experimental study performed according to some embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIGs. 31A-D shows sensitivity and specificity for BNA patterns, as obtained during an exemplified experimental study performed according to some embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIG. 32 is a schematic illustration of a system for analyzing neurophysiological data, according to some embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIG. 33 is a schematic illustration of feature selection procedure suitable for some embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIGs. 34A-C are schematic illustrations of comparison protocols suitable for some embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIG. 35 shows one example of extracted spatiotemporal peaks in different frequency bands for a No-Go stimulus, used in experiments performed according to some embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIGs. 36A-C show results obtained during a feature selection experiment performed according to some embodiments of the present invention.
  • FIG. 37 shows a visual analog scale (VAS) used in a study performed according to some embodiments of the present invention to investigate pain analysis and treatment.
  • VAS visual analog scale
  • FIG. 38 is a schematic illustration of an area at which heat stimulus was applied in the study to investigate pain analysis and treatment.
  • FIG. 39 is a schematic illustration of a map of the electrodes that were used in the study to investigate pain analysis and treatment.
  • FIG. 40 is a flowchart diagram describing a protocol used in the study to investigate pain analysis and treatment.
  • FIG. 41 shows visual analog scale (VAS) as a function of the numerical pain scale, as obtained in the study to investigate pain analysis and treatment.
  • VAS visual analog scale
  • FIG. 42 shows BNA score, VAS and the quality of life rating scale, as obtained in the study to investigate pain analysis and treatment.
  • FIG. 43 shows changes in the BNA scores, as predicted for the study to investigate pain analysis and treatment.
  • FIGs. 44A-D show representative Example of a subject declared as responder the study to investigate pain analysis and treatment.
  • FIGs. 45A-C show representative Example of a subject declared as non- responder the study to investigate pain analysis and treatment.
  • the present invention in some embodiments thereof, relates to neurophysiology and, more particularly, but not exclusively, to method and system for analyzing neurophysiological data.
  • Embodiments of the present invention are directed to a tool which can be used for an individual subject or a group of subjects, to analyze their brain activity so as to extract information pertaining to, e.g. , behavior, condition, brain function, and other subject characteristics.
  • the information is extracted by constructing one or more data objects that express the information.
  • the data object is a neurophysiological data pattern, in some embodiments the data object is a brain network activity (BNA) pattern, in some embodiments the data object is a spatiotemporal activity region in the brain, and in some embodiments the data object is a network of spatiotemporal activity regions.
  • BNA brain network activity
  • the data object can aid both for diagnostics and for therapy for treating pathologies associated with the respective data object.
  • a subject or group of subject can be analyzed in terms of one or more types of data objects.
  • the extracted information from each object can be combined and/or weighed to formulate an estimate regarding the behavior, condition and/or brain function.
  • the subject or group of subjects can first be analyzed by constructing a BNA pattern to provide a first analysis, and also be analyzed using one or more spatiotemporal activity regions to provide a second analysis.
  • the first and second analyses can be combined to provide better assessment regarding the behavior, condition, brain function and/or other subject characteristics.
  • one of the analyses can serve for confirming assessments made by the other analysis.
  • the numerical assessment values can be combined (e.g. , by calculating an averaged or weighted average).
  • At least part of the operations can be can be implemented by a data processing system, e.g., a dedicated circuitry or a general purpose computer, configured for receiving the data and executing the operations described below.
  • a data processing system e.g., a dedicated circuitry or a general purpose computer, configured for receiving the data and executing the operations described below.
  • Computer programs implementing the method of the present embodiments can commonly be distributed to users on a distribution medium such as, but not limited to, a floppy disk, a CD-ROM, a flash memory device and a portable hard drive. From the distribution medium, the computer programs can be copied to a hard disk or a similar intermediate storage medium. The computer programs can be run by loading the computer instructions either from their distribution medium or their intermediate storage medium into the execution memory of the computer, configuring the computer to act in accordance with the method of this invention. All these operations are well-known to those skilled in the art of computer systems.
  • the method of the present embodiments can be embodied in many forms. For example, it can be embodied in on a tangible medium such as a computer for performing the method operations. It can be embodied on a computer readable medium, comprising computer readable instructions for carrying out the method operations. In can also be embodied in electronic device having digital computer capabilities arranged to run the computer program on the tangible medium or execute the instruction on a computer readable medium.
  • FIG. 1 is a flowchart diagram of a method suitable for analyzing neurophysiological data, according to various exemplary embodiments of the present invention.
  • the neurophysiological data to be analyzed can be any data acquired directly from the brain of the subject under investigation.
  • the neurophysiological data can be data acquired directly from the brain of a single subject or data acquired directly from multiple brains of respective multiple subjects (e.g., a research group), not necessarily simultaneously.
  • Analysis of data from multiple brains can be done by performing the operations described below separately for each portion of the data that correspond to a single brain. Yet, some operations can be performed collectively for more than one brain.
  • a reference to "subject” or “brain” in the singular form does not necessarily mean analysis of data of an individual subject.
  • a reference to “subject” or “brain” in the singular form encompasses also analysis of a data portion which corresponds to one out of several subjects, which analysis can be applied to other portions as well.
  • the data can be analyzed immediately after acquisition ("online analysis”), or it can be recorded and stored and thereafter analyzed (“offline analysis”).
  • neurophysiological data types suitable for the present invention, including, without limitation, electroencephalogram (EEG) data, magnetoencephalography (MEG) data, computer-aided tomography (CAT) data, positron emission tomography (PET) data, magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) data, functional MRI (fMRI) data, ultrasound data, single photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) data, Brain Computer Interface (BCI) data, and data from neuroprostheses at the neural level.
  • EEG electroencephalogram
  • MEG magnetoencephalography
  • CAT computer-aided tomography
  • PET positron emission tomography
  • MRI magnetic resonance imaging
  • fMRI functional MRI
  • ultrasound data single photon emission computed tomography
  • SPECT single photon emission computed tomography
  • BCI Brain Computer Interface
  • the data include combination of two or more different types of data.
  • the neurophysiological data are associated with signals collected using a plurality of measuring devices respectively placed at a plurality of different locations on the scalp of the subject.
  • the data type is preferably EEG or MEG data.
  • the measuring devices can include electrodes, superconducting quantum interference devices (SQUIDs), and the like.
  • the portion of the data that is acquired at each such location is also referred to as "channel.”
  • the neurophysiological data are associated with signals collected using a plurality of measuring devices placed in the brain tissue itself.
  • the data type is preferably invasive EEG data, also known as electrocorticography (ECoG) data.
  • the neurophysiological data is collected at least before and after the subject has performed a task and/or action.
  • the neurophysiological data is collected at least before and after the subject has conceptualized a task and/or action but has not actually performed the task.
  • Neurophysiological data which is associated with a task and/or action can be used as event related measures, such as event related potentials (ERPs) or event related fields (ERFs).
  • the task and/or action (whether actually performed or conceptualized) is preferably in response to a stimulus or stimuli, and the acquisition of data is synchronized with the stimulus to establish a timeline of the response and extract data features responsively to this timeline.
  • the data collection is on-going such that neurophysiological data are collected continuously before, during and after performance or conceptualization of the task and/or action.
  • the task/action can be single, serial or on-going.
  • An example of an on-going lower- level cognitive task/action includes, without limitation, watching a movie; an example of a single lower-level cognitive task/action includes, without limitation, providing an audible signal (e.g., a simple sound) to the subject; and an example of a serial lower-level cognitive task/action includes, without limitation, playing an audible signal repeatedly. It is appreciated that for a repetitive task the subject may eventually be conditioned and will pay less attention (a process known as habituation), but there still will be a response from the brain.
  • An example of a higher- level cognitive task/action includes, without limitation, the so called "Go/NoGo task" in which the subject is requested to push a button if a high pitch sound is heard, wherein if a low pitch sound is heard then the subject is not to push the button.
  • This task is known in the art and is used in many cognitive studies.
  • Stimulus- response neuropsychological tests include, without limitation, the Stroop task, the Wisconsin card sorting test, and the like; stimulus-only based tests include, without limitation, mismatch negativity, brain- stem-evoked response audiometry (BERA), and the like.
  • response-only based tests such as, but not limited to, saccade analysis, movement related potentials (MRP), N-back memory tasks and other working memory tasks, the "serial seven" test (counting back from 100 in jumps of seven), the Posner attention tasks and the like.
  • the method begins at 10 and optionally and preferably continues to 11 at which the neurophysiological data are received.
  • the data can be recorded directly from the subject or it can be received from an external source, such as a computer readable memory medium on which the data are stored.
  • the method continues to 12 at which relations between features of the data are determined so as to indentify activity-related features.
  • This can be done using any procedure known in the art. For example, procedures as described in International Publication Nos. WO 2007/138579, WO 2009/069134, WO 2009/069135 and WO 2009/069136, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference, can be employed.
  • the extraction of activity-related features includes multidimensional analysis of the data, wherein the data is analyzed to extract spatial and non-spatial characteristics of the data.
  • the spatial characteristics preferably describe the locations from which the respective data were acquired.
  • the spatial characteristics can include the locations of the measuring devices (e.g. , electrode, SQUID) on the scalp of the subject.
  • a source localization procedure which may include, for example, low resolution electromagnetic tomography (LORETA), is employed.
  • LORETA low resolution electromagnetic tomography
  • a source localization procedure suitable for the present embodiments is described in the aforementioned international publications which are incorporated by reference.
  • Other source localization procedure suitable for the present embodiments are found in Greenblatt et al., 2005, " Local Linear Estimators for the Bioelectromagnetic Inverse Problem," IEEE Trans.
  • the spatial characteristics estimate locations on the epicortical surface.
  • data collected at locations on the scalp of the subject are processed so as to map the scalp potential distribution onto the epicortical surface.
  • the technique for such mapping is known in the art and referred to in the literature as Cortical Potential Imaging (CPI) or Cortical Source Density (CSD).
  • CPI Cortical Potential Imaging
  • CSS Cortical Source Density
  • Mapping techniques suitable for the present embodiments are found in Kayser et al., 2006, "Principal Components Analysis of Laplacian Waveforms as a Generic Method for Identifying ERP Generator Patterns: I.
  • the spatial characteristics can be represented using a discrete or continuous spatial coordinate system, as desired.
  • the coordinate system typically corresponds to the locations of the measuring devices ⁇ e.g., locations on the scalp, epicortical surface, cerebral cortex or deeper in the brain).
  • the coordinate system is continuous, it preferably describes the approximate shape of the scalp or epicortical surface, or some sampled version thereof.
  • a sampled surface can be represented by a point-cloud which is a set of points in a three-dimensional space, and which is sufficient for describing the topology of the surface.
  • the spatial characteristics can be obtained by piecewise interpolation between the locations of the measuring devices. The piecewise interpolation preferably utilizes a smooth analytical function or a set of smooth analytical functions over the surface.
  • the non-spatial characteristics are obtained separately for each spatial characteristic.
  • the non-spatial characteristics can be obtained separately for each channel.
  • the spatial characteristics are continuous, the non-spatial characteristics are preferably obtained for a set of discrete points over the continuum. Typically, this set of discrete points includes at least the points used for the piecewise interpolation, but may also include other points over the sampled version of the surface.
  • the non-spatial characteristics preferably include temporal characteristics, which are obtained by segmenting the data according to the time of acquisition.
  • the segmentation results in a plurality of data segments each corresponding to an epoch over which the respective data segment was acquired.
  • the length of the epoch depends on the temporal resolution characterizing the type of neurophysiological data. For example, for EEG or MEG data, a typical epoch length is approximately 1000 ms.
  • non-spatial characteristics can be obtained by data decomposing techniques.
  • the decomposition is performed separately for each data segment of each spatial characteristic.
  • decomposition is applied, e.g. , sequentially to each data segment of this particular channel (e.g. , first to the segment that corresponds to the first epoch, then to the segment that correspond to the second epoch and so on).
  • Such sequential decomposition is performed for other channels as well.
  • the neurophysiological data can be decomposed by identifying a pattern of extrema (peaks, troughs, etc.) in the data, or, more preferably by means of waveform analysis, such as, but not limited to, wavelet analysis.
  • the externum identification is accompanied by a definition of a spatiotemporal neighborhood of the externum.
  • the neighborhood can be defined as a spatial region (two- or three-dimensional) in which the externum is located and/or a time-interval during which the externum occurs.
  • both a spatial region and time-interval are defined, so as to associate a spatiotemporal neighborhood for each externum.
  • the advantage of defining such neighborhoods is that they provide information regarding the spreading structure of the data over time and/or space.
  • the size of the neighborhood (in terms of the respective dimension) can be determined based on the property of the extremum. For example, in some embodiments, the size of the neighborhood equals the full width at half maximum (FWHM) of the extremum. Other definitions of the neighborhood are not excluded from the scope of the present invention.
  • the waveform analysis is preferably accompanied by filtering (e.g., bandpass filtering) such that the wave is decomposed to a plurality of overlapping sets of signal extrema (e.g. , peaks) which together make up the waveform.
  • filtering e.g., bandpass filtering
  • the filters themselves may optionally be overlapping.
  • one or more of the following frequency bands can be employed during the filtering: delta band (typically from about 1 Hz to about 4 Hz), theta band (typically from about 3 to about 8 Hz), alpha band (typically from about 7 to about 13 Hz), low beta band (typically from about 12 to about 18 Hz), beta band (typically from about 17 to about 23 Hz), and high beta band (typically from about 22 to about 30 Hz).
  • delta band typically from about 1 Hz to about 4 Hz
  • theta band typically from about 3 to about 8 Hz
  • alpha band typically from about 7 to about 13 Hz
  • low beta band typically from about 12 to about 18 Hz
  • beta band typically from about 17 to about 23 Hz
  • high beta band typically from about 22 to about 30 Hz.
  • Higher frequency bands such as, but not limited to, gamma band (typically from about 30 to about 80 Hz), are also contemplated.
  • waveform characteristics such as, but not limited to, time (latency), frequency and optionally amplitude are preferably extracted. These waveform characteristics are preferably obtained as discrete values, thereby forming a vector whose components are the individual waveform characteristics. Use of discrete values is advantageous since it reduces the amount of data for further analysis.
  • Other reduction techniques such as, but not limited to, statistical normalization (e.g. , by means of standard score, or by employing any statistical moment) are also contemplated. Normalization can be used for reducing noise and is also useful when the method is applied to data acquired from more than one subject and/or when the interfaces between the measuring device and the brain vary among different subjects or among different locations for a single subject. For example, statistical normalization can be useful when there is non-uniform impedance matching among EEG electrodes.
  • the extraction of characteristics results in a plurality of vectors, each of which includes, as the components of the vector, the spatial characteristics (e.g. , the location of the respective electrode or other measuring device), and one or more non-spatial characteristics as obtained from the segmentation and decomposition.
  • Each of these vectors is a feature of the data, and any pair of vectors whose characteristics obey some relation (for example, causal relation wherein the two vectors are consistent with flow of information from the location associated with one vector to the location associated with the other vector) constitutes two activity-related features.
  • the extracted vectors thus define a multidimensional space.
  • the vectors when the components include location, time and frequency, the vectors define a three- dimensional space, and when the components include location, time, frequency and amplitude, the vectors define a four-dimensional space. Higher number of dimensions is not excluded from the scope of the present invention.
  • each feature of the data is represented as a point within the multidimensional space defined by the vectors, and each set of activity-related features is represented as a set of points such that any point of the set is within a specific distance along the time axis (also referred to hereinbelow as "latency-difference") from one or more other points in the set.
  • a feature of the data is preferably represented as a cluster of discrete points in the aforementioned multidimensional space.
  • a cluster of points can also be defined when the analysis is applied to neurophysiological data of a single subject.
  • vectors of waveform characteristics are extracted separately for separate stimuli presented to the subject, thereby defining clusters of points within the multidimensional space, where each point within the cluster corresponds to a response to a stimulus applied at a different time.
  • the separate stimuli optionally and preferably form a set of repetitive presentations of the same or similar stimulus, or a set of stimuli which are not necessarily identical but are of the same type (e.g. , a set of not-necessarily identical visual stimuli). Use of different stimuli at different times is not excluded from the scope of the present invention.
  • a cluster contains points that correspond to different subjects as well as points that correspond to a response to a separated stimulus.
  • a cluster within the multidimensional space may include up to 5x10 points, each representing a vector of characteristics extracted from one of the data segments.
  • the width of a cluster along a given axis of the space describes a size of an activity window for the corresponding data characteristic (time, frequency, etc).
  • a data characteristic time, frequency, etc.
  • the width of a cluster along the time axis is optionally and preferably used by the method to describe the latency range within which the event occurs across multiple subjects.
  • the width of a cluster along the frequency axis can be used for describing the frequency band indicating an occurrence of an event occurring across multiple subjects;
  • the widths of a cluster along the location axes e.g., two location axes for data corresponding to a 2D location map, and three location axes for data corresponding to a 3D location map
  • the width of a cluster along the amplitude axis can be used to define an amplitude range indicating an occurrence of event across multiple subjects.
  • activity-related features can be identified as follows.
  • a single cluster along the time axis is preferably identified as representing a unitary event occurring within a time window defined, as stated, by the width of the cluster. This window is optionally and preferably narrowed to exclude some outlier points, thereby redefining the latency range characterizing the respective data feature.
  • a pattern extraction procedure is preferably implemented for identifying those clusters which obey connectivity relations thereamongst.
  • the pattern extraction procedure can include any type of clustering procedures, including, without limitation, a density-based clustering procedure, a nearest-neighbor- based clustering procedure, and the like.
  • a density-based clustering procedure suitable for the present embodiments is described in Cao et al., 2006, "Density-based clustering over an evolving data stream with noise," Proceedings of the Sixth SIAM International Conference on Data Mining. Bethesda, Maryland, p. 328-39.
  • a nearest-neighbor clustering procedure suitable for the present embodiments is described in [R.O. Duda, P.E. Hart and D.G.
  • meta-clusters are, therefore, clusters of the identified clusters.
  • the meta-clusters are the features of the data, and activity-related features are identified among the meta-clusters.
  • FIG. 3A is a flowchart diagram describing a procedure for identifying activity- related features for a group of subjects, according to some embodiments of the present invention.
  • the procedure begins at 40 and continues to 41 at which isolated clusters are identified.
  • the present embodiments contemplate both subspace clustering, wherein clusters are identified on a particular projection of the multidimensional space, and full- space clustering wherein clusters are identified on the entire multidimensional space. Subspace clustering is preferred from the standpoint of computation time, and full-space clustering is preferred from the standpoint of features generality.
  • One representative example of subspace clustering includes identification of clusters along the time axis, separately for each predetermined frequency band and each predetermined spatial location.
  • the identification optionally and preferably features a moving time-window with a fixed and predetermined window width.
  • a typical window width for EEG data is about 200 ms for the delta band.
  • a restriction on a minimal number of points in a cluster is optionally applied so as not to exclude small clusters from the analysis.
  • cluster with less than X points, where X equals about 80 % of the subjects in the group are excluded.
  • the minimal number of points can be updated during the procedure.
  • subspace clustering includes identification of clusters over a space-time subspace, preferably separately for each predetermined frequency band.
  • the extracted spatial characteristics are represented using a continuous spatial coordinate system, e.g. , by piecewise interpolation between the locations of the measuring devices, as further detailed hereinabove.
  • each cluster is associated with a time window as well as a spatial region, wherein the spatial region may or may not be centered at a location of a measuring device.
  • at least one cluster is associated with a spatial region which is centered at a location other than a location of a measuring device.
  • the space-time subspace is typically three-dimensional with one temporal dimension and two spatial dimensions, wherein each cluster is associated with a time-window and a two-dimensional spatial region over a surface which may correspond, e.g. , to the shape of the scalp surface, the epicortical surface and the like. Also contemplated is a four-dimensional space-time space wherein each cluster is associated with a time-window and a three-dimensional spatial region over a volume corresponding, at least in part, to internal brain.
  • subspace clustering includes identification of clusters over a frequency-space-time subspace.
  • the method instead of searching for clusters separately for each predetermined frequency band, the method allows identification of clusters also at frequencies which are not predetermined.
  • the frequency is considered as a continuous coordinate over the subspace.
  • the extracted spatial characteristics are represented using a continuous spatial coordinate system.
  • each cluster is associated with a time window, a spatial region and a frequency band.
  • the spatial region can be two- or three-dimensional as further detailed hereinabove.
  • At least one cluster is associated with a spatial region which is centered at a location other than a location of a measuring device, and at least one cluster is associated with a frequency band which includes frequencies of two or more of the delta, theta, alpha, low beta, beta, high beta and gamma bands.
  • a cluster can be associated with a frequency band spanning over part of the delta band and part of the theta band, or part of the theta band and part of the alpha band, or part of the alpha band and part of the low beta band, etc.
  • the procedure optionally and preferably continues to 42 at which, a pair of clusters is selected.
  • the procedure optionally and preferably continues to 43 at which, for each subject that is represented in the selected pair, latency difference (including zero difference) between the corresponding events is optionally calculated.
  • the procedure continues to 44 at which a constraint is applied to the calculated latency differences such that latency differences which are outside a predetermined threshold range (e.g., 0-30 ms) are rejected while latency differences which are within the predetermined threshold range are accepted.
  • the procedure continues to decision 45 at which the procedure determines whether the number of accepted differences is sufficiently large (i.e., above some number, e.g. , above 80 % of the subjects in the group).
  • the procedure proceeds to 46 at which the procedure accepts the pair of clusters and identifies it as a pair of activity-related features. If the number of accepted differences is sufficiently large the procedure proceeds to 47 at which the procedure reject the pair. From 46 or 47 the procedure of the present embodiments loops back to 42.
  • FIG. 3B An illustrative example for determining relations among the data features and identification of activity -related features is shown in FIG. 3B.
  • the illustration is provided in terms of a projection onto a two-dimensional space which includes time and location.
  • the present example is for an embodiment in which the spatial characteristics are discrete, wherein the identification of clusters is along the time axis, separately for each predetermined frequency band and each predetermined spatial location.
  • the skilled person would know how to adapt the description for the other dimensions, e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc.
  • FIG. 3B illustrates a scenario in which data are collected from 6 subjects (or from a single subject, present with 6 stimuli at different times), enumerated 1 through 6. For clarity of presentation, different data segments data (e.g.
  • Data Segment No data collected from different subjects, or from the same subject but for stimuli of different times
  • Data Segment No data collected from different subjects, or from the same subject but for stimuli of different times
  • A an open circle represents an event recorded at one particular location (by means of a measuring device, e.g. , EEG electrode) denoted "A”
  • B a solid disk represents an event recorded at another particular location denoted "B ".
  • the time axis represents the latency of the respective event, as measured, e.g., from a time at which the subject was presented with a stimulus.
  • a and B represent the location.
  • the latencies are not shown in FIG. 3B, but one of ordinary skills in the art, provided with the details described herein would know how to add the latencies to the drawing.
  • a time window For each of locations A and B, a time window is defined. These time windows, denoted AtA and At B , correspond to the width of the clusters along the time axis and they can be the same or different from one another, as desired. Also defined is a latency difference window AtAB, between the two unitary events. This window corresponds to the separation along the time axis between the clusters ⁇ e.g., between their centers).
  • the window ⁇ ⁇ is illustrated as an interval having a dashed segment and a solid segment. The length of the dashed segment represents the lower bound of the window and the overall length of the interval represents the upper bound of the window.
  • AtA, ⁇ and AtAB are part of the criteria for determining whether to accept the pair of events recorded at A and B as activity-related features.
  • the latency difference window AtAB is preferably used for identifying activity- related features.
  • a pair of features is accepted as an activity-related pair if (i) each of the features in the pair belongs to a unitary event, and (ii) the corresponding latency difference falls within AtAB-
  • the procedure also accepts pairs corresponding to simultaneous events of the data that occur at two or more different locations. Although such events are not causal with respect to each other (since there is no flow of information between the locations), the corresponding features are marked by the method. Without being bounded to any particular theory, the present inventors consider that simultaneous events of the data are causally related to another event, although not identified by the method. For example, the same physical stimulus can generate simultaneous events in two or more locations in the brain.
  • the identified pairs of activity-related features can be treated as elementary patterns which can be used as elementary building blocks for constructing complex patterns within the feature space.
  • the method proceeds to 48 at which two or more pairs of activity-related features are joined (e.g. , concatenated) to form a pattern of more than two features.
  • the criterion for the concatenation can be similarity between the characteristics of the pairs, as manifested by the vectors.
  • two pairs of activity- related features are concatenated if they have a common feature. Symbolically, this can be formulated as follows: the pairs "A-B" and "B-C" have "B " as a common feature and are concatenated to form a complex pattern A-B-C.
  • the concatenated set of features is subjected to a thresholding procedure, for example, when X % or more of the subjects in the group are included in the concatenated set, the set is accepted, and when less than X % of the subjects in the group are included in the concatenated set, the set is rejected.
  • a thresholding procedure for example, when X % or more of the subjects in the group are included in the concatenated set, the set is accepted, and when less than X % of the subjects in the group are included in the concatenated set, the set is rejected.
  • a typical value for the threshold X is about 80.
  • Each pattern of three or more features thus corresponds to a collection of clusters defined such that any cluster of the collection is within a specific latency-difference from one or more other clusters in the collection. Once all pairs of clusters are analyzed the procedures continues to terminator 49 at which it ends.
  • BNA brain network activity
  • BNA pattern 20 has a plurality of nodes 22, each representing one of the activity-related features.
  • a node can represent a particular frequency band (optionally two or more particular frequency bands) at a particular location and within a particular time- window or latency range, optionally with a particular range of amplitudes.
  • the BNA pattern is a represented as a graph having nodes and edges.
  • the BNA pattern includes plurality of discrete nodes, wherein information pertaining to features of the data is represented only by the nodes and information pertaining to relations among the features is represented only by the edges.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates BNA pattern 20 within a template 26 of a scalp, allowing relating the location of the nodes to the various lobes of the brain (frontal 28, central 30, parietal 32, occipital 34 and temporal 36).
  • the nodes in the BNA pattern can be labeled by their various characteristics.
  • a color coding or shape coding visualization technique can also be employed, if desired. For example, nodes corresponding to a particular frequency band can be displayed using one color or shape and nodes corresponding to another frequency band can be displayed using another color or shape. In the representative example of FIG. 2, two colors are presented. Red nodes correspond to Delta waves and green nodes correspond to Theta waves.
  • BNA pattern 20 can describe brain activity of a single subject or a group or subgroup of subjects.
  • a BNA pattern which describes the brain activity of a single subject is referred to herein as a subject-specific BNA pattern
  • BNA pattern which describes the brain activity of a group or sub-group of subjects is referred to herein as a group BNA pattern.
  • BNA pattern 20 is a subject-specific BNA pattern, only vectors extracted from data of the respective subject are used to construct the BNA pattern.
  • each node corresponds to a point in the multidimensional space and therefore represents an activity event in the brain.
  • BNA pattern 20 is a group BNA pattern
  • some nodes can correspond to a cluster of points in the multidimensional space and therefore represents an activity event which is prevalent in the group or sub-group of subjects.
  • the number of nodes referred to herein as the "order" and/or edges (referred to herein as the "size") in a group BNA pattern is typically, but not necessarily, larger than the order and/or size of a subject- specific BNA pattern.
  • the group data include, in the present example, two unitary events associated with locations A and B. Each of these events forms a cluster in the multidimensional space.
  • each of the clusters referred to herein as clusters A and B, is represented by a node in the group BNA.
  • the two clusters A and B are identified as activity-related features since there are some individual points within these clusters that pass the criteria for such relation (the pairs of Subject Nos. 4 and 5, in the present example).
  • the nodes corresponding to clusters A and B are connected by an edge.
  • a simplified illustration of the resulting group BNA pattern is illustrated in FIG. 3C.
  • a subject-specific BNA pattern is optionally and preferably constructed by comparing the features and relations among features of the data collected from the respective subject to the features and relations among features of reference data, which, in some embodiments of the present invention comprise group data.
  • points and relations among points associated with the subject's data are compared to clusters and relations among clusters associated with the group's data.
  • both locations A and B are represented as nodes in the subject- specific BNA patterns constructed for any of Subject Nos. 1, 2, 4 and 5.
  • the corresponding nodes are preferably connected by an edge.
  • a simplified illustration of a subject-specific BNA pattern for such a case is shown in FIG. 3D.
  • the subject-specific BNA of FIG. 3D is similar to the group BNA of FIG. 3C.
  • the order and/or size of the group BNA pattern is, as stated, typically larger than the order and/or size of the subject-specific BNA pattern.
  • An additional difference between the subject-specific and group BNA patterns can be manifested by the degree of relation between the activity-related features represented by the edges, as further detailed hereinbelow.
  • the corresponding nodes are preferably not connected by an edge.
  • a simplified illustration of a subject-specific BNA pattern for such case is shown in FIG. 3E.
  • a subject-specific BNA pattern can be constructed only from the data of a single subject.
  • vectors of waveform characteristics are extracted separately for time- separated stimuli, to define clusters of points where each point within the cluster corresponds to a response to a stimulus applied at a different time, as further detailed hereinabove.
  • the procedure for constructing subject-specific BNA pattern in these embodiments is preferably the same as procedure for constructing a group BNA pattern described above.
  • the BNA pattern is subject- specific.
  • the present embodiments contemplate two types of subject-specific BNA patterns: a first type that describes the association of the particular subject to a group or sub-group of subjects, which is a manifestation of a group BNA pattern for the specific subject, and a second type that describes the data of the particular subject without associating the subject to a group or sub-group of subjects.
  • the former type of BNA pattern is referred to herein as an associated subject- specific BNA pattern
  • the latter type of BNA pattern is referred to herein as an unassociated subject-specific BNA pattern.
  • the analysis is preferably performed on the set of repetitive presentations of a single stimulus, namely on a set of single trials, optionally and preferably before averaging the data and turning it to one single vector of the data.
  • group BNA patterns on the other hand, the data of each subject of the group is optionally and preferably averaged and thereafter turned into vectors of the data.
  • the unassociated subject-specific BNA pattern is generally unique for a particular subject (at the time the subject- specific BNA pattern is constructed), the same subject may be characterized by more than one associated subject-specific BNA patterns, since a subject may have different associations to different groups.
  • a subject may have different associations to different groups.
  • a first BNA pattern is an unassociated subject-specific BNA pattern, which, as stated is generally unique for this subject, since it is constructed from data collected only from subject Y.
  • a second BNA pattern is an associated subject-specific BNA pattern constructed in terms of the relation between the data of a subject Y to the data of the healthy group.
  • a third BNA pattern is an associated subject-specific BNA pattern constructed in terms of the relation between the data of a subject Y to the data of the non-healthy group.
  • Each of these BNA patterns are useful for assessing the condition of subject Y.
  • the first BNA pattern can be useful, for example, for monitoring changes in the brain function of the subject over time (e.g. , monitoring brain plasticity or the like) since it allows comparing the BNA pattern to a previously constructed unassociated subject-specific BNA pattern.
  • the second and third BNA pattern can be useful for determining the level of association between subject Y and the respective group, thereby determining the likelihood of brain disorder for the subject.
  • the reference data used for constructing the subject-specific BNA pattern corresponds to history data previously acquired from the same subject. These embodiments are similar to the embodiments described above regarding the associated subject-specific BNA pattern, except that the BNA pattern is associated to the history of the same subject instead of to a group of subjects.
  • the reference data corresponds to data acquired from the same subject at some later time. These embodiments allow investigating whether data acquired at an early time evolve into the data acquired at the later time.
  • a particular and non limiting example is the case of several treatment sessions, e.g. , N sessions, for the same subject.
  • Data acquired in the first several treatment sessions can be used as reference data for constructing a first associated subject- specific BNA pattern corresponding to mid sessions (e.g., from session k 2 > ki to session k 3 >k 2 ), and data acquired in the last several treatment sessions (e.g., from session to session N) can be used as reference data for constructing a second associated subject-specific BNA pattern corresponding to the aforementioned mid sessions, where l ⁇ ki ⁇ k 2 ⁇ k 3 ⁇ k 4 .
  • Such two associated subject- specific BNA patterns for the same subject can be used for determining data evolution from the early stages of the treatment to the late stages of the treatment.
  • the method proceeds to 14 at which a connectivity weight is assigned to each pair of nodes in the BNA pattern (or, equivalently, to each edge in the BNA) pattern, thereby providing a weighted BNA pattern.
  • the connectivity weight is represented in FIGs. 2, 3C and 3D by the thickness of the edges connecting two nodes. For example, thicker edges can correspond to higher weights and thinner edges can correspond to lower weights.
  • the connectivity weight comprises a weight index WI calculated based on at least one of the following cluster properties: (i) the number of subjects participating in the corresponding cluster pair, wherein greater weights are assigned for larger number of subjects; (ii) the difference between the number of subjects in each cluster of the pair (referred to as the "differentiation level" of the pair), wherein greater weights are assigned for lower differentiation levels; (iii) the width of the time windows associated with each of the corresponding clusters (see, e.g. , At A and At B in FIG. 3 A), wherein greater weights are assigned for narrower windows; (iv) the latency difference between the two clusters (see ⁇ in FIG.
  • the connectivity weight preferably equals the weight index WI as calculated based on the cluster properties.
  • the connectivity weight of a pair of nodes is preferably assigned based on the weight index WI as well as one or more subject- specific and pair-specific quantities denoted SI. Representative examples of such quantities are provided below.
  • a pair of nodes of the associated subject-specific BNA pattern is assigned with a connectivity weight which is calculated by combining WI with SI.
  • the connectivity weight of a pair in the associated subject-specific BNA pattern can be given by WI-SI.
  • the pair can be assigned with more than one connectivity weights, e.g. , WI-SIi, WI-SI 2 , WI-SIN, wherein SIi, SI 2 , SIN, are N calculated quantities.
  • all connectivity weights of a given pair can be combined, e.g. , by averaging, multiplying and the like.
  • the quantity SI can be, for example, a statistical score characterizing the relation between the subject-specific pair and the corresponding clusters.
  • the statistical score can be of any type, including, without limitation, deviation from average, absolute deviation, standard-score and the like.
  • the relation for whom the statistical score is calculated can pertain to one or more properties used for calculating the weight index WI, including, without limitation, latency, latency difference, amplitude, frequency and the like.
  • a statistical score pertaining to latency or latency difference is referred to herein as a synchronization score and denoted Sis.
  • a synchronization score according to some embodiments of the present invention can be obtained by calculating a statistical score for (i) the latency of the point as obtained for the subject (e.g. , and t (l) B , in the above example) relative to the group-average latency of the corresponding cluster, and/or (ii) the latency difference between two points as obtained for the subject (e.g., ⁇ ( ⁇ ) ⁇ ), relative to the group-average latency difference between the two corresponding clusters.
  • a statistical score pertaining to amplitude is referred to herein as an amplitude score and denoted Sla.
  • an amplitude score according to some embodiments of the present invention is obtained by calculating a statistical score for the amplitude as obtained for the subject relative to the group-average amplitude of the corresponding cluster.
  • a statistical score pertaining to frequency is referred to herein as a frequency score and denoted SIf.
  • a frequency score is obtained by calculating a statistical score for the frequency as obtained for the subject relative to the group-average frequency of the corresponding cluster.
  • a statistical score pertaining to the location is referred to herein as a location score and denoted SIl. These embodiments are particularly useful in embodiments in which a continuous coordinate system is employed, as further detailed hereinabove.
  • a location score according to some embodiments of the present invention is obtained by calculating a statistical score for the location as obtained for the subject relative to the group-average location of the corresponding cluster.
  • SI is a synchronization score Sis
  • the calculation is optionally and preferably based on the discrete time points matching the spatiotemporal constraints set by the electrode pair ( Time subj ), if such exist.
  • the times of these points can are compared to the mean and standard deviation of the times of the discrete points participating in the group pattern ( Time pal ), for each region to provide a regional synchronization score SIs r .
  • the synchronization score Sis can then be calculated, for example, by averaging the regional synchronization scores of the two regions in the pair.
  • this procedure can be written as:
  • An amplitude score Sla is optionally and preferably calculated in a similar manner. Initially the amplitude of the discrete points of the individual subject ( Amp subj ) is compared to the mean and standard deviation of the amplitudes of the discrete points participating in the group pattern ( Amp pat ), for each region to provide a regional amplitude score SIa r . The amplitude score can then be calculated, for example, by averaging the regional amplitude scores of the two regions in the pair:
  • One or more BNA pattern similarities S can then be calculated as a weighted average over the nodes of the BNA pattern, as follows:
  • an additional similarity, Sc can be calculated, as follows:
  • SIci is a binary quantity which equals 1 if pair i exists in the subject's data and 0 otherwise.
  • the quantity SI comprises a correlation value between recorded activities.
  • the correlation value describes correlation between the activities recorded for the specific subject at the two locations associated with the pair, and in some embodiments the correlation value describes correlation between the activities recorded for the specific subject at any of the locations associated with the pair and the group activities as recorded at the same location. In some embodiments, the correlation value describes causality relations between activities.
  • the connectivity weights assigned over the BNA pattern can be calculated as a continuous variable ⁇ e.g., using a function having a continuous range), or as a discrete variable (e.g., using a function having a discrete range or using a lookup table). In any case, connectivity weights can have more than two possible values.
  • the weighted BNA pattern has at least three, or at least four, or at least five, or at least six edges, each of which being assigned with a different connectivity weight.
  • the method proceeds to 16 at which a feature selection procedure is applied to the BNA pattern to provide at least one sub-set of BNA pattern nodes.
  • Feature selection is a process by which the dimensionality of the data is reduced by selecting the best features of the input variables from a large set of candidates that are most relevant for the learning process of an algorithm. By removing irrelevant data the accuracy of representing the original features of a data set is increased thereby enhancing the accuracy of data mining tasks such as predictive modeling.
  • Existing feature selection methods fall into two broad categories known as forward selection and backward selection.
  • Backward selection e.g., Marill et al, IEEE Tran Inf Theory 1963, 9: 11-17; Pudil et al., Proceedings of the 12th International Conference on Pattern Recognition (1994).
  • a forward selection of features is employed and in some embodiments of the present invention a backward selection features is employed.
  • the method employs a procedure for controlling the fraction of false positives that may lead to poor selection, such procedure is known as false discovery rate (FDR) procedure, and is found, for example, in Benjamini et al. supra, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
  • FDR false discovery rate
  • FIG. 33 A representative example of a feature selection procedure suitable for the present embodiments is illustrated in FIG. 33.
  • a group of subjects is considered (for example, either healthy controls or diseased subjects), optionally and preferably using a sufficiently large dataset to as to provide relatively high accuracy in representing the group.
  • the group can be represented using a BNA pattern.
  • the feature selection procedure is then applied on a training set of the dataset in order to evaluate each feature characterizing the group's dataset, wherein the evaluated feature can be a node of the BNA pattern or a pair of nodes of the BNA pair pattern or any combinations of nodes of the BNA pattern.
  • the input to the feature selection algorithm is preferably evaluation scores (e.g., the score for each participant in the training set on each of the features) calculated using the training set.
  • Feature selection can also be applied, on other features, such as, but not limited to, EEG and ERP features such as, but not limited to, coherence, correlation, timing and amplitude measures. Feature selection can also be applied on different combinations
  • the outcome of this procedure can be a set of supervised BNA patterns (denoted "supervised networks" in FIG. 33), each suitable to describe a different sub-group of the population with a specific set of features.
  • the supervised BNA patterns obtained during the procedure can allow a comparison of the BNA pattern obtained for a single subject to a specific network or networks.
  • the supervised BNA patterns can serve as biomarkers.
  • the BNA pattern can be transmitted to a display device such as a computer monitor, or a printer. Alternatively or additionally, the BNA pattern can be transmitted to a computer-readable medium.
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart diagram describing a method suitable for analyzing a subject- specific BNA pattern, according to various exemplary embodiments of the present invention.
  • the method begins at 50 and continues to 51 at which a BNA pattern, more preferably a weighted BNA pattern, of the subject is obtained, for example, by following the operations described above with reference to FIGs. 1, 2 and 3.
  • the BNA pattern obtained at 51 is referred to below as BNA pattern 20.
  • BNA pattern 20 can be displayed on a display device such as a computer monitor, printed, and/or stored in a computer-readable medium, as desired.
  • BNA pattern 20 is an associated subject-specific BNA pattern, constructed based on relations between the data of the subject to group data represented by a previously annotated BNA pattern.
  • the previously annotated BNA pattern can optionally and preferably be an entry in a database of previously annotated BNA patterns, in which case the method preferably obtains an associated subject-specific BNA pattern for each BNA pattern of the database.
  • annotated BNA pattern refers to a BNA pattern which is associated with annotation information.
  • the annotation information can be stored separately from the BNA pattern (e.g., in a separate file on a computer readable medium).
  • the annotation information is preferably global annotation wherein the entire BNA pattern is identified as corresponding to a specific brain related disorder or condition.
  • the annotation information can pertain to the presence, absence or level of the specific disorder, condition or brain function.
  • the annotation information pertains to a specific brain related disorder or condition in relation to a treatment applied to the subject.
  • a BNA pattern can be annotated as corresponding to a treated brain related disorder.
  • Such BNA pattern can also be annotated with the characteristics of the treatment, including dosage, duration, and elapsed time following the treatment.
  • a BNA pattern can optionally and preferably be annotated as corresponding to an untreated brain related disorder.
  • treatment includes abrogating, substantially inhibiting, slowing or reversing the progression of a condition, substantially ameliorating clinical or aesthetical symptoms of a condition or substantially preventing the appearance of clinical or aesthetical symptoms of a condition.
  • Treatment can include any type of intervention, both invasive and noninvasive, including, without limitation, pharmacological, surgical, irradiative, rehabilitative, and the like.
  • the BNA pattern can be identified as corresponding to a specific group of individuals (e.g. , a specific gender, ethnic origin, age group, etc.), wherein the annotation information pertains to the characteristics of this group of individuals.
  • the annotation information includes local annotation wherein nodes at several locations over the BNA pattern are identified as indicative of specific disorder, condition and/or group.
  • the method proceeds to 52 at which BNA pattern 20 is compared to the previously annotated BNA pattern.
  • each of the subject-specific BNA patterns are preferably compared to the corresponding annotated BNA pattern.
  • the method optionally and preferably selects the pair of BNA patterns which best match each other.
  • the method can assign a score to each pair of BNA patterns being compared. Such score can be, for example, one or more BNA pattern similarity S, as further detailed hereinabove.
  • the invention 52 includes calculation of at least one BNA pattern similarity S, describing the similarity between BNA pattern 20 and the previously annotated BNA pattern.
  • BNA pattern 20 is compared to at least one BNA pattern annotated as abnormal, and at least one BNA pattern annotated as normal.
  • a BNA pattern annotated as abnormal is a BNA pattern which is associated with annotation information pertaining to the presence, absence or level of a brain related disorder or condition.
  • a BNA pattern annotated as normal is a BNA pattern which was extracted from a subject, or more preferably, a group of subjects, identified as having normal brain function. Comparison to a BNA pattern annotated as abnormal and a BNA pattern annotated as normal is useful for classifying BNA pattern 20 according to the respective brain related disorder or condition. Such classification is optionally and preferably provided by means of likelihood values expressed using similarities between a subject-specific BNA pattern and a group BNA pattern.
  • brain related disorder or conditions to which a subject-specific BNA pattern can be classified according to the present include, without limitation, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), stroke, traumatic brain injury (TBI), mild TBI (commonly known as brain concussion), posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), pain (e.g., labor pain, acute pain, chronic pain, mechanical pain, static allodynia, dynamic allodynia, bone cancer pain, headache, osteoarthritic pain, inflammatory pain, and pain associated with autoimmune disorders or fibromyalgia), epilepsy, Parkinson, multiple sclerosis, agitation, abuse, Alzheimer's disease/dementia, anxiety, panic, phobic disorder, bipolar disorder, borderline personality disorder, behavior control problems, body dysmorphic disorder, cognitive problems (e.g.
  • ADHD attention deficit hyperactivity disorder
  • TBI traumatic brain injury
  • mild TBI commonly known as brain concussion
  • PTSD posttraumatic stress disorder
  • pain e.g., labor pain, acute pain, chronic pain, mechanical pain,
  • mild cognitive impairment depression, dissociative disorders, eating disorder, appetite disorder, fatigue, hiccups, impulse-control problems, irritability, mood problems, movement problems, obsessive-compulsive disorder, personality disorders, schizophrenia and other psychotic disorders, seasonal affective disorder, sexual disorders, sleep disorders, stuttering, substance abuse, Tourette's Syndrome, Trichotillomania, or violent/self-destructive behaviors.
  • inflammatory pain means pain due to edema or swelling of any inflamed tissue, including inflammatory joint pain.
  • Inflammatory joint pain includes rheumatoid arthritic pain.
  • acute pain means any pain, including, but not limited to, joint pain, osteoarthritic pain, rheumatoid arthritic pain, inflammatory pain, pain from a burn, pain from a cut, surgical pain, pain from fibromyalgia, bone cancer pain, menstrual pain, back pain, headache, static allodynia, and dynamic allodynia, that lasts from 1 minute to 91 days, 1 minute to 31 days, 1 minute to 7 days, 1 minute to 5 days, 1 minute to 3 days, 1 minute to 2 days, 1 hour to 91 days, 1 hour to 31 days, 1 hour to 7 days, 1 hour to 5 days, 1 hour to 3 days, 1 hour to 2 days, 1 hour to 24 hours, 1 hour to 12 hours, or 1 hour to 6 hours, per occurrence if left untreated.
  • Acute pain includes, but is not limited to, joint pain, osteoarthritic pain, rheumatoid arthritic pain, inflammatory pain, pain from a burn, pain from a cut, surgical pain, pain from fibromyalgia, bone cancer pain, menstrual pain, back pain, headache, static allodynia, dynamic allodynia, acute joint pain, acute osteoarthritic pain, acute rheumatoid arthritic pain, acute inflammatory pain, acute headache, acute menstrual pain, acute back pain, and acute pain from fibromyalgia.
  • Acute pain may be selected from acute joint pain, acute osteoarthritic pain, acute rheumatoid arthritic pain, acute inflammatory pain, acute headache, acute menstrual pain, and acute back pain.
  • Acute pain may be selected from acute joint pain, acute osteoarthritic pain, acute rheumatoid arthritic pain, and acute inflammatory pain.
  • Acute pain may be selected from acute joint pain, acute osteoarthritic pain, and acute rheumatoid arthritic pain.
  • Acute pain may be selected from acute joint pain and acute osteoarthritic pain.
  • the previously annotated BNA pattern can optionally and preferably be a baseline annotated BNA pattern characterizing a group of subjects identified as having normal brain function or having the same brain disorder.
  • Such baseline annotated BNA pattern is optionally larger than BNA pattern 20 in terms of the order (namely the number of nodes in the BNA pattern) and and/or size of (namely the number of edges in the BNA pattern).
  • Representative examples of baseline BNA patterns and techniques for constructing and annotating such baseline BNA patterns are described in the Examples section that follows.
  • the comparison between BNA patterns is preferably quantitative.
  • the comparison between the BNA patterns comprises calculating BNA pattern similarity.
  • the BNA pattern similarity is optionally and preferably calculated based on the values of the connectivity weights of the BNA patterns.
  • BNA pattern similarity can be obtained by averaging the connectivity weights over the subject-specific BNA pattern.
  • the averaging is preferably performed over the BNA pattern separately for each type of connectivity weight.
  • one or more of the averages can be combined (e.g. , summed, multiplied, averaged, etc.) to provide a combined BNA pattern similarity.
  • a representative of the averages (e.g., the largest) can be defined as the BNA pattern similarity.
  • the BNA pattern similarity can be used as a classification score which describes, quantitatively, the membership level of the subject to the respective group. This embodiment is particularly useful when more than one subject-specific BNA patterns are constructed for the same subject using different group data, wherein the classification score can be used to assess the membership level of the subject to each of the groups.
  • the similarity can be expressed as a continuous or discrete variable.
  • the similarity is a non-binary number.
  • the method calculates the degree by which the two BNA patterns are similar or dissimilar.
  • the similarity can be expressed as percentage, as a non- integer number between 0 and 1 (e.g., 0 corresponding to complete dissimilarity and 1 corresponding to comparison between a BNA pattern and itself), and the like.
  • the above procedure for calculating the similarity can be performed both for the comparison between the subject-specific BNA pattern 20 and a BNA pattern annotated as abnormal, and for the comparison between the subject-specific BNA pattern 20 and a BNA pattern annotated as normal.
  • the comparison between the subject' s BNA pattern and the reference BNA pattern is optionally and preferably with respect to the supervised BNA patterns obtained during the feature selection procedure (see, for example, FIG. 33).
  • comparison protocols are contemplated, and are schematically illustrated in FIGs. 34A-C. These comparison protocols are particularly useful to construct a single subject BNA pattern that can be used as a baseline against which the subject can be scored across multiple tests.
  • the advantage of such baseline is that variability among data obtained within the subject is typically smaller than the variability between subjects.
  • the BNA pattern of the subject is compared to a BNA pattern that corresponds to the same subject.
  • each BNA pattern characterizes a specific sub-group in the population.
  • the subject can be matched against a BNA pattern or BNA patterns associated with a sub-group that most resemble the characteristics of the subject.
  • the BNA pattern of the subject is compared against the group BNA pattern and representative matching features (e.g., best matching features) of the single subject to those of the group network are preferably selected.
  • These representative matching features can be used as an approximation of the intersection between the single- subject BNA pattern and the group BNA pattern and constitute a personalized single-subject BNA sub-pattern that serves as a reference baseline used in multiple tests of the same subject.
  • the single subject may be compared against several group BNA sub-pattern describing homogeneous subtypes enabling fine-tuning in choosing a single subject BNA pattern that can serve as a reference.
  • matching individual features to the features of the group' s BNA pattern allows the extraction of a customized BNA pattern and a comparison of the individual to a sub-set of features most characterizing their condition (e.g. , healthy, diseased).
  • FIG. 34C various combination of comparisons are shown. These include, but are not limited to, single subject BNA pattern against another single subject BNA pattern, BNA pattern against the intersection between the BNA pattern and the single subject BNA pattern, and the like.
  • the method extracts information pertaining to the condition of the subject, responsively to the comparison between BNA pattern 20 and the annotated BNA pattern(s). Once the information is extracted, it can be transmitted to a computer- readable medium or a display device or a printing device, as desired. Many types of information are contemplated by the present inventors. Representative examples of such types are further detailed hereinbelow.
  • the extracted information pertains to the likelihood of abnormal brain function for the subject.
  • the BNA pattern comparison can optionally and preferably be used for extracting prognostic information.
  • BNA pattern 20 can be compared to a baseline annotated BNA pattern that characterizes a group of subject all suffering from the same abnormal brain function with similar rehabilitation history, wherein the baseline annotated BNA pattern is constructed from neurophysiological data acquired at the beginning of the rehabilitation process.
  • the similarity level between BNA pattern 20 and that baseline annotated BNA pattern can be used as a prognosis indicator for the particular abnormal brain function and the particular rehabilitation process.
  • the likelihood of abnormal brain function is optionally and preferably extracted by determining a brain-disorder index based, at least in part, on the similarity between BNA pattern 20 and the annotated BNA pattern(s). For example, when a similarity between BNA pattern 20 and a BNA pattern annotated as corresponding to ADHD is calculated, the similarity can be used for calculating an ADHD index.
  • the brain- disorder index can be the similarity itself or it can be calculated based on the similarity. In various exemplary embodiments of the invention the brain-disorder index is calculated based on the similarity between BNA pattern 20 and a BNA pattern annotated as abnormal, as well as the similarity between BNA pattern 20 and a BNA pattern annotated as normal. For example, denoting the former similarity by S abnormal and the latter similarity by S nor mai, where both Sabnormal and S n0 rmai are between 0 and 1, the brain- disorder index Idisorder can be calculated as:
  • Idisorder (Sabnormal + (1 S n0 rmal))/2.
  • FIGs. 5A-F A representative example for a process for determining a brain-disorder index for the case of an ADHD is illustrated in FIGs. 5A-F, showing BNA patterns constructed from EEG data.
  • red nodes correspond to ERP at the Delta frequency band
  • green nodes correspond to ERP at the Theta frequency band
  • yellow nodes correspond to ERP at the Alpha frequency band.
  • the BNA patterns also include nodes corresponding to locations where ERPs at more than one frequency band have been recorded. These nodes are shown as mixed colors. Specifically, green-red nodes correspond to ERP at the Delta and Theta frequency bands, and yellow-green nodes correspond to ERP at the Alpha and Theta frequency bands.
  • FIG. 5A shows a baseline BNA pattern annotated as normal
  • FIG. 5D shows a baseline BNA pattern annotated as corresponding to ADHD.
  • Each of these two BNA patterns was constructed from a group of adult subject identified as normal and having ADHD, respectively.
  • the baseline BNA pattern for normal brain function has nodes that represent ERPs, predominantly at the delta frequency band (red nodes), at a plurality of frontal-posterior locations at the right hemisphere.
  • the characteristic time window of the delta nodes has a width of about 50 ms.
  • the characteristic latencies of the delta nodes are, on the average, about 90-110 ms and about 270-330 ms. As shown in FIG.
  • the baseline BNA pattern for ADHD has nodes that represent ERPs, predominantly at the theta and alpha frequency bands (green and yellow nodes), at a plurality of frontocentral locations.
  • the BNA pattern for ADHD may also include nodes in the central-parietal locations.
  • the characteristic time window At A of the theta and alpha nodes is from about 100 ms to about 200 ms.
  • FIGs. 5B and 5E show associated subject- specific BNA patterns constructed based on comparison to the normal and ADHD baseline group BNA patterns, respectively.
  • FIGs. 5C and 5F show the results of a comparison between a subject- specific BNA pattern (constructed for another single subject) to the normal and ADHD baseline BNA patterns, respectively.
  • S normal 0.32 (FIG. 5C)
  • SA DHD 0.68 (FIG. 5F)
  • the BNA pattern of this subject is more similar to the ADHD baseline BNA pattern than to the normal baseline BNA pattern
  • the brain-disorder index can be presented to the user graphically on a scale-bar.
  • FIG. 11 A representative example of such graphical presentation for the case of ADHD is shown in FIG. 11.
  • the BNA pattern comparison technique can be used for assessing likelihood of many brain related disorders, including any of the aforementioned brain related disorders. Further examples regarding the assessment of likelihood of brain related disorders are provided in the Examples section that follows (see Example 1 for ADHD and Example 5 for Mild Cognitive Impairment and Alzheimer's Disease).
  • a baseline annotated BNA pattern can also be associated with annotation information pertaining to a specific brain related disorder or condition of a group of subjects in relation to a treatment applied to the subjects in the group. Such baseline BNA pattern can also be annotated with the characteristics of the treatment, including dosage, duration, and elapsed time following the treatment.
  • a comparison of BNA pattern 20 to such type of baseline BNA patterns can provide information regarding the responsiveness of the subject to treatment and/or the efficiency of the treatment for that particular subject. Such comparison can optionally and preferably be used for extracting prognostic information in connection to the specific treatment.
  • a BNA pattern that is complementary to such baseline BNA pattern is a BNA pattern that is annotated as corresponding to an untreated brain related disorder.
  • the method compares BNA pattern 20 to at least one baseline BNA pattern annotated as corresponding to a treated brain related disorder, and at least one baseline BNA pattern annotated as corresponding to an untreated brain related disorder.
  • Representative examples for a process for assessing the responsiveness of a subject to treatment using such two baseline BNA patterns is illustrated in FIGs. 6A-F, 7A-D and 8A-E.
  • the BNA patterns shown in FIGs. 6A-D are associated subject-specific BNA patterns constructed from EEG data recorded from a particular ADHD subject.
  • the black dots in FIGs. 6A-D show the locations of the EEG electrodes.
  • the color codes in these BNA patterns are the same as defined above.
  • the subject- specific BNA patterns shown in FIGs. 6A-B describe the association of the ADHD subject to a group of untreated ADHD subjects, and the BNA patterns shown in FIGs. 6C-D describe the association of the ADHD subject to a group of ADHD subjects all treated with methylphenidate (MPH).
  • MPH methylphenidate
  • the subject-specific BNA patterns shown in FIGs. 6A and 6C are based on EEG data recorded from the ADHD subject before any treatment, and subject-specific BNA patterns shown in FIGs. 6B and 6D are based on EEG data recorded from the ADHD subject following a treatment with MPH.
  • the baseline annotated BNA pattern constructed from the group of untreated ADHD subjects, and the baseline annotated BNA pattern constructed from the same group of subjects, but following treatment with MPH are shown in FIGs. 6E and 6F, respectively.
  • a BNA pattern similarity was calculated for each of the subject- specific BNA patterns shown in FIGs. 6A-D.
  • the calculated similarity corresponding to the BNA pattern of FIG. 6A is 0.73
  • the calculated similarity corresponding to the BNA pattern of FIG. 6B is 0.19
  • the calculated similarity corresponding to the BNA pattern of FIG. 6C is 0.56
  • the calculated similarity corresponding to the BNA pattern of FIG. 6D is 0.6. It is recognized by the present inventors that these similarity values indicate that the subject is responsive to the treatment.
  • the subject's BNA pattern had a relatively high similarity (0.73) to the baseline BNA pattern for the group of untreated ADHD subjects and a relatively low similarity (0.56) to the baseline BNA pattern for the group of treated ADHD subjects, meaning that this subject can be classified with that the group of untreated ADHD subjects.
  • the similarity value to the baseline BNA pattern for untreated ADHD group was scientifically reduced from 0.73 to 0.19, while the similarity value to the baseline BNA pattern for the treated ADHD group was increased from 0.56 to 0.6, meaning that after treatment a single dose, the subject's brain activity no longer has the characteristics of untreated ADHD activity, but rather has the characteristics of treated ADHD activity.
  • a first BNA pattern described the association of the subject to a group of untreated ADHD subjects
  • a second BNA pattern described the association of the subject to a group of healthy subjects (control).
  • the left bar shows average score for subjects before treatment with MPH
  • the middle bar shows average score for subjects after treatment with MPH
  • the rightmost bar shows the score of the control group.
  • FIG. 13 A representative example of the evolution of the group BNA patterns over time is shown in FIG. 13. Shown in FIG. 13 are three columns of BNA patterns, corresponding to the groups of untreated ADHD subjects (left column), ADHD subjects following treatment with MPH (middle column), and control (right column). The evolution is shown at intervals of 50 ms. The topmost BNA pattern at each column is formed by a superposition of the other patterns in that column.
  • the BNA pattern technique of the present embodiments can also be used for determining a recommended dose for the subject. Specifically, the dose can be varied until a sufficiently high or maximal similarity to the baseline BNA pattern for treated subjects is obtained. Once such similarity is achieved, the method can determine that the dose achieving such similarity is the recommended dose for this subject.
  • the BNA patterns shown in FIGs. 7A-D were constructed from EEG data recorded from a different ADHD subject, which was also treated with MPH according to the same protocol as described above with respect to the responder subject of FIGs. 6A- D.
  • the black dots in FIGs. 7A-D show the locations of the EEG electrodes, and the color codes in these BNA patterns is the same as defined above.
  • the subject- specific BNA patterns shown in FIGs. 7A-B describe the association of the ADHD subject to a group of untreated ADHD subjects
  • the BNA patterns shown in FIGs. 7C-D describe the association of the ADHD subject to a group of ADHD subjects all treated with methylphenidate (MPH).
  • the subject-specific BNA patterns shown in FIGs. 7 A and 7C are based on EEG data recorded from the ADHD subject before any treatment
  • subject-specific BNA patterns shown in FIGs. 7B and 7D are based on EEG data recorded from the ADHD subject following a treatment with MPH.
  • BNA patterns of FIGs. 7A and 7D do not include any nodes and edges. This, however, does not mean that the subjects had no brain activity.
  • a void associated subject- specific BNA pattern means that none of data features of the respective subject was member of a cluster in the group to which the subject is attempted to be associated with.
  • a BNA pattern similarity was calculated for each of the subject- specific BNA patterns shown in FIGs. 7A-D.
  • the calculated similarity corresponding to the BNA pattern of FIG. 7A is 0, the calculated similarity corresponding to the BNA pattern of FIG. 7B is 0, the calculated similarity corresponding to the BNA pattern of FIG. 7C is 0.06, and the calculated similarity corresponding to the BNA pattern of FIG. 7D is 0. It is recognized by the present inventors that these similarity values indicate that the subject is not responsive to the treatment.
  • FIGs. 8A-D show associated subject-specific BNA patterns constructed from EEG data recorded from two healthy volunteer subjects.
  • the black dots in FIGs. 8A-D show the locations of the EEG electrodes, and the color codes in these BNA patterns are the same as defined above.
  • the subject- specific BNA patterns shown in FIGs. 8A-D describe the association of the subjects to a group of healthy subjects following treatment with a placebo drug and while performing an attention task related oddball task.
  • the baseline annotated BNA pattern of this group is shown in FIG. 8E.
  • FIGs. 8A and 8C are subject- specific BNA patterns constructed from EEG data collected from a first subject (FIG. 8A) and a second subject (FIG. 8C) following treatment with a placebo
  • FIGs. 8B and 8D are subject- specific BNA patterns constructed from EEG data collected from the first subject (FIG. 8B) and the second subject (FIG. 8D) following treatment with a scopolamine drug.
  • Scopolamine is an anticholinergic drug with inhibitory effect on M2-cholinergic receptors of excited type. It has an inhibitory effect on the cerebral cortex, typically inducing slight-anesthetic effect.
  • a BNA pattern similarity was calculated for each of the subject- specific BNA patterns shown in FIGs. 8A-D.
  • the BNA pattern comparison technique of the present embodiments can be used for quantitative assessment of the responsivity to treatment. While the embodiments above were described with a particular emphasis to treatments with MPH and scopolamine, it is to be understood that more detailed reference to these treatments is not to be interpreted as limiting the scope of the invention in any way. Thus, the BNA pattern comparison technique can be used for assessing responsiveness to and efficacy of many types of treatments.
  • the extracted information pertains to the level of pain the subject is experiencing.
  • the information includes an objective pain level.
  • Pain level assessment according to some embodiments of the present invention is particularly useful in institutions that provide treatment or rehabilitation for subjects suffering from chronic pain.
  • a representative example for the use of BNA pattern for measuring pain is illustrated in FIGs. 9 A and 9B, showing BNA patterns constructed from EEG data during a pain study which is further detailed in the Examples sections that follows (see Example 3).
  • FIG. 9A is a subject-specific BNA pattern constructed from a subject who declared that the pain was relatively high
  • FIG. 9B is a subject- specific BNA pattern constructed from a subject who declared that the pain was relatively low.
  • BNA pattern 20 is compared to a BNA pattern constructed for the same subjects at a different time. These embodiments are useful for many applications.
  • the comparison is used for determining presence, absence and/or level of neural plasticity in the brain.
  • Brain plasticity relates to the ability of the brain to adapt (functionally and/or structurally) to changed conditions, sometimes after injury or strokes, but more commonly in acquiring new skills. Brain plasticity has been demonstrated in many basic tasks, with evidence pointing to physical modifications in the cortex during repetitive performance. The plasticity of neural interactions resulting from repetitive performance of specific tasks is known to lead to improved performance.
  • a late stage BNA pattern is constructed for a subject during the subject's rehabilitation.
  • a late stage BNA pattern is optionally from data acquired during several rehabilitation sessions, preferably at a sufficiently advanced stage of the rehabilitation.
  • Such BNA pattern can be viewed as a neural network pathway achieved by the brain in order to overcome motor dysfunction.
  • a subject-specific BNA pattern, constructed during an individual session can then be compared to the late stage BNA pattern, thereby establishing a learning curve for the subject.
  • Determination of neural plasticity is particularly useful for subjects suffering from chronic pain. It is recognized by the present inventors that, the presence of chronic pain is perceived and established in the brain, and is oftentimes accompanied by chemical changes in the brain. For example, there is a decrease in N-acetyl aspartate and changes in other brain metabolites. The chemical changes result in depression, anxiety and/or a loss of cognitive memory functions. A comparison between two BNA's of the subject can be used to identify a change in brain activity hence also to assess those chemical changes. Such assessment can be used, for example, in combination with a pain stimulus, to determine the likelihood that the subject is a chronic pain sufferer or having normal response to the pain stimulus.
  • a BNA pattern constructed from neurophysiological data acquired following a treatment is compared to a BNA pattern constructed from neurophysiological data acquired before a treatment.
  • Such comparison can be used for assessing responsiveness to and optionally efficacy of the treatment. This can be done generally as described above with respect to FIGs. 6A-D, 7A-D and 8A-D, except that the comparisons are between two BNA patterns of the same subject instead of between a BNA pattern of the subject and a baseline BNA pattern of a group.
  • a BNA pattern constructed from neurophysiological data acquired while the subject performs a particular task is compared to a BNA pattern constructed from neurophysiological data acquired while the subject is not performing the particular task and/or while the subject performs another particular task.
  • FIGs. 10A-H show group BNA patterns constructed from EEG data recorded from two groups of subjects during a working memory test.
  • the black dots in FIGs. 10A-H show the locations of the EEG electrodes, and the color codes in these BNA patterns is the same as defined above.
  • each subject of the group was asked to memorize an image of a human face (referred to as the "cue"). Two seconds later, the subject was again presented with an image of a human face (referred to as the "probe") and was asked to determine whether the probe matches the cue.
  • FIGs. 10A-D The BNA patterns of the first group are shown in FIGs. 10A-D.
  • FIGs. 10A and 10B are group BNA patterns constructed following treatment with a placebo (referred to below as placebo A), and FIGs. IOC and 10D are group BNA patterns constructed following treatment with a Scopolamine.
  • the BNA patterns of the second group are shown in FIGs. 10E-H, where FIGs. 10E and 10F are group BNA patterns constructed following treatment with a placebo (referred to below as placebo B), and FIGs. 10G and 10H are BNA patterns constructed following treatment with a Ketamine.
  • Ketamine is widely recognized as a general nonbarbiturate anesthetic that acts quickly to produce an anesthetic state. More specifically, ketamine is an acrylcycloalkylamine used traditionally in the induction of dissociative anesthesia. Ketamine has been used to induce anesthesia prior to elective surgery in healthy children, and also to induce anesthesia in elderly subjects who could not tolerate general anesthesia.
  • the BNA pattern of FIGs. 10A, IOC, 10E and 10G were constructed from the data acquired during the time at which the cue was presented and are recognized by the present inventor as containing information pertaining to the memorization process in the brain (also known in the literature as "encoding").
  • the BNA patterns of FIGs. 10B, 10D, 10F and 10H were constructed from the data acquired during the time at which the probe was presented, and are recognized by the present inventor as containing information pertaining to the retrieval process in the brain. It is noted that the BNA patterns of FIGs. 10A-H describe differentiating activity networks.
  • the BNA pattern of FIG. 10A describes the brain activity during cue that most differentiated between placebo A and Scopolamine
  • the BNA pattern of FIG. 10B describes the brain activity during cue that most differentiated between placebo B and Ketamine.
  • the BNA pattern during retrieval is substantially larger in both the order and the size than the BNA pattern during memorization.
  • the situation is different following treatment with Scopolamine and Ketamine.
  • the scopolamine (FIGs. 10C-D) induced (i) low connectivity between frontal and parietal regions, and (ii) extensive compensatory central and frontal activation.
  • the ketamine (FIGs. 10G-H) induced increased central and frontal activation, and decreased right lateralization. No significant change in the fronto-parietal part of the BNA pattern was observed.
  • the BNA pattern comparison technique of the present embodiments can also be used for inducing improvement in brain function.
  • associated subject-specific BNA patterns are constructed for a subject during a higher-level cognitive test, generally in real time.
  • the subject can be presented with the constructed BNA patterns or some representation thereof and use them as a feedback. For example, when, as a result of the cognitive action, the BNA pattern of the subject becomes more similar to a characteristic BNA pattern of a healthy group, presentation of such a result to the subject can be used by the subject as a positive feedback.
  • the BNA pattern of the subject becomes more similar to a characteristic BNA pattern of a brain-disorder group
  • presentation of such a result to the subject can be used by the subject as a negative feedback.
  • Real time analysis of BNA patterns in conjunction with neurofeedback can optionally and preferably be utilized to achieve improved cortical stimulation using external stimulating electrodes.
  • the BNA pattern comparison technique of the present embodiments can also be used for assessing responsiveness to and optionally efficacy of a phototherapy.
  • Phototherapy is the application of light energy to biological tissue for the purpose of stimulating certain biological functions, such as natural tissue healing and regrowth processes.
  • a higher power level of phototherapy may inhibit natural biological functions of the tissue or destroy the tissue, as may be applied in the case of cancerous tissue.
  • phototherapy is accomplished by radiating light energy into a subject's tissue at or below the skin or surface of the tissue.
  • the radiation is applied at wavelengths either in the visible range or the invisible infrared (IR) range.
  • Phototherapy may also be accomplished by applying coherent and non-coherent light energy, lased and non-lased light energy, and narrow and broadband light energy, in either a continuous or pulsed manner.
  • the radiation energy is also typically applied at a low power intensity, typically measured in milliwatts.
  • the relatively low radiation energy applied in therapy is called low level light therapy (LLLT).
  • LLLT has also been suggested for neurological disorders in the CNS, for the prevention and/or repair of damage, relief of symptoms, slowing of disease progression, and correction of genetic abnormalities.
  • phototherapy can be used following a cerebrovascular accident (stroke).
  • the present embodiments can be used for assessing the responsiveness to and optionally the efficacy of phototherapy, particularly LLLT of neurological disorders.
  • assessment can be done by constructing BNA patterns from neurophysiological data acquired before, after and optionally during phototherapy and comparing those BNA patterns among themselves and/or to baseline BNA pattern as further detailed hereinabove.
  • the BNA pattern comparison technique of the present embodiments can also be used for assessing responsiveness to and optionally efficacy of hyperbaric therapy.
  • Hyperbaric therapy is indicated for many medical conditions, therapeutic purposes, and training regimens. Hyperbaric treatment can aid in the treatment of many oxygen dependent diseases as well as sports injuries. Some of the ailments that can be effectively treated by hyperbaric therapy include: cerebral edema, traumatic head and spinal cord injury, chronic stroke, post stroke, early organic brain syndrome, brain stem syndromes, brain ischemia, brain blood circulation disturbances and headache disorder.
  • treatment in a hyperbaric chamber is provided by administering oxygen to the user via a closed-circuit mask, hood, or other device while a hyperbaric chamber is maintained at pressures above ambient pressure.
  • the oxygen is supplied to the user from a supply source external to the chamber.
  • the subject exhales through a closed system back outside the chamber such that the ambient air in the chamber remains less than 23.5% oxygen or is not oxygen enriched.
  • the environment within the chamber is also generally maintained by a source external to the chamber and is generally controlled by a thermostat.
  • BNA patterns from neurophysiological data acquired before, after and optionally during hyperbaric therapy and comparing those BNA patterns among themselves and/or to baseline BNA pattern as further detailed hereinabove.
  • Additional examples of treatments which may be assessed by the BNA pattern comparison technique of the present embodiments include, without limitation, ultrasound treatment, rehabilitative treatment, and neural feedback, e.g., EMG biofeedback, EEG neurofeedback, transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS), and direct electrode stimulation (DES).
  • EMG biofeedback e.g., EMG biofeedback
  • EEG neurofeedback e.g., EEG neurofeedback
  • TMS transcranial magnetic stimulation
  • DES direct electrode stimulation
  • local stimulation is applied to the brain responsively to the information extracted from the BNA comparison.
  • the local stimulation is optionally and preferably at one or more locations corresponding to a spatial location of at least one of the nodes of the BNA pattern.
  • Operations 51, 52 and 53 of the method can be executed repeatedly, and the local stimulation can be varied according to some embodiments of the present invention responsively to variations in the extracted information.
  • the stimulation and BNA pattern analysis can be employed in a closed loop, wherein the BNA pattern analysis can provide indication regarding the effectiveness of the treatment.
  • the closed loop can be realized within a single session with the subject, e.g., while the electrodes that are used to collect the data from the brain and the system that is used for applying the stimulation engage the head of the subject.
  • the present embodiments contemplate many types of local stimulation. Representative examples including, without limitation, transcranial stimulation, electrocortical stimulation on the cortex, and deep brain stimulation (DBS).
  • DBS deep brain stimulation
  • transcranial stimulation techniques suitable for the present embodiments include, without limitation, transcranial electrical stimulation (tES) and transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS).
  • tES suitable for the present embodiments include, without limitation, transcranial direct current stimulation (tDCS), transcranial alternating current stimulation (tACS), and transcranial random noise stimulation (tRNS).
  • tES can be either multi-focal or single focal.
  • tES can be employed using any number of electrodes. Typically, the number of electrodes is from 1 to 256, but use of more than 256 electrodes is also contemplated in some embodiments of the present invention.
  • high-definition tES such as, but not limited to, HD-tDCS, is employed.
  • tDCS and HD-tDCS suitable for the present embodiments are found for example, in Edwards et ah, Neurolmage 74 (2013) 266-275; Kuo et ah, Brain Stimulation, Volume 6, Issue 4 (2013) 644-648; and Villamar et al, J Pain. (2013) 14(4):371-83, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
  • the present embodiments also contemplate combining both transcranial stimulation and deep brain stimulation (DBS). These embodiments are useful since the transcranial stimulation (e.g., tDCS or HD-tDCS) can improve the effectiveness of DBS.
  • the transcranial stimulation e.g. , tDCS or HD-tDCS
  • the transcranial stimulation is executed before the DBS, wherein the closed-loop with the BNA tern analysis is used for identifying the effect of the stimulation on the brain. Once the effect is established DBS can be applied at locations at which the transcranial stimulation (e.g. , tDCS or HD- tDCS) is effective (e.g. , most effective).
  • the transcranial stimulation (e.g., tDCS or HD-tDCS) is applied simultaneously or intermittently with the DBS. This improves the effectiveness of the treatment by DBS.
  • the combined stimulation can be achieved by means of the BNA pattern analysis of the present embodiments wherein regions on the BNA pattern that are far from the location of the DBS electrodes are stimulated transcarnially, and regions on the BNA pattern that are near the location of the DBS electrodes are stimulated by the DBS electrodes.
  • the combined stimulation can be employed for activating and/or inhibiting activities in various regions in the brain, as manifested by the BNA pattern, either synchronously or independently.
  • the combined stimulation transcranial and DBS, e.g., tES and DBS
  • the transcranial stimulation e.g. , tDCS or HD-tDCS
  • the transcranial stimulation can lower the activation threshold at brain regions that are peripheral to the brain regions affected by DBS, thereby extending the effective range of the DBS.
  • the transcranial stimulation can also increases the activation threshold at brain regions affected by DBS thereby controlling the stimulation path of the DBS.
  • DBS can optionally and preferably be employed to obtain neurophysiological data from the brain. These data can according to some embodiments of the present invention be used by the method to update the BNA pattern.
  • the local stimulation can be at one or more locations corresponding to a spatial location of at least one of the nodes of the BNA pattern.
  • the BNA pattern can be analyzed to identify locations that correspond to a brain disorder. At these locations, local stimulation can be applied to reduce or eliminate the disorder.
  • the local stimulation can be applied at locations corresponding to other nodes of the BNA pattern. These other locations can be locations at which previous stimulations for the same subject or group of subjects have been proven to be successful in reducing or eliminating the disorder.
  • a representative example of application of local stimulation is in the case of pain.
  • the local stimulation is applied to reduce or eliminate the pain.
  • the BNA pattern can be analyzed to identify nodes that correspond to pain, and the stimulation can be applied to locations that correspond to these nodes.
  • a pain stimulus (such as heat stimulus) can be applied to the subject prior to or while acquiring the neurophysiological data.
  • the BNA pattern can be analyzed to identify nodes that correspond to the applied pain stimulus and the local stimulation can be at one or more locations corresponding to those identified nodes.
  • the BNA pattern comparison technique can be used for assessing responsiveness to and optionally efficacy of many other types of pharmacological treatments.
  • a neurodegenerative disorder such as
  • the treatment can include use of pharmacologically active agent selected from the group consisting of donepezil, physostigmine, tacrine, pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts thereof, and combinations of any of the foregoing; when the subject suffers from a neurodegenerative disorder such as Huntington's disease, the treatment can include use of pharmacologically active agent selected from the group consisting of fluoxetine, carbamazepine, and pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts and combinations thereof; when the subject suffers from a neurodegenerative disorder such as Parkinson's disease, the treatment can include use of pharmacologically active agent selected from the group consisting of amantadine, apomorphine, bromocriptine, levodopa, pergolide, ropinirole, selegiline, trihexyphenidyl, atropine, scopolamine, glycopyrrolate, pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts thereof, and combinations of any of the foregoing; and when the subject suffers from a neurodegenerative disorder; and when
  • pharmacological treatments can include use of a pharmacologically active agent, e.g., centrally acting drugs, particularly CNS active agents and other nervous system agents, including, but not limited to, the following: sympathomimetic amines; neuroprotective and neuroregenerative agents, including neurotrophic factors; neuroactive amino acids and peptides; neurotransmitters; muscarinic receptor agonists and antagonists; anticholinesterases; neuromuscular blocking agents; ganglionic stimulating drugs; agents to treat neurodegenerative disorders such as Alzheimer's disease, Huntington's disease, Parkinson's disease, and amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS); anti-epileptic agents; CNS and respiratory stimulants; and drugs that selectively modify CNS function, including anesthetic agents, analgesic agents, antiemetic agents, antihypertensive agents, cerebral vasodilators, hypnotic agents and sedatives, anxiolytics and tranquilizers, neuroleptic agents, anti-m
  • pharmacologically active agents include, without limitation, sympathomimetic amines (e.g. , include albuterol, amphetamine, benzphetamine, colterol, diethylpropion, dopamine, dopamine hydrochloride, dobutamine, ephedrine, epinephrine, epinephrine bitartrate, ethylnorepinephrine, ethylnorepinephrine hydrochloride, fenfluramine, fenoldapam, fenoldopam, fenoldopam mesylate, hydroxyamphetamine, hydroxyamphetamine hydrobromide, ibopamine, isoetharine, isoproterenol, isoproterenol hydrochloride, mephentermine, mephentermine sulfate, metaproterenol, metaraminol, metaraminol bitartrate
  • neuroactive peptides include bradykinin, kallidin, des-Arg.sup.9 -bradykinin, des- Arg.sup. lO -kallidin, des-Arg.sup.9 -[Leu. sup.8 ]-bradykinin, [D-Phe.sup.7 ]-bradykinin, HOE 140, neuropeptide Y, enkaphalins and related opioid peptides such as Met.sup.5 - enkaphalin, Leu.
  • neurotransmitters e.g. , GAB A ( ⁇ -aminobutyric acid), glycine, glutamate, acetylcholine, dopamine, epinephrine, 5-hydroxytryptamine, substance P, serotonin, enkaphalins and related opioid peptides as above, and catecholamines
  • Muscarinic receptor agonists and antagonists e.g.
  • choline esters such as acetylcholine, methacholine, carbachol, bethanechol (carbamylmethylcholine), bethanechol chloride; cholinomimetic natural alkaloids and synthetic analogs thereof, including arecoline, pilocarpine, muscarine, McN-A-343, and oxotremorine.
  • Muscarinic receptor antagonists are generally belladonna alkaloids or semisynthetic or synthetic analogs thereof, such as atropine, scopolamine, homatropine, homatropine methylbromide, ipratropium, methantheline, methscopolamine and tiotropium; anticholinesterases (e.g.
  • neuromuscular blocking agents and ganglionic blocking drugs e.g., dicholine esters (e.g., succinylcholine), benzylisoquinolines (d-tubocurarine, atracurium, doxacurium, mivacurium) and pipecuronium, rocuronium, vecuronium), hexamethonium, trimethaphan, and mecamylamine; agents to treat neurodegenerative diseases (e.g.
  • active agents for treating Alzheimer's disease such as Donezepil, donepezil hydrochloride, physostigmine, physostigmine salicylate, tacrine and tacrine hydrochloride
  • active agents for treating Huntington's Disease such as, but not limited to, fluoxetine and carbamazepine
  • anti-Parkinsonism drugs such as, but not limited to, amantadine, apomorphine, bromocriptine, levodopa (particularly a levodopa/carbidopa combination), pergolide, ropinirole, selegiline, trihexyphenidyl, trihexyphenidyl hydrochloride, and anticholinergic agents
  • agents for treating ALS such as, but not limited to, spasmolytic (anti- spastic) agents, e.g., baclofen, diazepam, tizanidine, and dantrolene); anti-epileptic agents (e.g
  • anti-convulsant drugs such as azetazolamide, carbamazepine, clonazepam, clorazepate, ethosuximide, ethotoin, felbamate, gabapentin, lamotrigine, mephenytoin, mephobarbital, phenytoin, phenobarbital, primidone, trimethadione, vigabatrin, and the benzodiazepines which are useful for a number of indications, including anxiety, insomnia, and nausea); and CNS and respiratory stimulants (e.g.
  • xanthines such as caffeine and theophylline
  • amphetamines such as amphetamine, benzphetamine hydrochloride, dextroamphetamine, dextroamphetamine sulfate, levamphetamine, levamphetamine hydrochloride, methamphetamine, and methamphetamine hydrochloride
  • miscellaneous stimulants such as methylphenidate, methylphenidate hydrochloride, modafinil, pemoline, sibutramine, and sibutramine hydrochloride).
  • drugs that selectively modify CNS function are also contemplated.
  • opioid analgesics such as alfentanil, buprenorphine, butorphanol, codeine, drocode, fentanyl, hydrocodone, hydromorphone, levorphanol, meperidine, methadone, morphine, nalbuphine, oxycodone, oxymorphone, pentazocine, propoxyphene, sufentanil, and tramadol
  • nonopioid analgesics such as apazone, etodolac, diphenpyramide, indomethacine, meclofenamate, mefenamic acid, oxaprozin, phenylbutazone, piroxicam, and tolmetin
  • antiemetics such as chlorpromazine, cisapride, domperidone, granisetron, metoclopramide, ondansetron, perphenazine, prochlorpera
  • the neurophysiological data to be analyzed can be any data acquired directly from the brain of the subject under investigation, as further detailed hereinabove.
  • the data can be analyzed immediately after acquisition ("online analysis"), or it can be recorded and stored and thereafter analyzed (“offline analysis”).
  • the neurophysiological data can include any of the data types described above. In some embodiments of the present invention the data are EEG data.
  • the neurophysiological data can be collected before and/or after the subject has performed or conceptualized a task and/or action, as further detailed hereinabove.
  • the neurophysiological data can be used as event related measures, such as ERPs or ERFs, as further detailed hereinabove.
  • the method begins at 140 and optionally and preferably continues to 141 at which the neurophysiological data are received.
  • the data can be recorded directly from the subject or it can be received from an external source, such as a computer readable memory medium on which the data are stored.
  • the method continues to 142 at which relations between features of the data are determined so as to indentify activity-related features.
  • the activity-related features can be extrema (peaks, through, etc.) and they can be identified as further detailed hereinabove.
  • panellation procedure defines a neighborhood of each identified feature.
  • the neighborhood is optionally and preferably a spatiotemporal neighborhood.
  • the neighborhood is a spectral-spatiotemporal neighborhood, these embodiments are detailed hereinafter.
  • the neighborhood can be defined as a spatial region (two- or three-dimensional) in which the extremum is located and/or a time-interval during which the extremum occurs.
  • both a spatial region and time-interval are defined, so as to associate a spatiotemporal neighborhood for each extremum.
  • the advantage of defining such neighborhoods is that they provide information regarding the spreading structure of the data over time and/or space.
  • the size of the neighborhood (in terms of the respective dimension) can be determined based on the property of the extremum. For example, in some embodiments, the size of the neighborhood equals the full width at half maximum (FWHM) of the extremum. Other definitions of the neighborhood are not excluded from the scope of the present invention.
  • a spatial grid is built over a plurality of grid elements.
  • the input to the spatial grid built is preferably the locations of the measuring devices (e.g. , locations on the scalp, epicortical surface, cerebral cortex or deeper in the brain).
  • a piecewise interpolation is employed so as to build a spatial grid having a resolution which is higher than the resolution characterizing the locations of the measuring devices.
  • the piecewise interpolation preferably utilizes a smooth analytical function or a set of smooth analytical functions.
  • the spatial grid is a two- dimensional spatial grid.
  • the spatial grid can describe the scalp, or an epicortical surface or an intracranial surface of the subject.
  • the spatial grid is a three- dimensional spatial grid.
  • the spatial grid can describe an intracranial volume of the subject.
  • each identified activity-related feature is preferably associated with a grid element x (x can be surface element or a point location in embodiments in which a 2D grid is built, or a volume element or a point location in embodiments in which a 3D grid is built) and a time point t.
  • a capsule corresponding to the identified activity-related feature can then be defined as a spatiotemporal activity region encapsulating grid elements nearby the associated grid element x and time points nearby the associated time point t.
  • the dimensionality of a particular capsule is D+l , where D is the spatial dimensionality.
  • the nearby grid elements optionally and preferably comprise all the grid elements at which an amplitude level of the respective activity-related feature is within a predetermined threshold range (for example, above half of the amplitude at the peak).
  • the nearby time points optionally and preferably comprise all time points at which the amplitude level of the activity-related feature is within a predetermined threshold range, which can be the same threshold range used for defining the nearby grid elements.
  • the parceling 143 can optionally and preferably includes applying frequency decomposition to the data to provide a plurality of frequency bands, including, without limitation, delta band, theta band, alpha band, low beta band, beta band , and high beta band, as further detailed hereinabove. Higher frequency bands, such as, but not limited to, gamma band are also contemplated. In these embodiments, the capsules can be defined separately for each frequency band.
  • each identified activity-related feature is associated with a frequency value f, wherein the capsule corresponding to an identified activity-related feature is defined as spectral- spatiotemporal activity region encapsulating grid elements nearby x, time points nearby t, and frequency values nearby f.
  • the dimensionality of a particular capsule is D+2, where D is the spatial dimensionality.
  • the definition of capsules according to some embodiments of the present invention is executed separately for each subject.
  • the data used for defining the capsules for a particular subject includes only the data collected from that particular subject, irrespective of data collected from other subjects in the group.
  • the method continues to 144 at which the data are clustered according to the capsules, to provide a set of capsule clusters.
  • the clustering is preferably also executed separately for each frequency band.
  • the input for the clustering procedure can include some or all the capsules of all subjects in the group.
  • a set of constraints is preferably defined, either a priori or dynamically during the execution of the clustering procedure, which set of constraints is selected to provide a set of clusters each representing a brain activity event which is common to all members of the cluster.
  • the set of constraints can include a maximal allowed events (e.g., one or two or three) per subject in a cluster.
  • the set of constraints can also include a maximal allowed temporal window and maximal allowed spatial distance in a cluster.
  • a representative example of a clustering procedure suitable for the present embodiments is provided in the Examples section that follows.
  • the clusters can optionally and preferably be processed to provide a reduced representation of the clusters.
  • a capsular representation of the clusters is employed.
  • each cluster is represented as a single capsule whose characteristics approximate the characteristics of the capsules that are the members of that cluster.
  • the method proceeds to 145 at which inter-capsule relations among capsules are determined.
  • the inter-capsule relations can represent causal relation between two capsules.
  • a time window can be defined. These time windows correspond to the width of the capsule along the time axis.
  • a latency difference window between the two capsules can also be defined. This latency difference window corresponds to the separation along the time axis between the capsules.
  • the individual time windows and latency difference window can be used to define the relation between the pair of capsules.
  • a threshold procedure can be applied to each of these windows, so as to accept, reject or quantify (e.g., assign weight to) a relation between the capsules.
  • the threshold procedure can be the same for all windows, or, more preferably, it can be specific to each type of window.
  • one threshold procedure can be employed to the width of the capsule along the time axis, and another threshold procedure can be employed to the latency difference window.
  • the parameters of the thresholding are optionally dependent on the spatial distance between the capsules, wherein for shorter distance lower time thresholds are employed.
  • the present embodiments contemplate many types of inter-capsule relations, including, without limitation, spatial proximity between two defined capsules, temporal proximity between two defined capsules, spectral (e.g., frequency of signal) proximity between two defined capsules, and energetic (e.g. , power or amplitude of signal) proximity between two defined capsules.
  • a group capsule is defined for a group of subjects each having capsule and spatiotemporal peak.
  • the relation between two group capsules is optionally and preferably defined based on the time difference between the respective group capsules. This time difference is preferably calculated between the corresponding two spatiotemporal peaks of subjects from both group capsules. This time difference can alternatively be calculated between the onsets of the spatiotemporal event activations of each of the capsules (rather than the time differences between peaks).
  • the two group capsules can be declared as a pair of related capsules if the time difference between the capsules among subjects having those capsules is within a predefined time window.
  • This criterion is referred to as the time-window constraint.
  • a typical time-window suitable for the present embodiments is several milliseconds.
  • the relation between two group capsules is defined based on the number of subjects having time those capsules.
  • the two group capsules can be declared as a pair of related capsules if the number of subjects having the capsules is above a predetermined threshold. This criterion is referred to as the subject number constraint.
  • the both time window constraint and the subject number constraint are used in addition, wherein two group capsules are declared as a pair of related capsules when both the time window constraint and the subject number constraint are fulfilled.
  • the maximum number of subjects that can create a particular pair of capsules is referred to as the intersection of subjects of the two groups.
  • a capsule network pattern is constructed, which capsule network pattern can be represented as a graph having nodes corresponding to capsules and edges corresponding to inter-capsule relations.
  • the method applies (operation 149) a feature selection procedure to the capsules to provide at least one sub-set of capsules.
  • a forward selection of features is employed and in some embodiments of the present invention a backward selection features is employed.
  • the method employs a procedure for controlling the fraction of false positives that may lead to poor selection, such procedure is known as false discovery rate (FDR) procedure, and is found, for example, in Benjamini et al. supra, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
  • FDR false discovery rate
  • FIG. 33 A representative example of a feature selection procedure suitable for the present embodiments is illustrated in FIG. 33. Initially, a group of subjects is considered (for example, either healthy controls or diseased subjects), optionally and preferably using a sufficiently large dataset to as to provide relatively high accuracy in representing the group. The group can be represented using a set of capsules.
  • the feature selection procedure is then applied on a training set of the dataset in order to evaluate each feature or various combinations of features characterizing the group' s dataset.
  • the input to the feature selection algorithm is preferably evaluation scores (e.g., the score for each participant in the training set on each of the features) calculated using the training set.
  • Feature selection can also be applied, on other features, such as, but not limited to, BNA pattern event-pairs, and EEG and ERP features such as, but not limited to, coherence, correlation, timing and amplitude measures. Feature selection can also be applied on different combinations of these features.
  • the outcome of this procedure can be a set of supervised network of capsules, each suitable to describe a different sub-group of the population with a specific set of features.
  • the networks obtained during the procedure can allow a comparison of the capsules obtained for a single subject to a specific network or networks.
  • the obtained networks obtained can serve as biomarkers.
  • the method continues to 146 at which weights are defined for each cluster (or capsular representation thereof) and/or each pair of clusters (or capsular representations thereof). Weights for pairs of clusters can be calculated as described above with respect to the weights assigned to the edges of the BNA.
  • Weights for individual capsules or clusters can describe the existence level of the particular capsule in the database.
  • the weight of a cluster can be defined as the mean amplitude as calculated over all the capsules in the cluster.
  • the weight is optionally and preferably normalized by the sum of all amplitude means of all clusters.
  • weight that describes the statistical distribution or density of one or more of the parameters that define the capsules in the cluster.
  • the weight can include at least one of: the distribution or density of the amplitudes over the cluster, the spatial distribution or spatial density over the cluster, the temporal distribution or temporal density over the cluster, and the spectral distribution or spectral density over the cluster.
  • the method stores the clusters and/or representations and/or capsule network pattern in a computer readable medium. When weights are calculated, they are also stored.
  • the method ends at 148.
  • FIG. 15 is a flowchart diagram illustrating a method suitable for analyzing neurophysiological data recorded from a subject, according to some embodiments of the present invention.
  • the neurophysiological data to be analyzed can be any data acquired directly from the brain of the subject under investigation, as further detailed hereinabove.
  • the data can be analyzed immediately after acquisition ("online analysis"), or it can be recorded and stored and thereafter analyzed (“offline analysis”).
  • the neurophysiological data can include any of the data types described above. In some embodiments of the present invention the data are EEG data.
  • the neurophysiological data can be collected before and/or after the subject has performed or conceptualized a task and/or action, as further detailed hereinabove.
  • the neurophysiological data can be used as event related measures, such as ERPs or ERFs, as further detailed hereinabove.
  • the method begins at 150 and optionally and preferably continues to 151 at which the neurophysiological data are received.
  • the data can be recorded directly from the subject or it can be received from an external source, such as a computer readable memory medium on which the data are stored.
  • the method continues to 152 at which relations between features of the data are determined so as to indentify activity-related features.
  • the activity-related features can be extrema (peaks, through, etc.) and they can be identified as further detailed hereinabove.
  • the method continues to 153 at which a panellation procedure is employed according to the identified activity-related features so as to define a plurality of capsules, as further detailed hereinabove.
  • the capsules and the relations between capsules define a capsule network pattern of the subject, as further detailed hereinabove.
  • the method proceeds to 157 at which a feature selection procedure is employed as further detailed hereinabove.
  • the method optionally and preferably continues to 154 at which a database having a plurality of entries, each having an annotated database capsule is accessed.
  • the database can be constructed as described above with respect to FIG. 14.
  • annotated capsule refers to a capsule which is associated with annotation information.
  • the annotation information can be stored separately from the capsule (e.g. , in a separate file on a computer readable medium).
  • the annotation information can be associated with a single capsule or a collection of capsules.
  • the annotation information can pertain to the presence, absence or level of the specific disorder or condition or brain function.
  • the annotation information pertains to a specific brain related disorder or condition in relation to a treatment applied to the subject.
  • a capsule (or collection of capsules) can be annotated as corresponding to a treated brain related disorder.
  • Such capsule can also be annotated with the characteristics of the treatment, including dosage, duration, and elapsed time following the treatment.
  • a capsule can optionally and preferably be annotated as corresponding to an untreated brain related disorder. Any of the disorders, conditions brain functions, and treatments described above can be included in the annotation information.
  • the capsule (or collection of capsules) can be identified as corresponding to a specific group of individuals (e.g., a specific gender, ethnic origin, age group, etc.), wherein the annotation information pertains to the characteristics of this group of individuals.
  • a specific group of individuals e.g., a specific gender, ethnic origin, age group, etc.
  • the database can include capsules defined using data acquired from a group of subjects, or it can capsules defined using data acquired from the same subject at a different time, for example, an earlier time.
  • the annotation of the capsules can include the acquisition date instead or in addition to the aforementioned types of annotations.
  • the method proceeds to 155 at which at least some (e.g. , all) of the defined capsules are compared to one or more reference capsules.
  • the present embodiments contemplate more than one type of reference capsules.
  • the reference capsules are baseline capsules defined using neurophysiological data acquired from the same subject at a different time, for example, an earlier time.
  • a particular and non limiting example for these embodiments is the case of several treatment sessions, e.g. , N sessions, for the same subject.
  • Data can be acquired before and after each session and capsules can be defined for each data acquisition.
  • the capsules defined before treatment can be used as baseline capsules to which capsules acquired from post treatment acquisition can be compared.
  • the baseline capsules are capsules defined from acquisition before the first session, wherein capsules defined from each successive acquisition are compared to the same baseline capsules. This embodiment is useful for assessing the effect of the treatment over time.
  • the baseline capsules are capsules defined from acquisition before the kth session, wherein capsules defined from an acquisition following the kth session are compared to these baseline capsules. This embodiment is useful for assessing the effect of one or more particular sessions.
  • the comparison can optionally be used for determining presence, absence and/or level of neural plasticity in the brain.
  • Determination of neural plasticity is particularly useful for subjects suffering a stroke, wherein part of the brain is damaged and other parts begin to function or change their function.
  • a comparison between two capsules or set of capsules of a subject after a stroke can be used to identify a change in brain activity hence also to assess neural plasticity in the brain.
  • Determination of neural plasticity is particularly useful for subjects suffering from chronic pain.
  • a comparison between two capsules or set of capsules can be used to identify a change in brain activity hence also to assess those chemical changes.
  • Such assessment can be used, for example, in combination with a pain stimulus, to determine the likelihood that the subject is a chronic pain sufferer or having normal response to the pain stimulus.
  • TBI Traumatic brain injury
  • TBI Traumatic brain injury
  • GCS Glasgow Coma Scale
  • mTBI concussion
  • a comparison between two capsules or set of capsules of the same subject can be used to identify a change in brain activity hence also to assess the presence absence or likelihood of TBI, e.g., brain concussion.
  • the reference capsules are capsules defined using neurophysiological data acquired form a different subject.
  • the variation of a particular capsule as defined from the data relative to the baseline capsule can be compared according to some embodiments of the present invention to variations among two or more capsules annotated as normal.
  • the variation of a particular capsule relative to the baseline capsule can be compared to a variation of a first capsule annotated as normal and a second capsule also annotated as normal.
  • These annotated capsules are optionally and preferably defined from neurophysiological data acquired from different subjects identified as having normal brain function.
  • the advantage of these embodiments is that they allow assessing the diagnostic extent of the observed variations of a particular capsule relative to a baseline capsule. For example, when the variation relative to the baseline capsule are similar to the variations obtained from neurophysiological data among two or more different subjects identified as having normal brain functions, the method can assess that the observed variation relative to the baseline capsule are of reduced or no significance. On the other hand, when the variation relative to the baseline capsule are substantive compared to the variations among normal subjects, the method can assess that the observed variation relative to the baseline capsule are diagnostically significant.
  • the reference capsules are optionally and preferably the capsules of the database.
  • the capsules can be compared to at least one database capsule annotated as abnormal, and at least one database capsule annotated as normal.
  • a database capsule annotated as abnormal is a capsule which is associated with annotation information pertaining to the presence, absence or level of a brain related disorder or condition.
  • a database capsule annotated as normal is a capsule which was defined using data acquired from a subject or a group of subjects identified as having normal brain function. Comparison to a database capsule annotated as abnormal and a database capsule annotated as normal is useful for classifying the subject according to the respective brain related disorder or condition. Such classification is optionally and preferably provided by means of likelihood values expressed using similarities between the respective capsules.
  • the comparison between capsules is typically for the purpose of determining similarity between the compared capsules.
  • the similarity can be based on correlation between the capsules along any number of dimensions. In experiments performed by the present inventors, correlation between two capsules that were not even in their size was employed. These experiments are described in more detail in the Examples section that follows.
  • the comparison between capsules can comprise calculating a score describing the degree of similarity between the defined capsule and the capsules of the data base.
  • the degree of similarity can express, for example, the membership level of the subject in this group. In other words, the degree of similarity expresses how close or how far are the disorder, condition, brain function, treatment, or other characteristic of the subject from that of the group.
  • the score calculation can include calculating of a statistical score (e.g. , z-score) of a spatiotemporal vector corresponding to the subject's capsule using multidimensional statistical distribution (e.g. , multidimensional normal distribution) describing the respective database capsule.
  • a statistical score e.g. , z-score
  • the statistical score is weighed using the weights in the database.
  • the score calculation can also include calculation of a correlation between capsule and a respective database capsule.
  • the score of a particular score relative to the database can also be used for comparing two capsules two each other. For example, consider a first capsule C I and a second capsule C2 which, a priori, is not the same as C I . Suppose that C I is compared to database X and is assigned with a score S I . Suppose further that C2 is compared to a database Y (which, in some embodiments is database X, but may also be a different database) and is assigned with a score S2. The comparison between CI and C2 is achieved according to some embodiments of the present invention by comparing S I to S2. These embodiments are particularly useful when one of C I and C2 is a baseline capsule, and when C I and C2 are defined from neurophysiological data collected from different subjects.
  • the comparison between the subject's capsule and database capsules can be executed irrespective of any inter-capsule relation of any type.
  • the subject' s capsule is compared to the database capsules without taking into account whether a particular pair of database capsules has a relation in terms of time, space, frequency or amplitude.
  • the method can determine inter-capsule relations among the defined capsules, and construct a capsule network pattern responsively to the inter- capsule relations, as further detailed hereinabove.
  • the comparison is between the constructed pattern and the database pattern.
  • the comparison between the subject' s capsule and database capsules is optionally and preferably with respect to the supervised network of capsules obtained during the feature selection procedure (see, for example, FIG. 33).
  • a matching process that allows quantifying the degree of similarity between the brain activity of the single subject and that represented by the network(s) is employed.
  • the overall degree of similarity can be quantified, according to some embodiments of the present invention, by a score which is a weighted sum of the separated similarity scores associated with all of the compared features.
  • each network characterizes a specific sub-group in the population.
  • the subject can be matched against a network or networks associated with a sub-group that most resemble the characteristics of the subject.
  • the capsule network pattern of the subject is compared against the group network and the representative matching features (e.g. , best matching features) of the single subject to those of the group network are preferably selected.
  • These representative matching features can be used as an approximation of the intersection between the single- subject capsule network and the group network and constitute a personalized single- subject sub-network that serves as a reference baseline used in multiple tests of the same subject.
  • the single subject may be compared against several group sub-networks describing homogeneous subtypes enabling fine-tuning in choosing a single subject network that can serve as a reference.
  • matching individual features to the features of the group' s network allows the extraction of a customized network and a comparison of the individual to a sub-set of features most characterizing their condition (e.g., healthy, diseased).
  • the method ends at 156.
  • the information extracted from the comparison 155 pertains to the likelihood of abnormal brain function for the subject. Additionally, the comparison can optionally and preferably be used for extracting prognostic information.
  • the capsules can be compared to a reference (e.g., baseline) set of capsules that characterizes a group of subject all suffering from the same abnormal brain function with similar rehabilitation history, wherein the baseline set of capsules is constructed from neurophysiological data acquired at the beginning of the rehabilitation process.
  • the similarity level between the capsules obtained at 153 and the reference set of capsules can be used as a prognosis indicator for the particular abnormal brain function and the particular rehabilitation process.
  • the likelihood of abnormal brain function is optionally and preferably extracted by determining a brain-disorder index based, at least in part, on the similarity between the capsules obtained at 153 and the reference set of capsules, as further detailed hereinabove with respect to the comparison of BNA pattern 20 and the annotated BNA pattern(s). It is to be understood that the capsules of the present embodiments can be used for assessing likelihood of many brain related disorders, including any of the aforementioned brain related disorders.
  • a baseline set of capsules can also be associated with annotation information pertaining to a specific brain related disorder or condition of a group of subjects in relation to a treatment applied to the subjects in the group. Such baseline set of capsules can also be annotated with the characteristics of the treatment, including dosage, duration, and elapsed time following the treatment.
  • a comparison of the capsules obtained at 153 to such type of baseline set of capsules can provide information regarding the responsiveness of the subject to treatment and/or the efficiency of the treatment for that particular subject. Such comparison can optionally and preferably be used for extracting prognostic information in connection to the specific treatment.
  • a set of capsules that is complementary to such baseline set of capsules is a set of capsules that is annotated as corresponding to an untreated brain related disorder.
  • the method compares the capsules obtained at 153 to at least one baseline set of capsules annotated as corresponding to a treated brain related disorder, and at least one baseline set of capsules annotated as corresponding to an untreated brain related disorder.
  • the capsules of the present embodiments can also be used for determining a recommended dose for the subject. Specifically, the dose can be varied until a sufficiently high or maximal similarity to the baseline set of capsules for treated subjects is obtained. Once such similarity is achieved, the method can determine that the dose achieving such similarity is the recommended dose for this subject.
  • the comparison between capsules is used to extract information pertaining to the level of pain the subject is experiencing.
  • the information includes an objective pain level. Pain level assessment according to some embodiments of the present invention is particularly useful in institutions that provide treatment or rehabilitation for subjects suffering from chronic pain.
  • the capsules obtained at 153 are compared to a set of capsules constructed for the same subjects at a different time. These embodiments are useful for many applications.
  • the comparison is used for determining presence, absence and/or level of neural plasticity in the brain, as further detailed hereinabove with respect to the comparison between BNA patterns.
  • a set of capsules obtained from neurophysiological data acquired following a treatment is compared to a set of capsules obtained before a treatment. Such comparison can be used for assessing responsiveness to and optionally efficacy of the treatment.
  • a set of capsules obtained from neurophysiological data acquired while the subject performs a particular task is compared to a set of capsules obtained from neurophysiological data acquired while the subject is not performing the particular task and/or while the subject performs another particular task.
  • the capsules of the present embodiments can also be used for inducing improvement in brain function.
  • a set of capsules is obtained for a subject during a higher-level cognitive test, generally in real time.
  • the subject can be presented with the set of capsules (for example, a graphical presentation can be used) and use them as a feedback.
  • presentation of such a result to the subject can be used by the subject as a positive feedback.
  • the set of capsules of the subject becomes more similar to a characteristic set of capsules of a brain-disorder group
  • presentation of such a result to the subject can be used by the subject as a negative feedback.
  • Real time analysis of BNA patterns in conjunction with neurofeedback can optionally and preferably be utilized to achieve improved cortical stimulation using external stimulating electrodes.
  • the capsules of the present embodiments can also be used for assessing responsiveness to and optionally efficacy of a phototherapy and/or hyperbaric therapy, as further detailed hereinabove with respect to the comparison between BNA patterns.
  • Additional examples of treatments which may be assessed by the capsules comparison technique of the present embodiments include, without limitation, ultrasound treatment, rehabilitative treatment, and neural feedback, e.g., EMG biofeedback, EEG neurofeedback, transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS), and direct electrode stimulation (DES).
  • local stimulation is applied to the brain responsively to the information extracted from the comparison 155.
  • the local stimulation is optionally and preferably at one or more locations corresponding to a spatial location of at least one of the nodes of the BNA pattern.
  • Operations 151, 152 and 153 of the method can be executed repeatedly, and the local stimulation can be varied according to some embodiments of the present invention responsively to variations in the extracted information.
  • the stimulation and capsule analysis can be employed in a closed loop, wherein the capsule analysis can provide indication regarding the effectiveness of the treatment.
  • the closed loop can be realized within a single session with the subject, e.g. , while the electrodes that are used to collect the data from the brain and the system that is used for applying the stimulation engage the head of the subject.
  • the present embodiments contemplate many types of local stimulation. Representative examples including, without limitation, transcranial stimulation, electrocortical stimulation on the cortex, and DBS.
  • transcranial stimulation techniques suitable for the present embodiments include, without limitation, transcranial electrical stimulation (tES) and transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS).
  • tES suitable for the present embodiments include, without limitation, transcranial direct current stimulation (tDCS), transcranial alternating current stimulation (tACS), and transcranial random noise stimulation (tRNS).
  • tES can be either multi-focal or single focal.
  • tES can be employed using any number of electrodes. Typically, the number of electrodes is from 1 to 256, but use of more than 256 electrodes is also contemplated in some embodiments of the present invention.
  • high-definition tES such as, but not limited to, HD-tDCS, is employed.
  • the present embodiments also contemplate combining both transcranial stimulation and deep brain stimulation (DBS). These embodiments are useful since the transcranial stimulation (e.g. , tES, such as, but not limited to, tDCS or HD-tDCS) can improve the effectiveness of DBS.
  • the transcranial stimulation e.g. , tDCS or HD-tDCS
  • the transcranial stimulation is executed before the DBS, wherein the closed-loop with the capsule analysis is used for identifying the effect of the stimulation on the brain. Once the effect is established DBS can be applied at locations at which the transcranial stimulation (e.g. , tDCS or HD-tDCS) is effective (e.g. , most effective).
  • the transcranial stimulation (e.g., tDCS or HD-tDCS) is applied simultaneously or intermittently with the DBS. This improves the effectiveness of the treatment by DBS.
  • the combined stimulation can be achieved by means of the capsule analysis of the present embodiments wherein spatial regions of the set of capsules that are far from the location of the DBS electrodes are stimulated transcarnially, and spatial regions of the set of capsules that are near the location of the DBS electrodes are stimulated by the DBS electrodes.
  • the combined stimulation can be employed for activating and/or inhibiting activities in various regions in the brain, as manifested by the obtained capsules, either synchronously or independently.
  • the combined stimulation transcranial and DBS, e.g., tES and DBS
  • the transcranial stimulation e.g. , tDCS or HD-tDCS
  • the transcranial stimulation can lower the activation threshold at brain regions that are peripheral to the brain regions affected by DBS, thereby extending the effective range of the DBS.
  • the transcranial stimulation can also increases the activation threshold at brain regions affected by DBS thereby controlling the stimulation path of the DBS.
  • DBS can optionally and preferably be employed to obtain neurophysiological data from the brain. These data can according to some embodiments of the present invention be used by the method to update the set of capsules.
  • the local stimulation can be at one or more locations corresponding to a spatial location of at least one of the capsules of the capsule network pattern.
  • the capsule network pattern can be analyzed to identify locations that correspond to a brain disorder. At these locations, local stimulation can be applied to reduce or eliminate the disorder.
  • the local stimulation can be applied at locations corresponding to other capsules of the capsule network pattern. These other locations can be locations at which previous stimulations for the same subject or group of subjects have been proven to be successful in reducing or eliminating the disorder.
  • a representative example of application of local stimulation is in the case of pain.
  • the local stimulation is applied to reduce or eliminate the pain.
  • the capsule network pattern can be analyzed to identify capsules that correspond to pain, and the stimulation can be applied to locations that correspond to these capsules.
  • a pain stimulus (such as heat stimulus) can be applied to the subject prior to or while acquiring the neurophysiological data.
  • the capsule network pattern can be analyzed to identify capsules that correspond to the applied pain stimulus and the local stimulation can be at one or more locations corresponding to those identified capsules.
  • FIG. 32 is a schematic illustration of a system 320 for analyzing neurophysiological data.
  • System 320 comprises a data processor 322, e.g. , a dedicated circuitry or a general purpose computer, configured for receiving the neurophysiological data, and executing at least some of the operations described herein.
  • System 320 can comprise a sensing system 324 configured for sensing and/or recording the neurophysiological data and feeding data processor 322 with the data.
  • the system comprises a controller 326 connectable to a brain stimulation system 328. Controller 326 is optionally and preferably configured for controlling brain stimulation system 328 to apply local stimulation to the brain (not shown) responsively to the estimated brain function.
  • the brain stimulation system 328 can be of any type, including, without limitation, transcranial stimulation system, tDCS system, HD-tDCS system, electrocortical stimulation system configured to apply electrocortical stimulation on the cortex, DBS system, and the like.
  • compositions, methods or structure may include additional ingredients, steps and/or parts, but only if the additional ingredients, steps and/or parts do not materially alter the basic and novel characteristics of the claimed composition, method or structure.
  • a compound or “at least one compound” may include a plurality of compounds, including mixtures thereof.
  • range format is merely for convenience and brevity and should not be construed as an inflexible limitation on the scope of the invention. Accordingly, the description of a range should be considered to have specifically disclosed all the possible subranges as well as individual numerical values within that range. For example, description of a range such as from 1 to 6 should be considered to have specifically disclosed subranges such as from 1 to 3, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 5, from 2 to 4, from 2 to 6, from 3 to 6 etc., as well as individual numbers within that range, for example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6. This applies regardless of the breadth of the range.
  • the STEP Procedure of the present embodiments parcels the full spatial and temporal dimensions of the ERP into a set of unitary events, for example, externum points and their surroundings.
  • the challenge of matching two or more biological time series collected from different subjects derives from the accepted existence of common hidden functional microstates and shifting times among subjects performing a common task.
  • the panellation definition of STEP allows matching different signals without distorting signal shape and time dependency.
  • a pool of microstate sets of group members can undergo clustering in order to define and isolate group-common templates.
  • the STEP Procedure of the present embodiments translates the relevant spatial spread and temporal dynamics in a natural way into a set of microstates, thereby addressing two drawbacks in conventional spatiotemporal analysis methods: the constraint of using the entire spatiotemporal map as a global state and the loss of time dynamics in the microstate.
  • the first group included 40 subjects (17 males) with an age range of 23-64 years from Ra'anana, Israel and the second group included 60 subjects (30 males) with an age range of 15-24 years from Kansas, USA. All participants signed informed consent forms for undergoing the procedures, which were approved by the Ethics Committee of the respective centers. Task and data acquisition
  • the auditory oddball target detection test the subjects were requested to respond to auditory target stimuli that occur infrequently and irregularly within a series of standard stimuli. There were 600 trials of which 80% were 2000Hz stimuli (Frequent), 10% were 1000 Hz rare stimuli requiring a response (Target) and 10% were rare non-targets composed of various sounds (Novel). Stimuli were separated by 1500 ms intervals.
  • Subjects were requested to fixate on a sign in the middle of a screen. Sound was delivered using a headset and the sound level was set to 70 dB. Subjects of the first group went through three repeated sessions spaced one week apart.
  • EEG recordings were obtained using a 64-channel Biosemi Active Two system (Amsterdam, Netherlands). The sampling rate was 256Hz. The second group went through two repeated sessions and recordings were obtained using a HydroCel Geodesic Sensor Net of 128-channels and net amps 300 amplifier of EGI (Eugene, Oregon). The sampling rate was 250Hz.
  • Artifact removal procedure included noisy electrode removal (extensive ranges of amplitude outside the range of +100 ⁇ or high dissimilarity to neighbor electrodes), noisy epoch removal (epochs with amplitude outside the range of +100 ⁇ or if a channel's amplitude deviated from 7 STDs from its mean) and eye artifact correction using ICA. All artifact removal stages were done using EEGLAB software (v. 9.0.4s). Data Analysis
  • the data analysis procedure used in the present example according to some embodiments of the invention is illustrated in the block diagram of FIGs. 15.
  • the procedure included pre-processing, single subject feature extraction, group clustering and single subject scoring (relative to group characteristics). Each of those stages can stand on its own, depending on different types of analysis.
  • the ERPs were first decomposed into four conventional frequency bands, ⁇ (0.5-4Hz), ⁇ (3-8Hz), a (7-13Hz) and ⁇ (12-30Hz).
  • Linear-phase FIR filter design using least-squares error minimization and reverse digital filtering was used.
  • a high resolution spatial grid of the brain activity 33*37 pixels was calculated.
  • the activity of all recording electrodes was interpolated to a 2D grid according to the estimated projection of the 3D electrode array by use of cubic splines interpolation.
  • a spatiotemporal event was defined as an extremum amplitude point (peak).
  • the peak's surrounding was defined as all voxels around the peak (on the spatial 2D grid as well as on the time dimension) with activity higher than half the amplitude absolute value of the peak.
  • the ensuing features that characterized each subject's brain activity were sets of all peaks and of encapsulated activity regions in time and space around the peak for each frequency band (FIG. 16, block B). These activity regions are referred to in this Example as capsules.
  • Block C represents a clustering operation in which the encapsulated brain activity regions were clustered for a group of subjects at a given frequency band.
  • the input features for the clustering are all capsules of all subjects in the group.
  • the clustering goal was to get a set of clusters, each representing a unitary event common to all members of the cluster.
  • a constraint of maximum participation of one unitary event per subject in a cluster was applied. Additional constraints included a maximum temporal window and spatial distance allowed in a cluster.
  • the temporal windows were 200, 125, 77, 56 ms in accordance with the four frequency bands of ⁇ , ⁇ , a and ⁇ , respectively.
  • the spatial window was equivalent to the minimum distance between non-neighboring electrodes in the 10-20 system of 64 electrodes.
  • the clustering procedure contained 3 stages, as follows.
  • a group representation has the same characteristics as a single subject representation.
  • the group representation was a set of capsules equal in number to the number of clusters achieved by the previous stage.
  • a group's peak location was defined as the average of the peak locations of all members of the cluster.
  • an averaged surrounding was calculated.
  • his original high resolution ERP was taken and aligned to the group's peak by the relevant subject's peak.
  • Averaging of all aligned ERPs provided a new averaged high resolution ERP around the group's peak, from which the surroundings of the peak were extracted.
  • the surrounding was extracted in the same manner as in a single subject.
  • the final output of the clustering was a set of group common capsules, which were averages of the single subjects' capsules contained in each original cluster. This set of capsules characterized the group-common brain activity.
  • single subject scoring was calculated relative to the set of group- common capsules.
  • a single subject representation was similar to that of a group in terms of peaks and surroundings, except for the group having means and SDs for the peaks locations. Naturally, a group had less unitary events than a single subject.
  • the subject score was a weighted sum of the best match of his capsules to those of the group:
  • Si, j are the best matched pair of capsules found by the scoring algorithm of the single subject and group, respectively; capsule_corr(Si,Gj) equals zero if S pea k(i), G pea k(j) do not meet the constraints, and corr(S SU rr(i), G sur r(j)) otherwise; S pea k(i), G pea k(j) are the spatio-temporal peaks of the single subject and the group, respectively; S surr (i), G surr (j) are the capsules of the single subject and the group, respectively; corr(-,-) is correlation normalized and aligned to the peak correlation; S te mporaLdist is defined as:
  • ⁇ ( ⁇ ; ⁇ , ⁇ ) is the normal distribution with ⁇ , ⁇ parameters;
  • G am p_weight is defined as: allpeaks
  • G amp _ W ei S ht ( G j ) mean a mp ( G ' peak U)) ' ⁇ ⁇ flW ⁇ (G ⁇ (£)) ; and mean amp i is the mean of the amplitudes of the peaks in the cluster.
  • the evoked response to the Novel stimulus was regarded as being a pathological variant of the normal Target response and the ability of the STEP procedure to correctly classify the two responses was tested.
  • Target group representation consisted of 15 capsules, 6 and 9 capsules in the ⁇ and a band, respectively.
  • Novel group representation consisted of 14 capsules, 2, 5 and 7 in the ⁇ , ⁇ and a bands, respectively.
  • the relevant analysis time is 0 to 600 ms post- stimulus.
  • Groups' capsules are shown in FIGs. 17A and 17B. Shown in FIGs. 17A and 17B, are the contour of the capsules of Target and Novel from the first group's 3rd visit.
  • the Y-Z plane is the 2D brain activity grid, and the points in the middle of each capsule are the peaks.
  • the STEP procedure utilized in the present example successfully classified the Novel vs. Target responses. Clustering was performed on the first group's 3rd visit. The other 2 visits of the first group and the two visits of the second group were then classified against the ensuing group capsules, based on STEP scoring.
  • the ⁇ band ROC curves for the 4 group-visit combinations are plotted in FIG.
  • Gl and G2 denote group 1 and group 2, respectively, and VI and V2 denote the first and second visits, respectively.
  • the blue circles are cut-off points of the ROC analysis.
  • the associated statistical details of the ROC curves shown in FIG. 18 are listed in Table 2.
  • the STEP procedure utilized in algorithm produced stimulus-specific group activity templates.
  • the procedure correctly classified closely related evoked responses.
  • An improvement in classification can be achieved by locating and basing the score on capsules that show high differentiation characteristics.
  • a wide as possible baseline database is collect from the subject, against which each additional performance is optionally and preferably tested for conformity.
  • the widest common denominator in the response of a representative group of normal subjects is defined, and the evolution of the single subject's conformity to that of the group is followed.
  • the inventive STEP procedure is useful in these embodiments since it allows grading the similarity between any two trials as well as between a single trial and a derived group- common template.
  • the technique is demonstrated on a scopolamine induced cognitive impairment model.
  • the BNA technique of the present embodiments can be used to provide quantitative and/or qualitative outputs that are useful according to some embodiments of the present invention for monitoring brain activity of individual subjects over time.
  • the present inventors performed computer simulations and experiments directed to determine test-retest repeatability of the technique of the present embodiments, and for demonstrating the clinical applications offered by the technique of the present embodiments.
  • FIG. 19 is a block diagram describing the technique of the present embodiments.
  • the Reference Brain Network Model is generated to serve as a reference baseline integrated into the computerized method of the present embodiments and used to calculate BNA Scores of individual subjects (layer 1). 40 healthy control subjects (18 males, 22 females) ages 23-64 were utilized for this purpose.
  • the Normative Database represents the change in BNA Scores ( ⁇ Scores) and is generated in order to determine the standard deviation (SEM) of BNA Scores over repeat test sessions to establish a reference for trend analysis (layer 2).
  • SEM standard deviation
  • the trend analysis included a search for a best trend over a plurality of trend candidates. SEM cut-offs allow the clinician to estimate the degree of the relative changes of the BNA Scores over time for trend analysis of the electrophysiological brain activity (layer 3).
  • a BNA Analysis System generates according to some embodiments of the present invention quantitative scores from EEG data by comparing EEG activity of a group of normative subjects to a set of reference brain network models (Layer 1). These score can then be used to construct a normative database which typically constitutes at least these scores. The database can be utilized to determine statistical deviations (Layer 2). BNA score of individual subjects can then be compared to this database, to provide a tool for the assessment of trend analysis of electrophysiological changes over time (Layer 3).
  • the BNA Analysis of the present embodiments can be used for Revealing BNA patterns in groups of subjects, and/or for comparing brain activity of individual subjects to group BNAs.
  • the comparison can include a qualitative output in the form of, for example, individual BNA patterns, and/or a quantitative output, in the form of, for example, one or more (e.g. , 2, 3, 4 or more) BNA scores.
  • a group BNA analysis can provide a Reference Brain Network Model (see, Layer 1 in Figure 19).
  • a quantitative individual subject analysis can provide a normative database (Layer 2 in Figure 19).
  • a quantitative and/or qualitative individual subject analysis can provide a trend analysis (Layer 3 in Figure 19).
  • FIG. 20 illustrates an outline of a functional network analysis, suitable for the present embodiments.
  • the BNA analysis comprises two independent processes: group pattern analysis (blue arrows) and individual subject evaluation (red arrows).
  • the raw data (such as, but not limited to, EEG data) of each subject undergoes at least one of the following processing stages: (1) preprocessing (A-C - artifact removal, band-passing); (2) salient event extraction (D-E - discretization, normalization), and (3) network analysis (F-H - clustering, unitary events extraction, pair-pattern extraction, group-template formation) performed on the pooled salient events of all subjects (multiple blue arrows).
  • the stages (l)-(3) are optionally and preferably executed consecutively.
  • a first and a second stage can be identical to those of the group level process (B-E), and a third stage, can include comparing the single subject activity to the set of templates issuing from the group analysis stage.
  • the comparison optionally and preferably includes also calculating one or more scores describing the comparison.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic representation of an Auditory Oddball Task used in this study.
  • the task included 600 repetitive 1000ms auditory stimulations of which 80% were 2000Hz stimuli (Frequent - blue circles), 10% were 1000 Hz stimuli requiring a motor response (Target - red circles) and 10% were rare non-targets composed of various sounds (Novel - yellow star). The stimuli were separated by 1500 ms intervals. The sound was delivered through a headset at a sound pressure level of 70 dB.
  • Normality Tests Normality of ⁇ distributions was evaluated using the Kolmogorov-Smirnov test of normality (p>.200) and validated with corresponding Q-Q plots.
  • FIG. 22 shows normative Database's Interclass Correlation (ICC) values for BNA scores in the two EEG-ERP sessions.
  • ICC Interclass Correlation
  • FIG. 23 shows Q-Q plot for the Connectivity ⁇ scores of the Novel stimulus. The near-perfect linearity of the scattergram is strong evidence for normality.
  • FIG. 24 shows frequency histogram for the Connectivity ⁇ scores of the Novel stimulus. Frequency units are number of scores out of 60. One and two SEMs around the mean are shown by the red lines.
  • the BNA Analysis System's normative database includes ⁇ scores from the two consecutive EEG-ERP sessions.
  • the normative database's ⁇ scores were found to adhere to a Gaussian distribution for all 12 combinations of stimuli and scores, as inferred from the histograms and the Q-Q plots (FIGs. 23 and 24).
  • a subject was randomly selected from the normative database.
  • the Target and Novel stimuli were then manipulated by gradually attenuating amplitude and increasing latency. This effectively simulated changes that can occur in a variety of clinical conditions.
  • a Multi-channel Matching Pursuit was then utilized at all 64 simulated scalp locations.
  • FIG. 25 shows a reconstructed ERP at Fz channel of a randomly chosen healthy subject from the normative database following a 6-step graded manipulation (combined amplitude decline and latency delay) of the P300 component in response to the Novel stimulus.
  • the top curve is the original non-manipulated trace.
  • FIG. 26A shows plots of 4
  • FIG. 26B shows the dependence of individual qualitative maps on the degree of manipulation.
  • Red dots on group template designate scalp locations involved in event-pairs (joined by lines).
  • Red dots on individual maps designates event-pairs common to the group template, the thickness of joining lines denoting how close the match is in terms of amplitude and timing.
  • Part B Cognitive impairment model
  • a pharmacological model study included 13 healthy volunteers of both genders, Aged 18-45. The volunteers were subjected to 3 Consecutive BNA sessions were, 1 week apart. A first session was used as a baseline, one of the two other sessions included administration of scopolamine (0.4mg), and the other of the two other sessions included administration of placebo. The second and third sessions were at random order, double blind. ⁇ Score values (Baseline - Placebo and Baseline - Drug) were evaluated against SEM values.
  • FIG. 27 shows pharmacological model results. Shown are Plots of the ⁇ (Baseline - treatment) connectivity score values for the Novel response. Each symbol is a single subject, tested once following Drug and once following Placebo. Horizontal lines are +1, 1.5 & 2SEM thresholds, derived from the normative BNA database.
  • the present example demonstrates that the BNA technique of the present embodiments has a high test-retest repeatability.
  • the present example demonstrates that the BNA technique of the present embodiments can be utilized to follow clinically meaningful changes in brain activity of individual subjects.
  • the present example demonstrates that a change in BNA Scores from baseline over time, as calculated in accordance with some embodiments of the present invention can aid for monitoring disease states, particularly for concussion management.
  • Event Related Potentials which are temporal reflections of electrophysiological response to stimuli, may provide valuable insight to the pathophysiological events that underlie concussion.
  • the BNA pattern of the present embodiments can be utilized for identifying and optionally tracking the recovery following sport-related concussion.
  • FIG. 28 A schematic flowchart of the employed technique is illustrated in FIG. 28.
  • High density EEG data are collected while the subject performed specific computerized cognitive tasks.
  • the EEG data are then processed according to some embodiments of the present invention and a set of spatio-temporal activity patterns representing the activated brain networks is extracted.
  • Participants comprised 35 concussed patients and 19 control athletes. University IRB was obtained prior to study. All athletes underwent computerized neurocognitive testing, symptom assessment, and electrophysiological (EEG/ERP) assessment while performing three cognitive tasks: 1) Auditory Oddball, 2) Visual GoNoGo, and 3) Sternberg Memory; within 10 days, 11-17 days, 18-24 days, and 25-31 days post- concussion.
  • EEG/ERP electrophysiological
  • ICC Interclass Correlation
  • ROC Receiver Operating Characteristic
  • FIG. 29A shows the selected reference BNA for the Go/NoGo task
  • FIG. 29B shows the selected reference BNA for the Auditory Oddball task.
  • FIG. 30 shows the reference BNA patterns used to generate BNA Scores.
  • ICC InterClass Correlation
  • the sensitivity and specificity for the BNA patterns are shown in FIGs. 31A-D.
  • ROC analysis demonstrated a high discrimination between concussed athletes and healthy controls.
  • the sensitivity ranged from about 0.74 to about 0.85 and the specificity ranged from about 0.58 to about 0.68 with AUC values ranging from about 0.70 to about 0.76.
  • a feature selection procedure was applied according to some embodiments of the present invention to reduce the dimensionality of a capsule network pattern.
  • Panellation was applied to the activity related features to define capsules as further detailed hereinabove.
  • Feature selection was applied to the capsules corresponding to all events of all subjects, to provide group characteristics followed by single-subject scoring.
  • An event was defined as an extremum point in the spatiotemporal amplitude space and its associated surroundings.
  • the features that characterize each subject's brain activity were defined as the sets of all capsules (peaks and encapsulated activity regions in time and space around the peak). The features were sorted by the combined sum of the area under the curve (AUC) of a receiver operating characteristic (ROC) curve and Intra Class-Correlation (ICC) using a forward model.
  • AUC area under the curve
  • ROC receiver operating characteristic
  • ICC Intra Class-Correlation
  • NPV repeatability and negative predictive value
  • FIG. 35 shows one example of extracted spatiotemporal peaks in different frequency bands for the No-Go stimulus.
  • blue line healthy controls
  • red line concussed
  • FIGs. 36A-C a clear separation is shown between concussed and healthy controls in the first visit in all three stimulus types. This separation was diminished in subsequent visits but was still evident in the second visit in the Novel (FIG. 36A) and Sternberg (FIG. 36C) stimuli.
  • capsule networks which are the outcome of training for NPV can aide in decision making. For example, when the subject is an athlete diagnosed as having a sport-related concussion, the capsule networks can aid in deciding whether the athlete can return to sport activity.
  • evoked potentials were obtained by applying heat stimuli.
  • the evoked potentials are referred to as contact heat evoked potentials (CHEPs).
  • Tactile stimulus was applied by PATHWAY-CHEPS sensory evaluation system (Medoc Ltd., Ramat-Yishai Israel).
  • the technique of the present embodiments was applied to generate BNA patterns before during and after the application of heat stimuli.
  • HD-tDCS was applied by Soterix 4xls (Soterix, New York, USA) using 2.0mA of current.
  • the electrodes used for HD-tDCS were Ag/ AgCl sintered ring electrodes (EL- TP-RNG Sintered; Stens Biofeedback Inc, San Rafael, CA). The electrodes were held in place by specially designed plastic casings embedded in a modular EEG recording cap.
  • the center electrode (anode) was placed over C3 (International 10/20 Electroencephalogram System), which corresponded approximately to the location of the primary motor cortex.
  • Four return electrodes (cathode) were placed in a radius of approximately 7.5 cm from the center electrode to focus the stimulation under the target area. Their locations corresponded roughly to Cz, F3, T7, and P3.
  • FIG. 37 shows a visual analog scale (VAS) used in the study
  • FIG. 38 shows the area at which heat stimulus was applied.
  • FIG. 38 is an anterior view of a human subject on which several areas are indicated. In the present study the C5-C6 dermatome was stimulated, about 4cm down from the antecubital fossa. Both high and low temperatures were used.
  • a map of the electrodes that were used to collect the neurophysiological data is illustrated in FIG. 39.
  • FIG. 40 is a flowchart diagram describing the protocol used in the study. Pre- screening was performed by phone to determine eligibility. The target enrollment was 15 subjects. In the first visit (duration about 1.5 hours), baseline assessment was performed without stimulation. In this visit a baseline BNA pattern was constructed according to some embodiments of the present invention for each subject, as well as for the group of subjects. Data were collected using an electrode cap having the electrode map shown in FIG. 39.
  • the reported VAS as a function of the numerical pain scale is shown in FIG. 41, where the filled circles represent VAS after treatment with HD-tDCS.
  • NPS acute pain score
  • VAS chronic pain score
  • a pain stimulus such as heat stimulus
  • the BNA pattern can be analyzed to identify nodes that correspond to the applied pain stimulus and the local stimulation can be based on the identify nodes.
  • FIG. 42 shows the BNA score, the VAS and the quality of life rating scale, before treatment (baseline), after the 5th treatment session and after the 10th treatment session. As shown, the BNA score is indicative of pain reduction and quality of life improvement.
  • FIG. 43 shows the changes in the BNA scores after the first visit. Each subject for which the BNA score was significantly increased, was declared as “responder,” and each subject for which the BNA score was significantly reduced was defined as “non- responder.”
  • FIGs. 44A-44D A representative Example of a subject declared as responder is shown in FIGs. 44A-44D, where FIG. 44A shows BNA score weighted by connectivity, FIG. 44B shows BNA score weighted by amplitude, FIG. 44C shows the BNA score as a function of NPS at low temperature and FIG. 44D shows the BNA score as a function of NPS at high temperature.
  • the temperature for the high CHEPs was 52 °C (shown in red), and the temperatures for the low CHEPs was 49 °C (shown in blue).
  • there is a reduction in the BNA score both during treatment see, e.g., visit 7) and between treatments (see, e.g., between visit 2 and visit 11).
  • the BNA patterns becomes more different than the BNA pattern that is characteristic to pain. This demonstrates that the subject is responsive to treatment, whereby the stimulation reduces the pain.
  • FIGs. 45A-45C A representative Example of a subject declared as non-responder is shown in FIGs. 45A-45C, where FIG. 45 A shows BNA score weighted by connectivity, FIG. 45B shows the BNA score as a function of NPS at low temperature and FIG. 45C shows the BNA score as a function of NPS at high temperature.
  • the temperature for the high CHEPs was 47 °C (shown in red), and the temperature for the low CHEPs was 45 °C (shown in blue).
  • FIG. 42 shows that BNA change (and thus the electrophysiology behind acute pain) correlates to chronic pain measures (the VAS), and FIGs. 44C-D and 45B-C show the relation between BNA score and the NPS score (acute pain).

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medical Informatics (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Surgery (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Physiology (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Radiology & Medical Imaging (AREA)
  • Artificial Intelligence (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Psychology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Vision & Pattern Recognition (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Data Mining & Analysis (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Child & Adolescent Psychology (AREA)
  • Developmental Disabilities (AREA)
  • Educational Technology (AREA)
  • Social Psychology (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Fuzzy Systems (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Primary Health Care (AREA)
  • Evolutionary Computation (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)

Abstract

A method of analyzing neurophysiological data recorded from a subject is disclosed. The method comprises identifying activity-related features in the data, and parceling the data according to the activity-related features to define a plurality of capsules, each representing a spatiotemporal activity region in the brain. The method further comprises comparing at least some of the defined capsules to at least one reference capsule, and estimating a brain function of the subject based on the comparison.

Description

NEUROPHYSIOLOGICAL DATA ANALYSIS USING SPATIOTEMPORAL
PARCELLATION
RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application claims the benefit of priority of U.S. Provisional Patent
Application No. 61/725,614, filed November 13, 2012, and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/760,101, filed February 3, 2013, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. FIELD AND BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
The present invention, in some embodiments thereof, relates to neurophysiology and, more particularly, but not exclusively, to method and system for analyzing data using spatiotemporal parcellation.
Little is known about the mechanisms that allow the brain to selectively improve the neural representations of behaviorally important stimuli while ignoring irrelevant stimuli. The brain is a complex structure of nerve cells that produce signals called action potentials. These action potentials move from one cell to another across a gap called the synapse. These potentials summate in the cortex and extend through the coverings of the brain to the scalp, where they can be measured using appropriate electrodes. Rhythmical measured activity represents postsynaptic cortical neuronal potentials which are synchronized by the complex interaction of large populations of cortical cells.
Behavioral functions are based upon flow among various functional regions in the brain, involving specific spatiotemporal flow patterns. A specific spatiotemporal pattern underlying a certain behavioral function is composed of functional brain regions, which are often active for at least several tens of milliseconds and more. The flow of activity among those regions is often synchronization-based.
Known in the art are methods that identify discrete participating regions for the purpose of relating behavioral functions to their underlying localized brain activities. Other techniques employ analysis of the flow from one region to another.
U.S. Patent No. 6,792,304 discloses a method and a system for mass communication assessment. A cognitive task is transmitted from a central control site to a plurality of remote test sites via Internet. The brain response of the subjects at the remote sites in response to the task is recorded and transmitted back to the central control site via the Internet. The central control site then computes the variations in the brain activities for the subjects at each of the selected sites.
U.S. Published Application No. 20040059241 discloses a method for classifying and treating physiologic brain imbalances. Neurophysiologic techniques are used for obtaining a set of analytic brain signals from a subject, and a set of digital parameters is determined from the signals. The digital parameters are quantitatively mapped to various therapy responsivity profiles. The signals and parameters for a subject are compared to aggregate neurophysiologic information contained in databases relating to asymptomatic and symptomatic reference populations, and the comparison is used for making treatment recommendations. Treatment response patterns are correlated as a dependent variable to provide a connection to successful outcomes for clinical treatment of afflicted subjects.
International Publication No. WO 2007/138579, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference, describes a method for establishing a knowledge base of neuropsychological flow patterns. Signals from multiple research groups for a particular behavioral process are obtained, and sources of activity participating in the particular behavioral functions are localized. Thereafter, sets of patterns of brain activity are identified, and neuropsychological analysis is employed for analyzing the localized sources and the identified patterns. The analysis includes identification and ranking of possible pathways. A set of flow patterns is then created and used as a knowledge base. The knowledge base is then used as a constraint for reducing the number of ranked pathways.
International Publication Nos. WO 2009/069134, WO 2009/069135 and WO
2009/069136, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference, describe a technique in which neurophysiological data are collected before and after the subject has performed a task and/or action that forms a stimulus. The stimulus is used for defining features in the data, and the data are decomposed according to the defined features. Thereafter, the features are analyzed to determine one or more patterns in the data. The decomposition can employ clustering for locating one or more important features in the data, wherein a collection of clusters forms an activity network. The data patterns can be analyzed for defining a neural model which can be used for simulating the effect of a particular pathology and/or treatment on the brain.
International Publication Nos. WO 2011/086563, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference, discloses analysis of neurophysiological data, which includes identifying activity-related features in the data, constructing a brain network activity (BNA) pattern having a plurality of nodes, each representing a feature of the activity-related features, and assigning a connectivity weight to each pair of nodes in the BNA pattern.
Additional background art includes U.S. Published Application No. 20050177058, which discloses a system in which EEG readings from more than one subject at the same or different locations are collected, analyzed and compared, when they are exposed to a common set of stimuli. The compatibility of the subjects is studied using their EEG readings, and concealed information is discovered or verified from. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
According to an aspect of some embodiments of the present invention there is provided a method of analyzing neurophysiological data recorded from a brain of a subject. The method being executed by a data processor and comprises: identifying activity-related features in the data; parceling the data according to the activity-related features to define a plurality of capsules, each representing a spatiotemporal activity region in the brain; comparing at least some of the defined capsules to at least one reference capsule; and estimating a brain function of the subject based on the comparison.
According to some embodiments of the invention the comparison comprises calculating, for each of the at least some of the defined capsules, a statistical score of a spatiotemporal vector corresponding to the capsule using multidimensional statistical distribution describing a respective database capsule.
According to some embodiments of the invention each entry of the database is also associated with a weight, and the method further comprises weighing the statistical score using the weight.
According to some embodiments of the invention the method comprises calculating a correlation between the capsule and a respective database capsule. According to some embodiments of the invention the comparison is executed irrespective of any inter-capsule relation.
According to some embodiments of the invention the inter-capsule relation comprises at least one of spatial proximity between two defined capsules, temporal proximity between two defined capsules, spectral proximity between two defined capsules, and energetic proximity between two defined capsules.
According to some embodiments of the invention the method comprises determining inter-capsule relations among the capsules, and constructing a capsule network pattern responsively to the inter-capsule relations, wherein the database comprises database capsule network patterns, and where the comparison comprises comparing the constructed pattern to the database pattern.
According to some embodiments of the invention the at least one reference capsule comprises an annotated database capsule stored in a database having a plurality of entries, and the method further comprises accessing the database.
According to some embodiments of the invention the at least one reference capsule comprises a baseline capsule defined using neurophysiological data acquired from the same subject at a different time, and the method comprises comparing the variation of the capsule relative to the baseline capsule, to a previously stored variation of a first capsule annotated as normal and a second capsule also annotated as normal.
According to some embodiments of the invention the at least one reference capsule comprises a baseline capsule defined using neurophysiological data acquired from the same subject at a different time.
According to some embodiments of the invention the method comprises comparing the variation of the capsule relative to the baseline capsule, to a previously stored variation of a first capsule annotated as normal and a second capsule also annotated as normal.
According to some embodiments of the invention the at least one reference capsule comprises a capsule defined using neurophysiological data acquired form a different subject.
According to some embodiments of the invention the at least one reference capsule comprises a capsule defined using neurophysiological data acquired form a different subject. According to some embodiments of the invention the method comprises: constructing a brain network activity (BNA) pattern having a plurality of nodes, each representing a feature of the activity-related features; assigning a connectivity weight to each pair of nodes in the BNA pattern; comparing the constructed BNA to at least one reference BNA pattern; wherein the estimation of the a brain function of the subject is also based on the comparison to the reference BNA.
According to some embodiments of the invention the at least one reference BNA pattern comprises an annotated BNA pattern stored in a BNA database having a plurality of entries, and the method further comprises accessing the database.
According to some embodiments of the invention the at least one reference BNA pattern comprises a baseline BNA pattern extracted from neurophysiological data acquired from the same subject at a different time.
According to some embodiments of the invention the at least one reference BNA pattern comprises a BNA pattern extracted from neurophysiological data acquired from a different subject or a group of subjects.
According to some embodiments of the invention the method comprises, prior to the comparison, applying a feature selection procedure to the plurality of capsules to provide at least one sub-set of capsules, wherein the comparison is executed separately for each of the at least one sub-set of capsules.
According to some embodiments of the invention the brain function is a temporary abnormal brain function.
According to some embodiments of the invention the brain function is a chronic abnormal brain function.
According to some embodiments of the invention the brain function is a response to a stimulus or lack thereof.
According to some embodiments of the invention the method comprises assessing the likelihood of brain concussion.
According to some embodiments of the invention the method comprises applying local stimulation to the brain responsively to the estimated brain function, the local stimulation being at one or more locations corresponding to a spatial location of at least one of the capsules. According to some embodiments of the invention the method comprises applying local stimulation to the brain responsively to the estimated brain function.
According to some embodiments of the invention the local stimulation is at one or more locations corresponding to a spatial location of at least one of the capsules.
According to some embodiments of the invention the estimation of the brain function is executed repeatedly, and the method comprises varying the local stimulation responsively to variations in the brain function.
According to some embodiments of the invention the local stimulation comprises transcranial stimulation.
According to some embodiments of the invention the local stimulation comprises transcranial electrical stimulation (tES).
According to some embodiments of the invention the local stimulation comprises transcranial direct current stimulation (tDCS).
According to some embodiments of the invention the local stimulation comprises high-definition transcranial direct current stimulation (HD-tDCS).
According to some embodiments of the invention the local stimulation comprises electrocortical stimulation on the cortex.
According to some embodiments of the invention the local stimulation comprises deep brain stimulation.
According to some embodiments of the invention the local stimulation comprises both transcranial stimulation and deep brain stimulation, and wherein the transcranial stimulation is executed to control activation thresholds for the deep brain stimulation.
According to some embodiments of the invention the local stimulation comprises both transcranial stimulation and deep brain stimulation, and wherein the transcranial stimulation is executed to control activation thresholds for the deep brain stimulation.
According to an aspect of some embodiments of the present invention there is provided a method of constructing a database from neurophysiological data recorded from a group of subjects. The method being executed by a data processor and comprises: identifying activity-related features in the data; parceling the data according to the activity-related features to define a plurality of capsules, each representing a spatiotemporal activity region in the brain; clustering the data according to the capsules, to provide a plurality of capsule clusters; and storing the clusters and/or representations thereof in a computer readable medium, thereby forming the database.
According to some embodiments of the invention the representations of the clusters comprises capsular representations of the clusters.
According to some embodiments of the invention the method according to any further comprising determining inter-capsule relations among the capsules, and constructing capsule network patterns responsively to the inter-capsule relations, wherein the representations of the clusters comprise the capsule network patterns.
According to some embodiments of the invention the parceling comprises forming a spatial grid, associating each identified activity-related feature with a grid element and a time point, and defining a capsule corresponding to the identified activity- related feature as a spatio temporal activity region encapsulating grid elements nearby the associated grid element and time points nearby the associated time points.
According to some embodiments of the invention the grid elements nearby the associated grid element comprise all grid elements at which an amplitude level of the activity-related feature is within a predetermined threshold range.
According to some embodiments of the invention the time points nearby the associated time point comprise all time points at which an amplitude level of the activity-related feature is within a predetermined threshold range.
According to some embodiments of the invention the spatial grid is a two- dimensional spatial grid.
According to some embodiments of the invention the spatial grid is a two- dimensional spatial grid describing a scalp of the subject.
According to some embodiments of the invention the spatial grid is a two- dimensional spatial grid describing an intracranial surface of the subject.
According to some embodiments of the invention the spatial grid is a three- dimensional spatial grid.
According to some embodiments of the invention the spatial grid is a three- dimensional spatial grid describing an intracranial volume of the subject.
According to some embodiments of the invention the parceling comprises applying frequency decomposition to the data to provide a plurality of frequency bands, wherein the association of the identified activity-related feature and the definition of the capsule is executed separately for each frequency band.
According to some embodiments of the invention the parceling comprises applying frequency decomposition to the data to provide a plurality of frequency bands, wherein the association of the identified activity-related feature and the definition of the capsule is executed separately for each frequency band.
According to some embodiments of the invention the parceling comprises associating each identified activity-related feature with a frequency value, and wherein the capsule corresponding to the identified activity-related feature is defined as spectral- spatiotemporal activity region encapsulating grid elements nearby the associated grid element, time points nearby the associated time points and frequency values nearby the associated frequency value.
According to an aspect of some embodiments of the present invention there is provided a system for processing neurophysiological data, comprising a data processor configured for receiving the neurophysiological data, and executing the method as delineated above and optionally as further exemplified below.
According to an aspect of some embodiments of the present invention there is provided a computer software product, comprising a computer-readable medium in which program instructions are stored, which instructions, when read by a data processor, cause the data processor to receive the neurophysiological data and execute the method as delineated above and optionally as further exemplified below.
According to an aspect of some embodiments of the present invention there is provided a system for analyzing neurophysiological data recorded from a brain of a subject. The system comprises a data processor configured for: identifying activity- related features in the data; parceling the data according to the activity-related features to define a plurality of capsules, each representing a spatiotemporal activity region in the brain; comparing at least some of the defined capsules to at least one reference capsule; and estimating a brain function of the subject based on the comparison.
According to some embodiments of the invention the system further comprises a controller connectable to a brain stimulation system and configured for controlling the brain stimulation system to apply local stimulation to the brain responsively to the estimated brain function. According to some embodiments of the invention the controller is configured to control the brain stimulation system to apply the local stimulation at one or more locations corresponding to a spatial location of at least one of the capsules.
According to some embodiments of the invention the estimation of the brain function is executed repeatedly, and the controller is configured to vary the local stimulation responsively to variations in the brain function.
According to some embodiments of the invention the brain stimulation system comprises a transcranial stimulation system.
According to some embodiments of the invention the brain stimulation system comprises a transcranial direct current stimulation (tDCS) system.
According to some embodiments of the invention the local stimulation comprises high-definition transcranial direct current stimulation (HD-tDCS).
According to some embodiments of the invention the brain stimulation system comprises an electrocortical stimulation system configured to apply electrocortical stimulation on the cortex.
According to some embodiments of the invention the brain stimulation system comprises a deep brain stimulation system.
According to some embodiments of the invention the brain stimulation system is configured to apply both transcranial stimulation and deep brain stimulation, and wherein the controller is configured to control the brain stimulation system to apply the transcranial stimulation to control activation thresholds for the deep brain stimulation.
Unless otherwise defined, all technical and/or scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which the invention pertains. Although methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice or testing of embodiments of the invention, exemplary methods and/or materials are described below. In case of conflict, the patent specification, including definitions, will control. In addition, the materials, methods, and examples are illustrative only and are not intended to be necessarily limiting.
Implementation of the method and/or system of embodiments of the invention can involve performing or completing selected tasks manually, automatically, or a combination thereof. Moreover, according to actual instrumentation and equipment of embodiments of the method and/or system of the invention, several selected tasks could be implemented by hardware, by software or by firmware or by a combination thereof using an operating system.
For example, hardware for performing selected tasks according to embodiments of the invention could be implemented as a chip or a circuit. As software, selected tasks according to embodiments of the invention could be implemented as a plurality of software instructions being executed by a computer using any suitable operating system. In an exemplary embodiment of the invention, one or more tasks according to exemplary embodiments of method and/or system as described herein are performed by a data processor, such as a computing platform for executing a plurality of instructions. Optionally, the data processor includes a volatile memory for storing instructions and/or data and/or a non-volatile storage, for example, a magnetic hard-disk and/or removable media, for storing instructions and/or data. Optionally, a network connection is provided as well. A display and/or a user input device such as a keyboard or mouse are optionally provided as well.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Some embodiments of the invention are herein described, by way of example only, with reference to the accompanying drawings. With specific reference now to the drawings in detail, it is stressed that the particulars shown are by way of example and for purposes of illustrative discussion of embodiments of the invention. In this regard, the description taken with the drawings makes apparent to those skilled in the art how embodiments of the invention may be practiced.
In the drawings:
FIG. 1 is a flowchart diagram of a method suitable for analyzing neurophysiological data, according to various exemplary embodiments of the present invention.
FIG. 2 is a schematic illustration showing a representative example of a Brain Network Activity (BNA) pattern which can be extracted from neurophysiological data, according to some embodiments of the present invention.
FIG. 3A is a flowchart diagram describing a procedure for identifying activity- related features for a group of subjects, according to some embodiments of the present invention. FIG. 3B is schematic illustration of a procedure for determining relations between brain activity features, according to some embodiments of the present invention;
FIGs. 3C-E are abstract illustrations of a BNA patterns constructed according to some embodiments of the present invention using the procedure illustrated in FIG. 3B;
FIG. 4 is a flowchart diagram describing a method suitable for analyzing a subject- specific BNA pattern, according to various exemplary embodiments of the present invention.
FIGs. 5A-F are schematic illustrations showing a representative example for a process for determining a brain-disorder index, according to some embodiments of the present invention.
FIGs. 6A-F are schematic illustrations showing representative examples for a process for assessing the responsiveness of an ADHD subject to treatment, according to some embodiments of the present invention.
FIGs. 7A-D are schematic illustrations showing representative examples for a process for assessing the responsiveness of another ADHD subject to treatment, according to some embodiments of the present invention.
FIGs. 8A-E are schematic illustrations showing a representative example for a process for assessing the responsiveness of a subject to scopolamine, according to some embodiments of the present invention.
FIGs. 9A-B are schematic illustrations showing a representative example for use of the BNA pattern for measuring pain, according to some embodiments of the present invention.
FIGs. 10A-H are schematic illustrations of BNA patterns constructed according to some embodiments of the present invention from EEG data recorded during a working memory test.
FIG. 11 shows graphical presentation of a brain-disorder index according to some embodiments of the present invention.
FIG. 12 shows results of a methylphenidate (MPH) study performed according to some embodiments of the present invention. FIG. 13 shows evolutions of group BNA patterns of untreated ADHD subjects (left column), ADHD subjects following treatment with MPH (middle column), and control (right column).
FIG. 14 is a flowchart diagram illustrating a method suitable for constructing a database from neurophysiological data recorded from a group of subjects, according to some embodiments of the present invention.
FIG. 15 is a flowchart diagram illustrating a method suitable for analyzing neurophysiological data recorded from a subject, according to some embodiments of the present invention.
FIG. 16 is a block diagram of a data analysis technique executed in an experiment performed according to some embodiments of the present invention.
FIGs. 17A and 17B show Groups' capsules as obtained in an experiment performed according to some embodiments of the present invention.
FIG. 18 shows Θ band ROC curves as obtained in an experiment performed according to some embodiments of the present invention.
FIG. 19 is a block diagram describing a technique utilized in an exemplified study performed according to some embodiments of the present invention.
FIG. 20 is a scheme illustrating a method employed during an exemplified study performed in accordance with some embodiments of the present invention.
FIG. 21 is a schematic representation of an Auditory Oddball Task employed in an exemplified study performed in accordance with some embodiments of the present invention.
FIG. 22 shows normative database's Interclass Correlation (ICC) values for BNA scores in the two EEG-ERP sessions obtained during an exemplified study performed in accordance with some embodiments of the present invention.
FIG. 23 shows Q-Q plot for the Connectivity ΔΒΝΑ scores of a stimulus referred to as "Novel stimulus" of an Auditory Oddball Task, as obtained during an exemplified study performed in accordance with some embodiments of the present invention.
FIG. 24 shows frequency histogram for Connectivity ΔΒΝΑ scores of a stimulus referred to as "Novel stimulus" of an Auditory Oddball Task, as obtained during an exemplified study performed in accordance with some embodiments of the present invention. FIG. 25 shows a reconstructed ERP at Fz channel of a randomly chosen healthy subject from the normative database following a 6-step graded manipulation (combined amplitude decline and latency delay) of the P300 component in response to a stimulus referred to as "Novel stimulus" of an Auditory Oddball Task, as obtained during an exemplified study performed in accordance with some embodiments of the present invention.
FIGs. 26A-B show simulation results obtained during an exemplified study performed in accordance with some embodiments of the present invention.
FIG. 27 shows pharmacological model results obtained during an exemplified study performed in accordance with some embodiments of the present invention.
FIG. 28 is a block diagram describing a technique utilized in an exemplified experimental study performed according to some embodiments of the present invention.
FIGs. 29A-B show selected reference BNA patterns for a Go/NoGo task (FIG. 29A), and an Auditory Oddball task (FIG. 29B), as obtained during an exemplified experimental study performed according to some embodiments of the present invention.
FIGs. 30A-D show group average BNA scores (% similarity to the reference BNA) across 4 visits for a concussed group (n=35) and a control group (n=19), as obtained during an exemplified experimental study performed according to some embodiments of the present invention.
FIGs. 31A-D shows sensitivity and specificity for BNA patterns, as obtained during an exemplified experimental study performed according to some embodiments of the present invention.
FIG. 32 is a schematic illustration of a system for analyzing neurophysiological data, according to some embodiments of the present invention.
FIG. 33 is a schematic illustration of feature selection procedure suitable for some embodiments of the present invention.
FIGs. 34A-C are schematic illustrations of comparison protocols suitable for some embodiments of the present invention.
FIG. 35 shows one example of extracted spatiotemporal peaks in different frequency bands for a No-Go stimulus, used in experiments performed according to some embodiments of the present invention. FIGs. 36A-C show results obtained during a feature selection experiment performed according to some embodiments of the present invention.
FIG. 37 shows a visual analog scale (VAS) used in a study performed according to some embodiments of the present invention to investigate pain analysis and treatment.
FIG. 38 is a schematic illustration of an area at which heat stimulus was applied in the study to investigate pain analysis and treatment.
FIG. 39 is a schematic illustration of a map of the electrodes that were used in the study to investigate pain analysis and treatment.
FIG. 40 is a flowchart diagram describing a protocol used in the study to investigate pain analysis and treatment.
FIG. 41 shows visual analog scale (VAS) as a function of the numerical pain scale, as obtained in the study to investigate pain analysis and treatment.
FIG. 42 shows BNA score, VAS and the quality of life rating scale, as obtained in the study to investigate pain analysis and treatment.
FIG. 43 shows changes in the BNA scores, as predicted for the study to investigate pain analysis and treatment.
FIGs. 44A-D show representative Example of a subject declared as responder the study to investigate pain analysis and treatment.
FIGs. 45A-C show representative Example of a subject declared as non- responder the study to investigate pain analysis and treatment.
DESCRIPTION OF SPECIFIC EMBODIMENTS OF THE INVENTION
The present invention, in some embodiments thereof, relates to neurophysiology and, more particularly, but not exclusively, to method and system for analyzing neurophysiological data.
Before explaining at least one embodiment of the invention in detail, it is to be understood that the invention is not necessarily limited in its application to the details of construction and the arrangement of the components and/or methods set forth in the following description and/or illustrated in the drawings and/or the Examples. The invention is capable of other embodiments or of being practiced or carried out in various ways. Embodiments of the present invention are directed to a tool which can be used for an individual subject or a group of subjects, to analyze their brain activity so as to extract information pertaining to, e.g. , behavior, condition, brain function, and other subject characteristics. The information is extracted by constructing one or more data objects that express the information. In some embodiments of the present invention the data object is a neurophysiological data pattern, in some embodiments the data object is a brain network activity (BNA) pattern, in some embodiments the data object is a spatiotemporal activity region in the brain, and in some embodiments the data object is a network of spatiotemporal activity regions.
The data object can aid both for diagnostics and for therapy for treating pathologies associated with the respective data object. A subject or group of subject can be analyzed in terms of one or more types of data objects. When the subject or group of subjects are analyzed in terms of two or more data objects, the extracted information from each object can be combined and/or weighed to formulate an estimate regarding the behavior, condition and/or brain function.
For example, the subject or group of subjects can first be analyzed by constructing a BNA pattern to provide a first analysis, and also be analyzed using one or more spatiotemporal activity regions to provide a second analysis. The first and second analyses can be combined to provide better assessment regarding the behavior, condition, brain function and/or other subject characteristics.
As a representative example one of the analyses can serve for confirming assessments made by the other analysis. As another example, when each of the analyses includes a numerical assessment value (e.g. , the likelihood that a particular subject has some disorder) the numerical assessment values can be combined (e.g. , by calculating an averaged or weighted average).
It is to be understood that, unless otherwise defined, the operations described hereinbelow can be executed either contemporaneously or sequentially in many combinations or orders of execution. Specifically, the ordering of the flowchart diagrams is not to be considered as limiting. For example, two or more operations, appearing in the following description or in the flowchart diagrams in a particular order, can be executed in a different order (e.g., a reverse order) or substantially contemporaneously. Additionally, several operations described below are optional and may not be executed.
At least part of the operations can be can be implemented by a data processing system, e.g., a dedicated circuitry or a general purpose computer, configured for receiving the data and executing the operations described below.
Computer programs implementing the method of the present embodiments can commonly be distributed to users on a distribution medium such as, but not limited to, a floppy disk, a CD-ROM, a flash memory device and a portable hard drive. From the distribution medium, the computer programs can be copied to a hard disk or a similar intermediate storage medium. The computer programs can be run by loading the computer instructions either from their distribution medium or their intermediate storage medium into the execution memory of the computer, configuring the computer to act in accordance with the method of this invention. All these operations are well-known to those skilled in the art of computer systems.
The method of the present embodiments can be embodied in many forms. For example, it can be embodied in on a tangible medium such as a computer for performing the method operations. It can be embodied on a computer readable medium, comprising computer readable instructions for carrying out the method operations. In can also be embodied in electronic device having digital computer capabilities arranged to run the computer program on the tangible medium or execute the instruction on a computer readable medium.
FIG. 1 is a flowchart diagram of a method suitable for analyzing neurophysiological data, according to various exemplary embodiments of the present invention.
The neurophysiological data to be analyzed can be any data acquired directly from the brain of the subject under investigation. The data acquired "directly" in the sense that it shows electrical, magnetic, chemical or structural features of the brain tissue itself. The neurophysiological data can be data acquired directly from the brain of a single subject or data acquired directly from multiple brains of respective multiple subjects (e.g., a research group), not necessarily simultaneously.
Analysis of data from multiple brains can be done by performing the operations described below separately for each portion of the data that correspond to a single brain. Yet, some operations can be performed collectively for more than one brain. Thus, unless explicitly state otherwise, a reference to "subject" or "brain" in the singular form does not necessarily mean analysis of data of an individual subject. A reference to "subject" or "brain" in the singular form encompasses also analysis of a data portion which corresponds to one out of several subjects, which analysis can be applied to other portions as well.
The data can be analyzed immediately after acquisition ("online analysis"), or it can be recorded and stored and thereafter analyzed ("offline analysis").
Representative example of neurophysiological data types suitable for the present invention, including, without limitation, electroencephalogram (EEG) data, magnetoencephalography (MEG) data, computer-aided tomography (CAT) data, positron emission tomography (PET) data, magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) data, functional MRI (fMRI) data, ultrasound data, single photon emission computed tomography (SPECT) data, Brain Computer Interface (BCI) data, and data from neuroprostheses at the neural level. Optionally, the data include combination of two or more different types of data.
In various exemplary embodiments of the invention the neurophysiological data are associated with signals collected using a plurality of measuring devices respectively placed at a plurality of different locations on the scalp of the subject. In these embodiments, the data type is preferably EEG or MEG data. The measuring devices can include electrodes, superconducting quantum interference devices (SQUIDs), and the like. The portion of the data that is acquired at each such location is also referred to as "channel." In some embodiments, the neurophysiological data are associated with signals collected using a plurality of measuring devices placed in the brain tissue itself. In these embodiments, the data type is preferably invasive EEG data, also known as electrocorticography (ECoG) data.
Optionally and preferably, the neurophysiological data is collected at least before and after the subject has performed a task and/or action. In some embodiments of the present invention the neurophysiological data is collected at least before and after the subject has conceptualized a task and/or action but has not actually performed the task. These embodiments are useful when the subject is suffering from some type of physical and/or cognitive deficit that may prevent actual execution of a task and/or action, as for example may be seen in response to various brain injuries such as stroke. Nevertheless, these embodiments can be employed for any subject, if desired.
Neurophysiological data which is associated with a task and/or action (whether actually performed or conceptualized) can be used as event related measures, such as event related potentials (ERPs) or event related fields (ERFs). The task and/or action (whether actually performed or conceptualized) is preferably in response to a stimulus or stimuli, and the acquisition of data is synchronized with the stimulus to establish a timeline of the response and extract data features responsively to this timeline. Typically, but not necessarily, the data collection is on-going such that neurophysiological data are collected continuously before, during and after performance or conceptualization of the task and/or action.
Various types of tasks are contemplated, both lower-level and higher-level cognitive tasks and/or actions. The task/action can be single, serial or on-going. An example of an on-going lower- level cognitive task/action includes, without limitation, watching a movie; an example of a single lower-level cognitive task/action includes, without limitation, providing an audible signal (e.g., a simple sound) to the subject; and an example of a serial lower-level cognitive task/action includes, without limitation, playing an audible signal repeatedly. It is appreciated that for a repetitive task the subject may eventually be conditioned and will pay less attention (a process known as habituation), but there still will be a response from the brain. An example of a higher- level cognitive task/action includes, without limitation, the so called "Go/NoGo task" in which the subject is requested to push a button if a high pitch sound is heard, wherein if a low pitch sound is heard then the subject is not to push the button. This task is known in the art and is used in many cognitive studies.
Many protocols of stimuli and stimuli-responses are known in the art, all of which are contemplated by some embodiments of the present invention. Stimulus- response neuropsychological tests include, without limitation, the Stroop task, the Wisconsin card sorting test, and the like; stimulus-only based tests include, without limitation, mismatch negativity, brain- stem-evoked response audiometry (BERA), and the like. Also contemplated are response-only based tests, such as, but not limited to, saccade analysis, movement related potentials (MRP), N-back memory tasks and other working memory tasks, the "serial seven" test (counting back from 100 in jumps of seven), the Posner attention tasks and the like.
It is to be understood that it is not intended to limit the scope of the present invention only to neurophysiological data associated with stimulus, task and/or action. Embodiments of the present invention can be applied also to neurophysiological data describing spontaneous brain activity. Also contemplated are embodiments in which the neurophysiological data are acquired during particular activities, but the acquisition is not synchronized with a stimulus.
Referring now to FIG. 1, the method begins at 10 and optionally and preferably continues to 11 at which the neurophysiological data are received. The data can be recorded directly from the subject or it can be received from an external source, such as a computer readable memory medium on which the data are stored.
The method continues to 12 at which relations between features of the data are determined so as to indentify activity-related features. This can be done using any procedure known in the art. For example, procedures as described in International Publication Nos. WO 2007/138579, WO 2009/069134, WO 2009/069135 and WO 2009/069136, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference, can be employed. Broadly speaking, the extraction of activity-related features includes multidimensional analysis of the data, wherein the data is analyzed to extract spatial and non-spatial characteristics of the data.
The spatial characteristics preferably describe the locations from which the respective data were acquired. For example, the spatial characteristics can include the locations of the measuring devices (e.g. , electrode, SQUID) on the scalp of the subject.
Also contemplated are embodiments in which the spatial characteristics estimate the locations within the brain tissue at which the neurophysiological data were generated. In these embodiments, a source localization procedure, which may include, for example, low resolution electromagnetic tomography (LORETA), is employed. A source localization procedure suitable for the present embodiments is described in the aforementioned international publications which are incorporated by reference. Other source localization procedure suitable for the present embodiments are found in Greenblatt et al., 2005, " Local Linear Estimators for the Bioelectromagnetic Inverse Problem," IEEE Trans. Signal Processing, 53(9):5430; Sekihara et al., " Adaptive Spatial Filters for Electromagnetic Brain Imaging (Series in Biomedical Engineering)," Springer, 2008; and Sekihara et al., 2005, "Localization bias and spatial resolution of adaptive and non-adaptive spatial filters for MEG source reconstruction," Neurolmage 25: 1056; the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
Additionally contemplated are embodiments in which the spatial characteristics estimate locations on the epicortical surface. In these embodiments, data collected at locations on the scalp of the subject are processed so as to map the scalp potential distribution onto the epicortical surface. The technique for such mapping is known in the art and referred to in the literature as Cortical Potential Imaging (CPI) or Cortical Source Density (CSD). Mapping techniques suitable for the present embodiments are found in Kayser et al., 2006, "Principal Components Analysis of Laplacian Waveforms as a Generic Method for Identifying ERP Generator Patterns: I. Evaluation with Auditory Oddball Tasks," Clinical Neurophysiology 117(2):348; Zhang et al, 2006, "A Cortical Potential Imaging Study from Simultaneous Extra- and Intra-cranial Electrical Recordings by Means of the Finite Element Method," Neuroimage, 31(4): 1513; Perrin et al., 1987, " Scalp Current Density Mapping: Value and Estimation from Potential Data," IEEE transactions on biomedical engineering, BME-34(4):283; Ferree et al., 2000, "Theory and Calculation of the Scalp Surface Laplacian," www.csi.uoregon.edu/members/ferree/tutorials/SurfaceLaplacian; and Babiloni et al., 1997, "High resolution EEG: a new model-dependent spatial deblurring method using a realistically- shaped MR-constructed subject's head model," Electroencephalography and clinical Neurophysiology 102:69.
In any of the above embodiments, the spatial characteristics can be represented using a discrete or continuous spatial coordinate system, as desired. When the coordinate system is discrete, it typically corresponds to the locations of the measuring devices {e.g., locations on the scalp, epicortical surface, cerebral cortex or deeper in the brain). When the coordinate system is continuous, it preferably describes the approximate shape of the scalp or epicortical surface, or some sampled version thereof. A sampled surface can be represented by a point-cloud which is a set of points in a three-dimensional space, and which is sufficient for describing the topology of the surface. For a continuous coordinate system, the spatial characteristics can be obtained by piecewise interpolation between the locations of the measuring devices. The piecewise interpolation preferably utilizes a smooth analytical function or a set of smooth analytical functions over the surface.
In some embodiments of the invention the non-spatial characteristics are obtained separately for each spatial characteristic. For example, the non-spatial characteristics can be obtained separately for each channel. When the spatial characteristics are continuous, the non-spatial characteristics are preferably obtained for a set of discrete points over the continuum. Typically, this set of discrete points includes at least the points used for the piecewise interpolation, but may also include other points over the sampled version of the surface.
The non-spatial characteristics preferably include temporal characteristics, which are obtained by segmenting the data according to the time of acquisition. The segmentation results in a plurality of data segments each corresponding to an epoch over which the respective data segment was acquired. The length of the epoch depends on the temporal resolution characterizing the type of neurophysiological data. For example, for EEG or MEG data, a typical epoch length is approximately 1000 ms.
Other non-spatial characteristics can be obtained by data decomposing techniques. In various exemplary embodiments of the invention the decomposition is performed separately for each data segment of each spatial characteristic. Thus, for a particular data channel, decomposition is applied, e.g. , sequentially to each data segment of this particular channel (e.g. , first to the segment that corresponds to the first epoch, then to the segment that correspond to the second epoch and so on). Such sequential decomposition is performed for other channels as well.
The neurophysiological data can be decomposed by identifying a pattern of extrema (peaks, troughs, etc.) in the data, or, more preferably by means of waveform analysis, such as, but not limited to, wavelet analysis. In some embodiments of the present invention the externum identification is accompanied by a definition of a spatiotemporal neighborhood of the externum. The neighborhood can be defined as a spatial region (two- or three-dimensional) in which the externum is located and/or a time-interval during which the externum occurs. Preferably, both a spatial region and time-interval are defined, so as to associate a spatiotemporal neighborhood for each externum. The advantage of defining such neighborhoods is that they provide information regarding the spreading structure of the data over time and/or space. The size of the neighborhood (in terms of the respective dimension) can be determined based on the property of the extremum. For example, in some embodiments, the size of the neighborhood equals the full width at half maximum (FWHM) of the extremum. Other definitions of the neighborhood are not excluded from the scope of the present invention.
The waveform analysis is preferably accompanied by filtering (e.g., bandpass filtering) such that the wave is decomposed to a plurality of overlapping sets of signal extrema (e.g. , peaks) which together make up the waveform. The filters themselves may optionally be overlapping.
When the neurophysiological data comprise EEG data, one or more of the following frequency bands can be employed during the filtering: delta band (typically from about 1 Hz to about 4 Hz), theta band (typically from about 3 to about 8 Hz), alpha band (typically from about 7 to about 13 Hz), low beta band (typically from about 12 to about 18 Hz), beta band (typically from about 17 to about 23 Hz), and high beta band (typically from about 22 to about 30 Hz). Higher frequency bands, such as, but not limited to, gamma band (typically from about 30 to about 80 Hz), are also contemplated.
Following the waveform analysis, waveform characteristics, such as, but not limited to, time (latency), frequency and optionally amplitude are preferably extracted. These waveform characteristics are preferably obtained as discrete values, thereby forming a vector whose components are the individual waveform characteristics. Use of discrete values is advantageous since it reduces the amount of data for further analysis. Other reduction techniques, such as, but not limited to, statistical normalization (e.g. , by means of standard score, or by employing any statistical moment) are also contemplated. Normalization can be used for reducing noise and is also useful when the method is applied to data acquired from more than one subject and/or when the interfaces between the measuring device and the brain vary among different subjects or among different locations for a single subject. For example, statistical normalization can be useful when there is non-uniform impedance matching among EEG electrodes.
The extraction of characteristics results in a plurality of vectors, each of which includes, as the components of the vector, the spatial characteristics (e.g. , the location of the respective electrode or other measuring device), and one or more non-spatial characteristics as obtained from the segmentation and decomposition. Each of these vectors is a feature of the data, and any pair of vectors whose characteristics obey some relation (for example, causal relation wherein the two vectors are consistent with flow of information from the location associated with one vector to the location associated with the other vector) constitutes two activity-related features.
The extracted vectors thus define a multidimensional space. For example, when the components include location, time and frequency, the vectors define a three- dimensional space, and when the components include location, time, frequency and amplitude, the vectors define a four-dimensional space. Higher number of dimensions is not excluded from the scope of the present invention.
When the analysis is applied to neurophysiological data of one subject, each feature of the data is represented as a point within the multidimensional space defined by the vectors, and each set of activity-related features is represented as a set of points such that any point of the set is within a specific distance along the time axis (also referred to hereinbelow as "latency-difference") from one or more other points in the set.
When the analysis is applied to neurophysiological data acquired from a group or sub-group of subjects, a feature of the data is preferably represented as a cluster of discrete points in the aforementioned multidimensional space. A cluster of points can also be defined when the analysis is applied to neurophysiological data of a single subject. In these embodiments, vectors of waveform characteristics are extracted separately for separate stimuli presented to the subject, thereby defining clusters of points within the multidimensional space, where each point within the cluster corresponds to a response to a stimulus applied at a different time. The separate stimuli optionally and preferably form a set of repetitive presentations of the same or similar stimulus, or a set of stimuli which are not necessarily identical but are of the same type (e.g. , a set of not-necessarily identical visual stimuli). Use of different stimuli at different times is not excluded from the scope of the present invention.
Also contemplated are combinations of the above representations, wherein data are collected from a plurality of subjects and for one or more of the subjects, vectors of waveform characteristics are extracted separately for time-separated stimuli (i.e., stimuli applied at separate times). In these embodiments, a cluster contains points that correspond to different subjects as well as points that correspond to a response to a separated stimulus. Consider, for example, a case in which data were collected from 10 subjects, wherein each subject was presented with 5 stimuli during data acquisition. In this case, the dataset includes 5x10 = 50 data segment, each corresponding to a response of one subject to one stimulus. Thus, in a cluster within the multidimensional space may include up to 5x10 points, each representing a vector of characteristics extracted from one of the data segments.
Whether representing characteristics of a plurality of subjects and/or characteristics of a plurality of responses to stimuli presented to a single subject the width of a cluster along a given axis of the space describes a size of an activity window for the corresponding data characteristic (time, frequency, etc). As a representative example, consider the width of a cluster along the time axis. Such width is optionally and preferably used by the method to describe the latency range within which the event occurs across multiple subjects. Similarly, the width of a cluster along the frequency axis can be used for describing the frequency band indicating an occurrence of an event occurring across multiple subjects; the widths of a cluster along the location axes (e.g., two location axes for data corresponding to a 2D location map, and three location axes for data corresponding to a 3D location map) can be used to define a set of adjoining electrodes at which the event occurs across multiple subjects, and the width of a cluster along the amplitude axis can be used to define an amplitude range indicating an occurrence of event across multiple subjects.
For a group or sub-group of subjects, activity-related features can be identified as follows. A single cluster along the time axis is preferably identified as representing a unitary event occurring within a time window defined, as stated, by the width of the cluster. This window is optionally and preferably narrowed to exclude some outlier points, thereby redefining the latency range characterizing the respective data feature. For a succession of clusters along the time axis, wherein each cluster in the series has a width (along the time axis) within a particular constraint, a pattern extraction procedure is preferably implemented for identifying those clusters which obey connectivity relations thereamongst. Broadly speaking such procedure can search over the clusters for pairs of clusters in which there are connectivity relations between a sufficient number of points between the clusters. The pattern extraction procedure can include any type of clustering procedures, including, without limitation, a density-based clustering procedure, a nearest-neighbor- based clustering procedure, and the like. A density-based clustering procedure suitable for the present embodiments is described in Cao et al., 2006, "Density-based clustering over an evolving data stream with noise," Proceedings of the Sixth SIAM International Conference on Data Mining. Bethesda, Maryland, p. 328-39. A nearest-neighbor clustering procedure suitable for the present embodiments is described in [R.O. Duda, P.E. Hart and D.G. Stork, "Pattern Classification" (2nd Edition), A Wiley-Interscience Publication, 2000]. When nearest-neighbor clustering procedure is employed, clusters are identified and thereafter gathered to form meta-clusters based on spatiotemporal distances among the clusters. The meta-clusters are, therefore, clusters of the identified clusters. In these embodiments, the meta-clusters are the features of the data, and activity-related features are identified among the meta-clusters.
FIG. 3A is a flowchart diagram describing a procedure for identifying activity- related features for a group of subjects, according to some embodiments of the present invention. The procedure begins at 40 and continues to 41 at which isolated clusters are identified. The present embodiments contemplate both subspace clustering, wherein clusters are identified on a particular projection of the multidimensional space, and full- space clustering wherein clusters are identified on the entire multidimensional space. Subspace clustering is preferred from the standpoint of computation time, and full-space clustering is preferred from the standpoint of features generality.
One representative example of subspace clustering includes identification of clusters along the time axis, separately for each predetermined frequency band and each predetermined spatial location. The identification optionally and preferably features a moving time-window with a fixed and predetermined window width. A typical window width for EEG data is about 200 ms for the delta band. A restriction on a minimal number of points in a cluster is optionally applied so as not to exclude small clusters from the analysis. Typically cluster with less than X points, where X equals about 80 % of the subjects in the group, are excluded. The minimal number of points can be updated during the procedure. Once an initial set of clusters is defined, the width of the time window is preferably lowered. Another representative example of subspace clustering includes identification of clusters over a space-time subspace, preferably separately for each predetermined frequency band. In this embodiment, the extracted spatial characteristics are represented using a continuous spatial coordinate system, e.g. , by piecewise interpolation between the locations of the measuring devices, as further detailed hereinabove. Thus, each cluster is associated with a time window as well as a spatial region, wherein the spatial region may or may not be centered at a location of a measuring device. In some embodiments, at least one cluster is associated with a spatial region which is centered at a location other than a location of a measuring device. The space-time subspace is typically three-dimensional with one temporal dimension and two spatial dimensions, wherein each cluster is associated with a time-window and a two-dimensional spatial region over a surface which may correspond, e.g. , to the shape of the scalp surface, the epicortical surface and the like. Also contemplated is a four-dimensional space-time space wherein each cluster is associated with a time-window and a three-dimensional spatial region over a volume corresponding, at least in part, to internal brain.
Another representative example of subspace clustering includes identification of clusters over a frequency-space-time subspace. In this embodiment, instead of searching for clusters separately for each predetermined frequency band, the method allows identification of clusters also at frequencies which are not predetermined. Thus, the frequency is considered as a continuous coordinate over the subspace. As in the embodiment of space-time subspace, the extracted spatial characteristics are represented using a continuous spatial coordinate system. Thus, each cluster is associated with a time window, a spatial region and a frequency band. The spatial region can be two- or three-dimensional as further detailed hereinabove. In some embodiments, at least one cluster is associated with a spatial region which is centered at a location other than a location of a measuring device, and at least one cluster is associated with a frequency band which includes frequencies of two or more of the delta, theta, alpha, low beta, beta, high beta and gamma bands. For example, a cluster can be associated with a frequency band spanning over part of the delta band and part of the theta band, or part of the theta band and part of the alpha band, or part of the alpha band and part of the low beta band, etc. The procedure optionally and preferably continues to 42 at which, a pair of clusters is selected. The procedure optionally and preferably continues to 43 at which, for each subject that is represented in the selected pair, latency difference (including zero difference) between the corresponding events is optionally calculated. The procedure continues to 44 at which a constraint is applied to the calculated latency differences such that latency differences which are outside a predetermined threshold range (e.g., 0-30 ms) are rejected while latency differences which are within the predetermined threshold range are accepted. The procedure continues to decision 45 at which the procedure determines whether the number of accepted differences is sufficiently large (i.e., above some number, e.g. , above 80 % of the subjects in the group). If the number of accepted differences is not sufficiently large the procedure proceeds to 46 at which the procedure accepts the pair of clusters and identifies it as a pair of activity-related features. If the number of accepted differences is sufficiently large the procedure proceeds to 47 at which the procedure reject the pair. From 46 or 47 the procedure of the present embodiments loops back to 42.
An illustrative example for determining relations among the data features and identification of activity -related features is shown in FIG. 3B. The illustration is provided in terms of a projection onto a two-dimensional space which includes time and location. The present example is for an embodiment in which the spatial characteristics are discrete, wherein the identification of clusters is along the time axis, separately for each predetermined frequency band and each predetermined spatial location. The skilled person would know how to adapt the description for the other dimensions, e.g., frequency, amplitude, etc. FIG. 3B illustrates a scenario in which data are collected from 6 subjects (or from a single subject, present with 6 stimuli at different times), enumerated 1 through 6. For clarity of presentation, different data segments data (e.g. , data collected from different subjects, or from the same subject but for stimuli of different times) are separated along a vertical axis denoted "Data Segment No." For each segment, an open circle represents an event recorded at one particular location (by means of a measuring device, e.g. , EEG electrode) denoted "A", and a solid disk represents an event recorded at another particular location denoted "B ".
The time axis represents the latency of the respective event, as measured, e.g., from a time at which the subject was presented with a stimulus. The latencies of the events are denoted herein t(L)A and t(l)B, where i represents the segment index (z = 1, 6) and A and B represent the location. For clarity of presentation, the latencies are not shown in FIG. 3B, but one of ordinary skills in the art, provided with the details described herein would know how to add the latencies to the drawing.
For each of locations A and B, a time window is defined. These time windows, denoted AtA and AtB, correspond to the width of the clusters along the time axis and they can be the same or different from one another, as desired. Also defined is a latency difference window AtAB, between the two unitary events. This window corresponds to the separation along the time axis between the clusters {e.g., between their centers). The window ΔΪΑΒ is illustrated as an interval having a dashed segment and a solid segment. The length of the dashed segment represents the lower bound of the window and the overall length of the interval represents the upper bound of the window. AtA, Δίβ and AtAB are part of the criteria for determining whether to accept the pair of events recorded at A and B as activity-related features.
The time windows AtA and Ate are preferably used for identifying unitary events in the group. As shown, for each of segment Nos. 1, 2, 4 and 5 both events fall within the respective time windows (mathematically, this can be written as follows: t(L)A <≡ AtA, t(l)B e AtA, i = 1, 2, 4, 5). On the other hand, for segment No. 3 the event recorded at A falls outside AtA
Figure imgf000030_0001
£ AtA) while the event recoded at B falls within AtB (t(3) B e AtB), and for segment No. 6 the event recorded at A falls within AtA (t(6)A <≡ At A) while the event recoded at B falls outside AtB (t(6) B g AtB). Thus, for location A, a unitary event is defined as a cluster of data points obtained from segment Nos. 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6, and for location B, a unitary event is defined as a cluster of data points obtained from segment Nos. 1-5.
The latency difference window AtAB is preferably used for identifying activity- related features. In various exemplary embodiments of the invention the latency difference (z = 1, 2, 5) of each segment is compared to the latency difference window AtAB- In various exemplary embodiments of the invention a pair of features is accepted as an activity-related pair if (i) each of the features in the pair belongs to a unitary event, and (ii) the corresponding latency difference falls within AtAB- In the illustration of FIG. 3B, each of the pairs recorded from segment Nos. 4 and 5 is accepted as a pair of activity-related features, since both criteria are met for each of those segment (At(L)AB <≡ ΔίΑΒ, t(L)A e ΔΪΑ, t(l) B e AtA, z = 4, 5). The pairs recorded from segment Nos. 1- 3 do not pass the latency difference criterion since each of ΔΪ(1)ΑΒ, ΔΪ(2)ΑΒ and ΔΪ(3)ΑΒ is outside ΔΪΑΒ (Δί(Ι)ΑΒ ^AB, ΐ = 1, 2, 3). These pairs are, therefore, rejected. Notice that in the present embodiment, even though the pair obtained from segment No. 6 passes the latency difference criterion, the pair is rejected since it fails to pass the time-window criterion (Δί(6)ΑΒ £ ΔΪΑΒ)·
In various exemplary embodiments of the invention the procedure also accepts pairs corresponding to simultaneous events of the data that occur at two or more different locations. Although such events are not causal with respect to each other (since there is no flow of information between the locations), the corresponding features are marked by the method. Without being bounded to any particular theory, the present inventors consider that simultaneous events of the data are causally related to another event, although not identified by the method. For example, the same physical stimulus can generate simultaneous events in two or more locations in the brain.
The identified pairs of activity-related features, as accepted at 46, can be treated as elementary patterns which can be used as elementary building blocks for constructing complex patterns within the feature space. In various exemplary embodiments of the invention, the method proceeds to 48 at which two or more pairs of activity-related features are joined (e.g. , concatenated) to form a pattern of more than two features. The criterion for the concatenation can be similarity between the characteristics of the pairs, as manifested by the vectors. For example, in some embodiments, two pairs of activity- related features are concatenated if they have a common feature. Symbolically, this can be formulated as follows: the pairs "A-B" and "B-C" have "B " as a common feature and are concatenated to form a complex pattern A-B-C.
Preferably, the concatenated set of features is subjected to a thresholding procedure, for example, when X % or more of the subjects in the group are included in the concatenated set, the set is accepted, and when less than X % of the subjects in the group are included in the concatenated set, the set is rejected. A typical value for the threshold X is about 80.
Each pattern of three or more features thus corresponds to a collection of clusters defined such that any cluster of the collection is within a specific latency-difference from one or more other clusters in the collection. Once all pairs of clusters are analyzed the procedures continues to terminator 49 at which it ends.
Referring again to FIG. 1, at 13 a brain network activity (BNA) pattern is constructed.
The concept of BNA pattern can be better understood with reference to FIG. 2 which is a representative example of a BNA pattern 20 which may be extracted from neurophysiological data, according to some embodiments of the present invention. BNA pattern 20 has a plurality of nodes 22, each representing one of the activity-related features. For example, a node can represent a particular frequency band (optionally two or more particular frequency bands) at a particular location and within a particular time- window or latency range, optionally with a particular range of amplitudes.
Some of nodes 22 are connected by edges 24 each representing the causal relation between the nodes at the ends of the respective edge. Thus, the BNA pattern is a represented as a graph having nodes and edges. In various exemplary embodiments of the invention the BNA pattern includes plurality of discrete nodes, wherein information pertaining to features of the data is represented only by the nodes and information pertaining to relations among the features is represented only by the edges.
FIG. 2 illustrates BNA pattern 20 within a template 26 of a scalp, allowing relating the location of the nodes to the various lobes of the brain (frontal 28, central 30, parietal 32, occipital 34 and temporal 36). The nodes in the BNA pattern can be labeled by their various characteristics. A color coding or shape coding visualization technique can also be employed, if desired. For example, nodes corresponding to a particular frequency band can be displayed using one color or shape and nodes corresponding to another frequency band can be displayed using another color or shape. In the representative example of FIG. 2, two colors are presented. Red nodes correspond to Delta waves and green nodes correspond to Theta waves.
BNA pattern 20 can describe brain activity of a single subject or a group or subgroup of subjects. A BNA pattern which describes the brain activity of a single subject is referred to herein as a subject- specific BNA pattern, and BNA pattern which describes the brain activity of a group or sub-group of subjects is referred to herein as a group BNA pattern. When BNA pattern 20 is a subject-specific BNA pattern, only vectors extracted from data of the respective subject are used to construct the BNA pattern. Thus, each node corresponds to a point in the multidimensional space and therefore represents an activity event in the brain. When BNA pattern 20 is a group BNA pattern, some nodes can correspond to a cluster of points in the multidimensional space and therefore represents an activity event which is prevalent in the group or sub-group of subjects. Due to the statistical nature of a group BNA pattern, the number of nodes (referred to herein as the "order") and/or edges (referred to herein as the "size") in a group BNA pattern is typically, but not necessarily, larger than the order and/or size of a subject- specific BNA pattern.
As a simple example for constructing a group BNA pattern, the simplified scenario illustrated in FIG. 3B is considered, wherein a "segment" corresponds to a different subject in a group or sub-group of subjects. The group data include, in the present example, two unitary events associated with locations A and B. Each of these events forms a cluster in the multidimensional space. In various exemplary embodiments of the invention each of the clusters, referred to herein as clusters A and B, is represented by a node in the group BNA. The two clusters A and B are identified as activity-related features since there are some individual points within these clusters that pass the criteria for such relation (the pairs of Subject Nos. 4 and 5, in the present example). Thus, in various exemplary embodiments of the invention the nodes corresponding to clusters A and B are connected by an edge. A simplified illustration of the resulting group BNA pattern is illustrated in FIG. 3C.
A subject-specific BNA pattern is optionally and preferably constructed by comparing the features and relations among features of the data collected from the respective subject to the features and relations among features of reference data, which, in some embodiments of the present invention comprise group data. In these embodiments, points and relations among points associated with the subject's data are compared to clusters and relations among clusters associated with the group's data. Consider, for example, the simplified scenario illustrated in FIG. 3B, wherein a "segment" corresponds to a different subject in a group or sub-group of subjects. Cluster A does not include a contribution from Subject No. 3, and cluster B does not include a contribution from Subject No. 6, since for these subjects the respective points fail to pass the time-window criterion. Thus, in various exemplary embodiments of the invention when a subject-specific BNA pattern is constructed for Subject No. 3 it does not include a node corresponding to location A, and when a subject- specific BNA pattern is constructed for Subject No. 6 it does not include a node corresponding to location B. On the other hand, both locations A and B are represented as nodes in the subject- specific BNA patterns constructed for any of Subject Nos. 1, 2, 4 and 5.
For those subjects for which the respective points are accepted as a pair of activity-related features (Subject Nos. 4 and 5, in the present example), the corresponding nodes are preferably connected by an edge. A simplified illustration of a subject-specific BNA pattern for such a case is shown in FIG. 3D.
Note that for this simplified example of only two nodes, the subject-specific BNA of FIG. 3D is similar to the group BNA of FIG. 3C. For a larger number of nodes, the order and/or size of the group BNA pattern is, as stated, typically larger than the order and/or size of the subject-specific BNA pattern. An additional difference between the subject-specific and group BNA patterns can be manifested by the degree of relation between the activity-related features represented by the edges, as further detailed hereinbelow.
For subjects for which the respective points were rejected (Subject Nos. 1 and 2, in the present example), the corresponding nodes are preferably not connected by an edge. A simplified illustration of a subject-specific BNA pattern for such case is shown in FIG. 3E.
It is to be understood, however, that although the above technique for constructing a subject-specific BNA pattern is described in terms of the relation between the data of a particular subject to the data of a group of subjects, this need not necessarily be the case, since in some embodiments, a subject-specific BNA pattern can be constructed only from the data of a single subject. In these embodiments, vectors of waveform characteristics are extracted separately for time- separated stimuli, to define clusters of points where each point within the cluster corresponds to a response to a stimulus applied at a different time, as further detailed hereinabove. The procedure for constructing subject-specific BNA pattern in these embodiments is preferably the same as procedure for constructing a group BNA pattern described above. However, since all data are collected from a single subject, the BNA pattern is subject- specific. Thus, the present embodiments contemplate two types of subject-specific BNA patterns: a first type that describes the association of the particular subject to a group or sub-group of subjects, which is a manifestation of a group BNA pattern for the specific subject, and a second type that describes the data of the particular subject without associating the subject to a group or sub-group of subjects. The former type of BNA pattern is referred to herein as an associated subject- specific BNA pattern, and the latter type of BNA pattern is referred to herein as an unassociated subject-specific BNA pattern.
For unassociated subject- specific BNA pattern, the analysis is preferably performed on the set of repetitive presentations of a single stimulus, namely on a set of single trials, optionally and preferably before averaging the data and turning it to one single vector of the data. For group BNA patterns, on the other hand, the data of each subject of the group is optionally and preferably averaged and thereafter turned into vectors of the data.
Note that while the unassociated subject-specific BNA pattern is generally unique for a particular subject (at the time the subject- specific BNA pattern is constructed), the same subject may be characterized by more than one associated subject-specific BNA patterns, since a subject may have different associations to different groups. Consider for example a group of healthy subjects and a group of non- healthy subjects all suffering from the same brain disorder. Consider further a subject Y which may or may not belong to one of those groups. The present embodiments contemplate several subject- specific BNA patterns for subject Y. A first BNA pattern is an unassociated subject-specific BNA pattern, which, as stated is generally unique for this subject, since it is constructed from data collected only from subject Y. A second BNA pattern is an associated subject-specific BNA pattern constructed in terms of the relation between the data of a subject Y to the data of the healthy group. A third BNA pattern is an associated subject-specific BNA pattern constructed in terms of the relation between the data of a subject Y to the data of the non-healthy group. Each of these BNA patterns are useful for assessing the condition of subject Y. The first BNA pattern can be useful, for example, for monitoring changes in the brain function of the subject over time (e.g. , monitoring brain plasticity or the like) since it allows comparing the BNA pattern to a previously constructed unassociated subject-specific BNA pattern. The second and third BNA pattern can be useful for determining the level of association between subject Y and the respective group, thereby determining the likelihood of brain disorder for the subject.
Also contemplated are embodiments in which the reference data used for constructing the subject-specific BNA pattern corresponds to history data previously acquired from the same subject. These embodiments are similar to the embodiments described above regarding the associated subject-specific BNA pattern, except that the BNA pattern is associated to the history of the same subject instead of to a group of subjects.
Additionally contemplated are embodiments in which the reference data corresponds to data acquired from the same subject at some later time. These embodiments allow investigating whether data acquired at an early time evolve into the data acquired at the later time. A particular and non limiting example is the case of several treatment sessions, e.g. , N sessions, for the same subject. Data acquired in the first several treatment sessions (e.g., from session 1 to session ki < N) can be used as reference data for constructing a first associated subject- specific BNA pattern corresponding to mid sessions (e.g., from session k2> ki to session k3>k2), and data acquired in the last several treatment sessions (e.g., from session to session N) can be used as reference data for constructing a second associated subject-specific BNA pattern corresponding to the aforementioned mid sessions, where l<ki<k2<k3<k4. Such two associated subject- specific BNA patterns for the same subject can be used for determining data evolution from the early stages of the treatment to the late stages of the treatment.
The method proceeds to 14 at which a connectivity weight is assigned to each pair of nodes in the BNA pattern (or, equivalently, to each edge in the BNA) pattern, thereby providing a weighted BNA pattern. The connectivity weight is represented in FIGs. 2, 3C and 3D by the thickness of the edges connecting two nodes. For example, thicker edges can correspond to higher weights and thinner edges can correspond to lower weights.
In various exemplary embodiments of the invention the connectivity weight comprises a weight index WI calculated based on at least one of the following cluster properties: (i) the number of subjects participating in the corresponding cluster pair, wherein greater weights are assigned for larger number of subjects; (ii) the difference between the number of subjects in each cluster of the pair (referred to as the "differentiation level" of the pair), wherein greater weights are assigned for lower differentiation levels; (iii) the width of the time windows associated with each of the corresponding clusters (see, e.g. , At A and AtB in FIG. 3 A), wherein greater weights are assigned for narrower windows; (iv) the latency difference between the two clusters (see ΔΪΑΒ in FIG. 3A), wherein greater weights are assigned for narrower windows; (v) the amplitude of the signal associated with the corresponding clusters; (vi) the frequency of the signal associated with the corresponding clusters; and (vii) the width of a spatial window defining the cluster (in embodiments in which the coordinate system is continuous). For any of the cluster properties, except properties (i) and (ii), one or more statistical observables of the property, such as, but not limited to, average, median, supremum, infimum and variance over the cluster are preferably used.
For a group BNA pattern or an unassociated subject-specific BNA pattern, the connectivity weight preferably equals the weight index WI as calculated based on the cluster properties.
For an associated subject- specific BNA pattern, the connectivity weight of a pair of nodes is preferably assigned based on the weight index WI as well as one or more subject- specific and pair-specific quantities denoted SI. Representative examples of such quantities are provided below.
In various exemplary embodiments of the invention a pair of nodes of the associated subject-specific BNA pattern is assigned with a connectivity weight which is calculated by combining WI with SI. For example, the connectivity weight of a pair in the associated subject-specific BNA pattern can be given by WI-SI. When more than one quantities (say N quantities) are calculated for a given pair of nodes, the pair can be assigned with more than one connectivity weights, e.g. , WI-SIi, WI-SI2, WI-SIN, wherein SIi, SI2, SIN, are N calculated quantities. Alternatively or additionally, all connectivity weights of a given pair can be combined, e.g. , by averaging, multiplying and the like.
The quantity SI can be, for example, a statistical score characterizing the relation between the subject-specific pair and the corresponding clusters. The statistical score can be of any type, including, without limitation, deviation from average, absolute deviation, standard-score and the like. The relation for whom the statistical score is calculated can pertain to one or more properties used for calculating the weight index WI, including, without limitation, latency, latency difference, amplitude, frequency and the like.
A statistical score pertaining to latency or latency difference is referred to herein as a synchronization score and denoted Sis. Thus, a synchronization score according to some embodiments of the present invention can be obtained by calculating a statistical score for (i) the latency of the point as obtained for the subject (e.g. ,
Figure imgf000038_0001
and t(l) B, in the above example) relative to the group-average latency of the corresponding cluster, and/or (ii) the latency difference between two points as obtained for the subject (e.g., Δί(ι)ΑΒ), relative to the group-average latency difference between the two corresponding clusters.
A statistical score pertaining to amplitude is referred to herein as an amplitude score and denoted Sla. Thus an amplitude score according to some embodiments of the present invention is obtained by calculating a statistical score for the amplitude as obtained for the subject relative to the group-average amplitude of the corresponding cluster.
A statistical score pertaining to frequency is referred to herein as a frequency score and denoted SIf. Thus a frequency score according to some embodiments of the present invention is obtained by calculating a statistical score for the frequency as obtained for the subject relative to the group-average frequency of the corresponding cluster.
A statistical score pertaining to the location is referred to herein as a location score and denoted SIl. These embodiments are particularly useful in embodiments in which a continuous coordinate system is employed, as further detailed hereinabove. Thus a location score according to some embodiments of the present invention is obtained by calculating a statistical score for the location as obtained for the subject relative to the group-average location of the corresponding cluster.
Calculation of statistical scores pertaining to other properties is not excluded from the scope of the present invention.
Following is a description of a technique for calculating the quantity SI, according to some embodiments of the present invention. When SI is a synchronization score Sis the calculation is optionally and preferably based on the discrete time points matching the spatiotemporal constraints set by the electrode pair ( Timesubj ), if such exist. In these embodiments, the times of these points can are compared to the mean and standard deviation of the times of the discrete points participating in the group pattern ( Timepal ), for each region to provide a regional synchronization score SIsr. The synchronization score Sis can then be calculated, for example, by averaging the regional synchronization scores of the two regions in the pair. Formally, this procedure can be written as:
Figure imgf000039_0001
a s Timepal - Timembj + st Timepal
An amplitude score Sla, is optionally and preferably calculated in a similar manner. Initially the amplitude of the discrete points of the individual subject ( Ampsubj ) is compared to the mean and standard deviation of the amplitudes of the discrete points participating in the group pattern ( Amppat ), for each region to provide a regional amplitude score SIar. The amplitude score can then be calculated, for example, by averaging the regional amplitude scores of the two regions in the pair:
std(Amppat )
Sla = 0.5 - ; SIa
2 * (abs(Amppal - Ampmbj ) + std(Amppal ))
One or more BNA pattern similarities S can then be calculated as a weighted average over the nodes of the BNA pattern, as follows:
∑(^ * 5&,)
Ss = -^=
i
∑(^ * ^,)
¾ = ^=
i
∑(w( *¾) SI
i
Formally, an additional similarity, Sc, can be calculated, as follows:
∑(wl * SIci )
Ic where SIci is a binary quantity which equals 1 if pair i exists in the subject's data and 0 otherwise.
In some embodiments of the present invention the quantity SI comprises a correlation value between recorded activities. In some embodiments, the correlation value describes correlation between the activities recorded for the specific subject at the two locations associated with the pair, and in some embodiments the correlation value describes correlation between the activities recorded for the specific subject at any of the locations associated with the pair and the group activities as recorded at the same location. In some embodiments, the correlation value describes causality relations between activities.
Procedures for calculating correlation values, such as causality relations, are known in the art. In some embodiments of the present invention the Granger theory is employed [Granger C W J, 1969, "Investigating Causal Relations By Econometric Models And Cross-Spectral Methods," Econometrica, 37(3):242]. Other techniques suitable for the present embodiments are found in Durka et al, 2001, "Time-frequency micro structure of event-related electroencephalogram desynchronisation and synchronisation," Medical & Biological Engineering & Computing, 39:315; Smith Bassett et al, 2006, "Small- World Brain Networks" Neuroscientist, 12:512; He et al, 2007, "Small- World Anatomical Networks in the Human Brain Revealed by Cortical Thickness from MRI," Cerebral Cortex 17:2407; and De Vico Fallani et al, "Extracting Information from Cortical Connectivity Patterns Estimated from High Resolution EEG Recordings: A Theoretical Graph Approach," Brain Topogr 19: 125; the contents of all of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
The connectivity weights assigned over the BNA pattern can be calculated as a continuous variable {e.g., using a function having a continuous range), or as a discrete variable (e.g., using a function having a discrete range or using a lookup table). In any case, connectivity weights can have more than two possible values. Thus, according to various exemplary embodiments of the present invention the weighted BNA pattern has at least three, or at least four, or at least five, or at least six edges, each of which being assigned with a different connectivity weight.
In some embodiments of the present invention the method proceeds to 16 at which a feature selection procedure is applied to the BNA pattern to provide at least one sub-set of BNA pattern nodes.
Feature selection is a process by which the dimensionality of the data is reduced by selecting the best features of the input variables from a large set of candidates that are most relevant for the learning process of an algorithm. By removing irrelevant data the accuracy of representing the original features of a data set is increased thereby enhancing the accuracy of data mining tasks such as predictive modeling. Existing feature selection methods fall into two broad categories known as forward selection and backward selection. Backward selection (e.g., Marill et al, IEEE Tran Inf Theory 1963, 9: 11-17; Pudil et al., Proceedings of the 12th International Conference on Pattern Recognition (1994). 279-283; and Pudil et al, Pattern Recognit Lett (1994) 15: 1119- 1125) starts with all the variables and removes them one by one in a step-wise fashion to be left with the top-ranked variables. Forward selection (e.g. Whitney et al., IEEE Trans Comput 197;20: 1100-1103; Benjamini et al, Gavrilov Ann Appl Stat 2009;3: 179-198) starts with an empty variable set and adds the best variable at each step until any further addition does not improve the model.
In some embodiments of the present invention a forward selection of features is employed and in some embodiments of the present invention a backward selection features is employed. In some embodiments of the present invention the method employs a procedure for controlling the fraction of false positives that may lead to poor selection, such procedure is known as false discovery rate (FDR) procedure, and is found, for example, in Benjamini et al. supra, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
A representative example of a feature selection procedure suitable for the present embodiments is illustrated in FIG. 33. Initially, a group of subjects is considered (for example, either healthy controls or diseased subjects), optionally and preferably using a sufficiently large dataset to as to provide relatively high accuracy in representing the group. The group can be represented using a BNA pattern. The feature selection procedure is then applied on a training set of the dataset in order to evaluate each feature characterizing the group's dataset, wherein the evaluated feature can be a node of the BNA pattern or a pair of nodes of the BNA pair pattern or any combinations of nodes of the BNA pattern. The input to the feature selection algorithm is preferably evaluation scores (e.g., the score for each participant in the training set on each of the features) calculated using the training set. Feature selection can also be applied, on other features, such as, but not limited to, EEG and ERP features such as, but not limited to, coherence, correlation, timing and amplitude measures. Feature selection can also be applied on different combinations of these features.
The outcome of this procedure can be a set of supervised BNA patterns (denoted "supervised networks" in FIG. 33), each suitable to describe a different sub-group of the population with a specific set of features. The supervised BNA patterns obtained during the procedure can allow a comparison of the BNA pattern obtained for a single subject to a specific network or networks. Thus, the supervised BNA patterns can serve as biomarkers.
Once the BNA pattern is constructed it can be transmitted to a display device such as a computer monitor, or a printer. Alternatively or additionally, the BNA pattern can be transmitted to a computer-readable medium.
The method ends at 15.
FIG. 4 is a flowchart diagram describing a method suitable for analyzing a subject- specific BNA pattern, according to various exemplary embodiments of the present invention. The method begins at 50 and continues to 51 at which a BNA pattern, more preferably a weighted BNA pattern, of the subject is obtained, for example, by following the operations described above with reference to FIGs. 1, 2 and 3. The BNA pattern obtained at 51 is referred to below as BNA pattern 20. BNA pattern 20 can be displayed on a display device such as a computer monitor, printed, and/or stored in a computer-readable medium, as desired.
In various exemplary embodiments of the invention BNA pattern 20 is an associated subject-specific BNA pattern, constructed based on relations between the data of the subject to group data represented by a previously annotated BNA pattern. The previously annotated BNA pattern can optionally and preferably be an entry in a database of previously annotated BNA patterns, in which case the method preferably obtains an associated subject-specific BNA pattern for each BNA pattern of the database.
The term "annotated BNA pattern" refers to a BNA pattern which is associated with annotation information. The annotation information can be stored separately from the BNA pattern (e.g., in a separate file on a computer readable medium). The annotation information is preferably global annotation wherein the entire BNA pattern is identified as corresponding to a specific brain related disorder or condition. Thus, for example, the annotation information can pertain to the presence, absence or level of the specific disorder, condition or brain function. Also contemplated are embodiments in which the annotation information pertains to a specific brain related disorder or condition in relation to a treatment applied to the subject. For example, a BNA pattern can be annotated as corresponding to a treated brain related disorder. Such BNA pattern can also be annotated with the characteristics of the treatment, including dosage, duration, and elapsed time following the treatment. A BNA pattern can optionally and preferably be annotated as corresponding to an untreated brain related disorder.
As used herein, the term "treatment" includes abrogating, substantially inhibiting, slowing or reversing the progression of a condition, substantially ameliorating clinical or aesthetical symptoms of a condition or substantially preventing the appearance of clinical or aesthetical symptoms of a condition. Treatment can include any type of intervention, both invasive and noninvasive, including, without limitation, pharmacological, surgical, irradiative, rehabilitative, and the like.
Alternatively or additionally, the BNA pattern can be identified as corresponding to a specific group of individuals (e.g. , a specific gender, ethnic origin, age group, etc.), wherein the annotation information pertains to the characteristics of this group of individuals. In some embodiments of the present invention the annotation information includes local annotation wherein nodes at several locations over the BNA pattern are identified as indicative of specific disorder, condition and/or group.
The method proceeds to 52 at which BNA pattern 20 is compared to the previously annotated BNA pattern. In embodiments in which several subject-specific BNA patterns are obtained for the same subject, each of the subject- specific BNA patterns are preferably compared to the corresponding annotated BNA pattern. The method optionally and preferably selects the pair of BNA patterns which best match each other. Optionally, the method can assign a score to each pair of BNA patterns being compared. Such score can be, for example, one or more BNA pattern similarity S, as further detailed hereinabove. Thus, in various exemplary embodiments of the invention 52 includes calculation of at least one BNA pattern similarity S, describing the similarity between BNA pattern 20 and the previously annotated BNA pattern.
In various exemplary embodiments of the invention BNA pattern 20 is compared to at least one BNA pattern annotated as abnormal, and at least one BNA pattern annotated as normal. A BNA pattern annotated as abnormal is a BNA pattern which is associated with annotation information pertaining to the presence, absence or level of a brain related disorder or condition. A BNA pattern annotated as normal is a BNA pattern which was extracted from a subject, or more preferably, a group of subjects, identified as having normal brain function. Comparison to a BNA pattern annotated as abnormal and a BNA pattern annotated as normal is useful for classifying BNA pattern 20 according to the respective brain related disorder or condition. Such classification is optionally and preferably provided by means of likelihood values expressed using similarities between a subject-specific BNA pattern and a group BNA pattern.
Representative examples of brain related disorder or conditions to which a subject-specific BNA pattern can be classified according to the present include, without limitation, attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), stroke, traumatic brain injury (TBI), mild TBI (commonly known as brain concussion), posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), pain (e.g., labor pain, acute pain, chronic pain, mechanical pain, static allodynia, dynamic allodynia, bone cancer pain, headache, osteoarthritic pain, inflammatory pain, and pain associated with autoimmune disorders or fibromyalgia), epilepsy, Parkinson, multiple sclerosis, agitation, abuse, Alzheimer's disease/dementia, anxiety, panic, phobic disorder, bipolar disorder, borderline personality disorder, behavior control problems, body dysmorphic disorder, cognitive problems (e.g. , mild cognitive impairment), depression, dissociative disorders, eating disorder, appetite disorder, fatigue, hiccups, impulse-control problems, irritability, mood problems, movement problems, obsessive-compulsive disorder, personality disorders, schizophrenia and other psychotic disorders, seasonal affective disorder, sexual disorders, sleep disorders, stuttering, substance abuse, Tourette's Syndrome, Trichotillomania, or violent/self-destructive behaviors.
The phrase "inflammatory pain" means pain due to edema or swelling of any inflamed tissue, including inflammatory joint pain. Inflammatory joint pain includes rheumatoid arthritic pain.
The phrase "acute pain" means any pain, including, but not limited to, joint pain, osteoarthritic pain, rheumatoid arthritic pain, inflammatory pain, pain from a burn, pain from a cut, surgical pain, pain from fibromyalgia, bone cancer pain, menstrual pain, back pain, headache, static allodynia, and dynamic allodynia, that lasts from 1 minute to 91 days, 1 minute to 31 days, 1 minute to 7 days, 1 minute to 5 days, 1 minute to 3 days, 1 minute to 2 days, 1 hour to 91 days, 1 hour to 31 days, 1 hour to 7 days, 1 hour to 5 days, 1 hour to 3 days, 1 hour to 2 days, 1 hour to 24 hours, 1 hour to 12 hours, or 1 hour to 6 hours, per occurrence if left untreated. Acute pain includes, but is not limited to, joint pain, osteoarthritic pain, rheumatoid arthritic pain, inflammatory pain, pain from a burn, pain from a cut, surgical pain, pain from fibromyalgia, bone cancer pain, menstrual pain, back pain, headache, static allodynia, dynamic allodynia, acute joint pain, acute osteoarthritic pain, acute rheumatoid arthritic pain, acute inflammatory pain, acute headache, acute menstrual pain, acute back pain, and acute pain from fibromyalgia. Acute pain may be selected from acute joint pain, acute osteoarthritic pain, acute rheumatoid arthritic pain, acute inflammatory pain, acute headache, acute menstrual pain, and acute back pain. Acute pain may be selected from acute joint pain, acute osteoarthritic pain, acute rheumatoid arthritic pain, and acute inflammatory pain. Acute pain may be selected from acute joint pain, acute osteoarthritic pain, and acute rheumatoid arthritic pain. Acute pain may be selected from acute joint pain and acute osteoarthritic pain.
The previously annotated BNA pattern can optionally and preferably be a baseline annotated BNA pattern characterizing a group of subjects identified as having normal brain function or having the same brain disorder. Such baseline annotated BNA pattern is optionally larger than BNA pattern 20 in terms of the order (namely the number of nodes in the BNA pattern) and and/or size of (namely the number of edges in the BNA pattern). Representative examples of baseline BNA patterns and techniques for constructing and annotating such baseline BNA patterns are described in the Examples section that follows.
The comparison between BNA patterns, according to some embodiments of the present invention is preferably quantitative. In these embodiments the comparison between the BNA patterns comprises calculating BNA pattern similarity. The BNA pattern similarity is optionally and preferably calculated based on the values of the connectivity weights of the BNA patterns. For example, BNA pattern similarity can be obtained by averaging the connectivity weights over the subject-specific BNA pattern. When more than one type of connectivity weight is assigned for each pair of nodes in BNA pattern 20, the averaging is preferably performed over the BNA pattern separately for each type of connectivity weight. Optionally and preferably one or more of the averages can be combined (e.g. , summed, multiplied, averaged, etc.) to provide a combined BNA pattern similarity. Alternatively, a representative of the averages (e.g., the largest) can be defined as the BNA pattern similarity.
The BNA pattern similarity can be used as a classification score which describes, quantitatively, the membership level of the subject to the respective group. This embodiment is particularly useful when more than one subject-specific BNA patterns are constructed for the same subject using different group data, wherein the classification score can be used to assess the membership level of the subject to each of the groups.
The similarity can be expressed as a continuous or discrete variable. In various exemplary embodiments of the invention the similarity is a non-binary number. In other words, rather than determining whether the two BNA patterns are similar or dissimilar, the method calculates the degree by which the two BNA patterns are similar or dissimilar. For example, the similarity can be expressed as percentage, as a non- integer number between 0 and 1 (e.g., 0 corresponding to complete dissimilarity and 1 corresponding to comparison between a BNA pattern and itself), and the like.
The above procedure for calculating the similarity can be performed both for the comparison between the subject-specific BNA pattern 20 and a BNA pattern annotated as abnormal, and for the comparison between the subject-specific BNA pattern 20 and a BNA pattern annotated as normal. The comparison between the subject' s BNA pattern and the reference BNA pattern is optionally and preferably with respect to the supervised BNA patterns obtained during the feature selection procedure (see, for example, FIG. 33).
Several comparison protocols are contemplated, and are schematically illustrated in FIGs. 34A-C. These comparison protocols are particularly useful to construct a single subject BNA pattern that can be used as a baseline against which the subject can be scored across multiple tests. The advantage of such baseline is that variability among data obtained within the subject is typically smaller than the variability between subjects. Thus, according to some embodiments of the present invention the BNA pattern of the subject is compared to a BNA pattern that corresponds to the same subject.
In the comparison illustrated in FIG. 34A, a matching process that allows quantifying the degree of similarity between the brain activity of the single subject and that represented by the BNA pattern(s) of the group is employed. The overall degree of similarity can be quantified, according to some embodiments of the present invention, by a score which is a weighted sum of the separated similarity scores associated with all of the compared features. In embodiments in which several BNA patterns are obtained, each BNA pattern characterizes a specific sub-group in the population. In these embodiments, the subject can be matched against a BNA pattern or BNA patterns associated with a sub-group that most resemble the characteristics of the subject.
In the comparison illustrated in FIG. 34B, the BNA pattern of the subject is compared against the group BNA pattern and representative matching features (e.g., best matching features) of the single subject to those of the group network are preferably selected. These representative matching features can be used as an approximation of the intersection between the single- subject BNA pattern and the group BNA pattern and constitute a personalized single-subject BNA sub-pattern that serves as a reference baseline used in multiple tests of the same subject.
In some embodiments, the single subject may be compared against several group BNA sub-pattern describing homogeneous subtypes enabling fine-tuning in choosing a single subject BNA pattern that can serve as a reference. Thus, matching individual features to the features of the group' s BNA pattern allows the extraction of a customized BNA pattern and a comparison of the individual to a sub-set of features most characterizing their condition (e.g. , healthy, diseased). In the comparison illustrated in FIG. 34C, various combination of comparisons are shown. These include, but are not limited to, single subject BNA pattern against another single subject BNA pattern, BNA pattern against the intersection between the BNA pattern and the single subject BNA pattern, and the like.
At 53 the method extracts information pertaining to the condition of the subject, responsively to the comparison between BNA pattern 20 and the annotated BNA pattern(s). Once the information is extracted, it can be transmitted to a computer- readable medium or a display device or a printing device, as desired. Many types of information are contemplated by the present inventors. Representative examples of such types are further detailed hereinbelow.
The method ends at 54.
In various exemplary embodiments of the invention, the extracted information pertains to the likelihood of abnormal brain function for the subject. Additionally, the BNA pattern comparison can optionally and preferably be used for extracting prognostic information. For example, BNA pattern 20 can be compared to a baseline annotated BNA pattern that characterizes a group of subject all suffering from the same abnormal brain function with similar rehabilitation history, wherein the baseline annotated BNA pattern is constructed from neurophysiological data acquired at the beginning of the rehabilitation process. The similarity level between BNA pattern 20 and that baseline annotated BNA pattern can be used as a prognosis indicator for the particular abnormal brain function and the particular rehabilitation process.
The likelihood of abnormal brain function is optionally and preferably extracted by determining a brain-disorder index based, at least in part, on the similarity between BNA pattern 20 and the annotated BNA pattern(s). For example, when a similarity between BNA pattern 20 and a BNA pattern annotated as corresponding to ADHD is calculated, the similarity can be used for calculating an ADHD index. The brain- disorder index can be the similarity itself or it can be calculated based on the similarity. In various exemplary embodiments of the invention the brain-disorder index is calculated based on the similarity between BNA pattern 20 and a BNA pattern annotated as abnormal, as well as the similarity between BNA pattern 20 and a BNA pattern annotated as normal. For example, denoting the former similarity by S abnormal and the latter similarity by Snormai, where both Sabnormal and Sn0rmai are between 0 and 1, the brain- disorder index Idisorder can be calculated as:
Idisorder = (Sabnormal + (1 Sn0rmal))/2.
Variations of the above formula are not excluded from the scope of the present invention.
A representative example for a process for determining a brain-disorder index for the case of an ADHD is illustrated in FIGs. 5A-F, showing BNA patterns constructed from EEG data. In FIGs. 5A-F, red nodes correspond to ERP at the Delta frequency band, green nodes correspond to ERP at the Theta frequency band, and yellow nodes correspond to ERP at the Alpha frequency band. The BNA patterns also include nodes corresponding to locations where ERPs at more than one frequency band have been recorded. These nodes are shown as mixed colors. Specifically, green-red nodes correspond to ERP at the Delta and Theta frequency bands, and yellow-green nodes correspond to ERP at the Alpha and Theta frequency bands.
FIG. 5A shows a baseline BNA pattern annotated as normal, and FIG. 5D shows a baseline BNA pattern annotated as corresponding to ADHD. Each of these two BNA patterns was constructed from a group of adult subject identified as normal and having ADHD, respectively. As shown in FIG. 5A the baseline BNA pattern for normal brain function has nodes that represent ERPs, predominantly at the delta frequency band (red nodes), at a plurality of frontal-posterior locations at the right hemisphere. The characteristic time window of the delta nodes has a width of about 50 ms. The characteristic latencies of the delta nodes are, on the average, about 90-110 ms and about 270-330 ms. As shown in FIG. 5D the baseline BNA pattern for ADHD has nodes that represent ERPs, predominantly at the theta and alpha frequency bands (green and yellow nodes), at a plurality of frontocentral locations. The BNA pattern for ADHD may also include nodes in the central-parietal locations. The characteristic time window At A of the theta and alpha nodes is from about 100 ms to about 200 ms.
FIGs. 5B and 5E show associated subject- specific BNA patterns constructed based on comparison to the normal and ADHD baseline group BNA patterns, respectively. The similarity values, calculated as described above, are Sn0rmai = 0.76 (FIG. 5B) and SADHD = 0.47 (FIG. 5E). Thus the BNA pattern of this subject is more similar to the normal baseline BNA pattern than to the ADHD baseline BNA pattern. The ADHD index of this subject can be set to 0.47, or, more preferably, (0.47+(l- 0.76))/2=0.355.
FIGs. 5C and 5F show the results of a comparison between a subject- specific BNA pattern (constructed for another single subject) to the normal and ADHD baseline BNA patterns, respectively. The similarity values, calculated as described above, are Snormal = 0.32 (FIG. 5C) and SADHD = 0.68 (FIG. 5F). Thus the BNA pattern of this subject is more similar to the ADHD baseline BNA pattern than to the normal baseline BNA pattern, and the ADHD index of this subject can be set to 0.68, or, more preferably, (0.68+(l-0.32))/2=0.68.
The brain-disorder index can be presented to the user graphically on a scale-bar.
A representative example of such graphical presentation for the case of ADHD is shown in FIG. 11.
While the embodiments above were described with a particular emphasis to ADHD, it is to be understood that more detailed reference to this disorder is not to be interpreted as limiting the scope of the invention in any way. Thus, the BNA pattern comparison technique can be used for assessing likelihood of many brain related disorders, including any of the aforementioned brain related disorders. Further examples regarding the assessment of likelihood of brain related disorders are provided in the Examples section that follows (see Example 1 for ADHD and Example 5 for Mild Cognitive Impairment and Alzheimer's Disease).
A baseline annotated BNA pattern can also be associated with annotation information pertaining to a specific brain related disorder or condition of a group of subjects in relation to a treatment applied to the subjects in the group. Such baseline BNA pattern can also be annotated with the characteristics of the treatment, including dosage, duration, and elapsed time following the treatment. A comparison of BNA pattern 20 to such type of baseline BNA patterns, can provide information regarding the responsiveness of the subject to treatment and/or the efficiency of the treatment for that particular subject. Such comparison can optionally and preferably be used for extracting prognostic information in connection to the specific treatment. A BNA pattern that is complementary to such baseline BNA pattern is a BNA pattern that is annotated as corresponding to an untreated brain related disorder. Optionally and preferably, the method compares BNA pattern 20 to at least one baseline BNA pattern annotated as corresponding to a treated brain related disorder, and at least one baseline BNA pattern annotated as corresponding to an untreated brain related disorder. Representative examples for a process for assessing the responsiveness of a subject to treatment using such two baseline BNA patterns is illustrated in FIGs. 6A-F, 7A-D and 8A-E.
The BNA patterns shown in FIGs. 6A-D are associated subject-specific BNA patterns constructed from EEG data recorded from a particular ADHD subject. The black dots in FIGs. 6A-D show the locations of the EEG electrodes. The color codes in these BNA patterns are the same as defined above. The subject- specific BNA patterns shown in FIGs. 6A-B describe the association of the ADHD subject to a group of untreated ADHD subjects, and the BNA patterns shown in FIGs. 6C-D describe the association of the ADHD subject to a group of ADHD subjects all treated with methylphenidate (MPH). The subject-specific BNA patterns shown in FIGs. 6A and 6C are based on EEG data recorded from the ADHD subject before any treatment, and subject-specific BNA patterns shown in FIGs. 6B and 6D are based on EEG data recorded from the ADHD subject following a treatment with MPH.
The baseline annotated BNA pattern constructed from the group of untreated ADHD subjects, and the baseline annotated BNA pattern constructed from the same group of subjects, but following treatment with MPH are shown in FIGs. 6E and 6F, respectively.
A BNA pattern similarity was calculated for each of the subject- specific BNA patterns shown in FIGs. 6A-D. The calculated similarity corresponding to the BNA pattern of FIG. 6A is 0.73, the calculated similarity corresponding to the BNA pattern of FIG. 6B is 0.19, the calculated similarity corresponding to the BNA pattern of FIG. 6C is 0.56, and the calculated similarity corresponding to the BNA pattern of FIG. 6D is 0.6. It is recognized by the present inventors that these similarity values indicate that the subject is responsive to the treatment. Before treatment, the subject's BNA pattern had a relatively high similarity (0.73) to the baseline BNA pattern for the group of untreated ADHD subjects and a relatively low similarity (0.56) to the baseline BNA pattern for the group of treated ADHD subjects, meaning that this subject can be classified with that the group of untreated ADHD subjects. Following a single dose treatment with MPH, the similarity value to the baseline BNA pattern for untreated ADHD group was scientifically reduced from 0.73 to 0.19, while the similarity value to the baseline BNA pattern for the treated ADHD group was increased from 0.56 to 0.6, meaning that after treatment a single dose, the subject's brain activity no longer has the characteristics of untreated ADHD activity, but rather has the characteristics of treated ADHD activity.
Some results of the MPH study for ADHD subjects are summarized in FIG. 12. For each subject, two associated subject- specific BNA patterns were constructed. A first BNA pattern described the association of the subject to a group of untreated ADHD subjects, and a second BNA pattern described the association of the subject to a group of healthy subjects (control). The left bar shows average score for subjects before treatment with MPH, the middle bar shows average score for subjects after treatment with MPH, and the rightmost bar shows the score of the control group.
A representative example of the evolution of the group BNA patterns over time is shown in FIG. 13. Shown in FIG. 13 are three columns of BNA patterns, corresponding to the groups of untreated ADHD subjects (left column), ADHD subjects following treatment with MPH (middle column), and control (right column). The evolution is shown at intervals of 50 ms. The topmost BNA pattern at each column is formed by a superposition of the other patterns in that column.
Further details regarding analysis of neurophysiological data acquired from ADHD subjects are provided in the Examples section that follows (see Example 1).
The BNA pattern technique of the present embodiments can also be used for determining a recommended dose for the subject. Specifically, the dose can be varied until a sufficiently high or maximal similarity to the baseline BNA pattern for treated subjects is obtained. Once such similarity is achieved, the method can determine that the dose achieving such similarity is the recommended dose for this subject.
The BNA patterns shown in FIGs. 7A-D were constructed from EEG data recorded from a different ADHD subject, which was also treated with MPH according to the same protocol as described above with respect to the responder subject of FIGs. 6A- D. The black dots in FIGs. 7A-D show the locations of the EEG electrodes, and the color codes in these BNA patterns is the same as defined above. Thus, the subject- specific BNA patterns shown in FIGs. 7A-B describe the association of the ADHD subject to a group of untreated ADHD subjects, and the BNA patterns shown in FIGs. 7C-D describe the association of the ADHD subject to a group of ADHD subjects all treated with methylphenidate (MPH). The subject-specific BNA patterns shown in FIGs. 7 A and 7C are based on EEG data recorded from the ADHD subject before any treatment, and subject-specific BNA patterns shown in FIGs. 7B and 7D are based on EEG data recorded from the ADHD subject following a treatment with MPH.
Note that the BNA patterns of FIGs. 7A and 7D do not include any nodes and edges. This, however, does not mean that the subjects had no brain activity. A void associated subject- specific BNA pattern means that none of data features of the respective subject was member of a cluster in the group to which the subject is attempted to be associated with.
A BNA pattern similarity was calculated for each of the subject- specific BNA patterns shown in FIGs. 7A-D. The calculated similarity corresponding to the BNA pattern of FIG. 7A is 0, the calculated similarity corresponding to the BNA pattern of FIG. 7B is 0, the calculated similarity corresponding to the BNA pattern of FIG. 7C is 0.06, and the calculated similarity corresponding to the BNA pattern of FIG. 7D is 0. It is recognized by the present inventors that these similarity values indicate that the subject is not responsive to the treatment.
FIGs. 8A-D show associated subject-specific BNA patterns constructed from EEG data recorded from two healthy volunteer subjects. The black dots in FIGs. 8A-D show the locations of the EEG electrodes, and the color codes in these BNA patterns are the same as defined above. The subject- specific BNA patterns shown in FIGs. 8A-D describe the association of the subjects to a group of healthy subjects following treatment with a placebo drug and while performing an attention task related oddball task. The baseline annotated BNA pattern of this group is shown in FIG. 8E.
FIGs. 8A and 8C are subject- specific BNA patterns constructed from EEG data collected from a first subject (FIG. 8A) and a second subject (FIG. 8C) following treatment with a placebo, and FIGs. 8B and 8D are subject- specific BNA patterns constructed from EEG data collected from the first subject (FIG. 8B) and the second subject (FIG. 8D) following treatment with a scopolamine drug. Scopolamine is an anticholinergic drug with inhibitory effect on M2-cholinergic receptors of excited type. It has an inhibitory effect on the cerebral cortex, typically inducing slight-anesthetic effect. A BNA pattern similarity was calculated for each of the subject- specific BNA patterns shown in FIGs. 8A-D. The calculated similarities are 0.937, 0.079, 1.0 and 0.94, respectively. It is recognized by the present inventors that these similarity values indicate that the responsivity to scopolamine is high for the first subject (FIGs. 8A and 8B) and low for the second subject (FIGs. 8C and 8D). These conclusions were also confirmed in clinical observations wherein, following treatment with the scopolamine, a 70% decrease in behavioral endpoint was observed for the first subject, but no change in behavioral endpoint was observed for the second subject.
Further details regarding analysis of neurophysiological data acquired from subjects administered with scopolamine are provided in the Examples section that follows (see Example 4).
The above examples demonstrate that the BNA pattern comparison technique of the present embodiments can be used for quantitative assessment of the responsivity to treatment. While the embodiments above were described with a particular emphasis to treatments with MPH and scopolamine, it is to be understood that more detailed reference to these treatments is not to be interpreted as limiting the scope of the invention in any way. Thus, the BNA pattern comparison technique can be used for assessing responsiveness to and efficacy of many types of treatments.
In various exemplary embodiments of the invention, the extracted information pertains to the level of pain the subject is experiencing. Preferably, the information includes an objective pain level. Pain level assessment according to some embodiments of the present invention is particularly useful in institutions that provide treatment or rehabilitation for subjects suffering from chronic pain. A representative example for the use of BNA pattern for measuring pain is illustrated in FIGs. 9 A and 9B, showing BNA patterns constructed from EEG data during a pain study which is further detailed in the Examples sections that follows (see Example 3). FIG. 9A is a subject-specific BNA pattern constructed from a subject who declared that the pain was relatively high, and FIG. 9B is a subject- specific BNA pattern constructed from a subject who declared that the pain was relatively low. As shown, the difference in pain level is expressed in the BNA patterns, wherein for subjects experiencing low pain the size of the BNA pattern is smaller than for subjects experiencing high pain. Thus, the size of the BNA pattern can be used as an indicator for the level of pain. In some embodiments of the present invention BNA pattern 20 is compared to a BNA pattern constructed for the same subjects at a different time. These embodiments are useful for many applications.
For example, in some embodiments, the comparison is used for determining presence, absence and/or level of neural plasticity in the brain.
Brain plasticity relates to the ability of the brain to adapt (functionally and/or structurally) to changed conditions, sometimes after injury or strokes, but more commonly in acquiring new skills. Brain plasticity has been demonstrated in many basic tasks, with evidence pointing to physical modifications in the cortex during repetitive performance. The plasticity of neural interactions resulting from repetitive performance of specific tasks is known to lead to improved performance.
Determination of neural plasticity is particularly useful for subjects suffering a stroke, wherein part of the brain is damaged and other parts begin to function or change their function. A comparison between two BNA's of a subject after a stroke can be used to identify a change in brain activity hence also to assess neural plasticity in the brain. In some embodiments of the present invention a late stage BNA pattern is constructed for a subject during the subject's rehabilitation. A late stage BNA pattern is optionally from data acquired during several rehabilitation sessions, preferably at a sufficiently advanced stage of the rehabilitation. Such BNA pattern can be viewed as a neural network pathway achieved by the brain in order to overcome motor dysfunction. A subject-specific BNA pattern, constructed during an individual session can then be compared to the late stage BNA pattern, thereby establishing a learning curve for the subject.
Determination of neural plasticity is particularly useful for subjects suffering from chronic pain. It is recognized by the present inventors that, the presence of chronic pain is perceived and established in the brain, and is oftentimes accompanied by chemical changes in the brain. For example, there is a decrease in N-acetyl aspartate and changes in other brain metabolites. The chemical changes result in depression, anxiety and/or a loss of cognitive memory functions. A comparison between two BNA's of the subject can be used to identify a change in brain activity hence also to assess those chemical changes. Such assessment can be used, for example, in combination with a pain stimulus, to determine the likelihood that the subject is a chronic pain sufferer or having normal response to the pain stimulus.
In some embodiments, a BNA pattern constructed from neurophysiological data acquired following a treatment is compared to a BNA pattern constructed from neurophysiological data acquired before a treatment. Such comparison can be used for assessing responsiveness to and optionally efficacy of the treatment. This can be done generally as described above with respect to FIGs. 6A-D, 7A-D and 8A-D, except that the comparisons are between two BNA patterns of the same subject instead of between a BNA pattern of the subject and a baseline BNA pattern of a group.
In some embodiments, a BNA pattern constructed from neurophysiological data acquired while the subject performs a particular task is compared to a BNA pattern constructed from neurophysiological data acquired while the subject is not performing the particular task and/or while the subject performs another particular task. A representative example for these embodiments will now be described with reference to FIGs. 10A-H.
FIGs. 10A-H show group BNA patterns constructed from EEG data recorded from two groups of subjects during a working memory test. The black dots in FIGs. 10A-H show the locations of the EEG electrodes, and the color codes in these BNA patterns is the same as defined above. During the test, each subject of the group was asked to memorize an image of a human face (referred to as the "cue"). Two seconds later, the subject was again presented with an image of a human face (referred to as the "probe") and was asked to determine whether the probe matches the cue.
The BNA patterns of the first group are shown in FIGs. 10A-D. FIGs. 10A and 10B are group BNA patterns constructed following treatment with a placebo (referred to below as placebo A), and FIGs. IOC and 10D are group BNA patterns constructed following treatment with a Scopolamine. The BNA patterns of the second group are shown in FIGs. 10E-H, where FIGs. 10E and 10F are group BNA patterns constructed following treatment with a placebo (referred to below as placebo B), and FIGs. 10G and 10H are BNA patterns constructed following treatment with a Ketamine.
The effect of scopolamine is explained above. Ketamine is widely recognized as a general nonbarbiturate anesthetic that acts quickly to produce an anesthetic state. More specifically, ketamine is an acrylcycloalkylamine used traditionally in the induction of dissociative anesthesia. Ketamine has been used to induce anesthesia prior to elective surgery in healthy children, and also to induce anesthesia in elderly subjects who could not tolerate general anesthesia.
The BNA pattern of FIGs. 10A, IOC, 10E and 10G were constructed from the data acquired during the time at which the cue was presented and are recognized by the present inventor as containing information pertaining to the memorization process in the brain (also known in the literature as "encoding"). The BNA patterns of FIGs. 10B, 10D, 10F and 10H were constructed from the data acquired during the time at which the probe was presented, and are recognized by the present inventor as containing information pertaining to the retrieval process in the brain. It is noted that the BNA patterns of FIGs. 10A-H describe differentiating activity networks. Thus, for example, the BNA pattern of FIG. 10A describes the brain activity during cue that most differentiated between placebo A and Scopolamine, and the BNA pattern of FIG. 10B describes the brain activity during cue that most differentiated between placebo B and Ketamine.
As shown in FIGs. 10A-B and 10E-F, following treatment with placebo, the BNA pattern during retrieval is substantially larger in both the order and the size than the BNA pattern during memorization. The situation is different following treatment with Scopolamine and Ketamine. The scopolamine (FIGs. 10C-D) induced (i) low connectivity between frontal and parietal regions, and (ii) extensive compensatory central and frontal activation. The ketamine (FIGs. 10G-H) induced increased central and frontal activation, and decreased right lateralization. No significant change in the fronto-parietal part of the BNA pattern was observed.
Further details regarding analysis of neurophysiological data acquired from subjects administered with scopolamine are provided in the Examples section that follows (see Example 4).
The BNA pattern comparison technique of the present embodiments can also be used for inducing improvement in brain function. In some embodiments of the present invention associated subject-specific BNA patterns are constructed for a subject during a higher-level cognitive test, generally in real time. The subject can be presented with the constructed BNA patterns or some representation thereof and use them as a feedback. For example, when, as a result of the cognitive action, the BNA pattern of the subject becomes more similar to a characteristic BNA pattern of a healthy group, presentation of such a result to the subject can be used by the subject as a positive feedback. Conversely, when, as a result of the cognitive action, the BNA pattern of the subject becomes more similar to a characteristic BNA pattern of a brain-disorder group, presentation of such a result to the subject can be used by the subject as a negative feedback. Real time analysis of BNA patterns in conjunction with neurofeedback can optionally and preferably be utilized to achieve improved cortical stimulation using external stimulating electrodes.
The BNA pattern comparison technique of the present embodiments can also be used for assessing responsiveness to and optionally efficacy of a phototherapy. Phototherapy is the application of light energy to biological tissue for the purpose of stimulating certain biological functions, such as natural tissue healing and regrowth processes. Alternatively, a higher power level of phototherapy may inhibit natural biological functions of the tissue or destroy the tissue, as may be applied in the case of cancerous tissue.
Generally, phototherapy is accomplished by radiating light energy into a subject's tissue at or below the skin or surface of the tissue. The radiation is applied at wavelengths either in the visible range or the invisible infrared (IR) range. Phototherapy may also be accomplished by applying coherent and non-coherent light energy, lased and non-lased light energy, and narrow and broadband light energy, in either a continuous or pulsed manner. The radiation energy is also typically applied at a low power intensity, typically measured in milliwatts. The relatively low radiation energy applied in therapy is called low level light therapy (LLLT). LLLT has also been suggested for neurological disorders in the CNS, for the prevention and/or repair of damage, relief of symptoms, slowing of disease progression, and correction of genetic abnormalities. In particular, phototherapy can be used following a cerebrovascular accident (stroke).
The present embodiments can be used for assessing the responsiveness to and optionally the efficacy of phototherapy, particularly LLLT of neurological disorders. Such assessment can be done by constructing BNA patterns from neurophysiological data acquired before, after and optionally during phototherapy and comparing those BNA patterns among themselves and/or to baseline BNA pattern as further detailed hereinabove.
The BNA pattern comparison technique of the present embodiments can also be used for assessing responsiveness to and optionally efficacy of hyperbaric therapy. Hyperbaric therapy is indicated for many medical conditions, therapeutic purposes, and training regimens. Hyperbaric treatment can aid in the treatment of many oxygen dependent diseases as well as sports injuries. Some of the ailments that can be effectively treated by hyperbaric therapy include: cerebral edema, traumatic head and spinal cord injury, chronic stroke, post stroke, early organic brain syndrome, brain stem syndromes, brain ischemia, brain blood circulation disturbances and headache disorder. Typically, treatment in a hyperbaric chamber is provided by administering oxygen to the user via a closed-circuit mask, hood, or other device while a hyperbaric chamber is maintained at pressures above ambient pressure. The oxygen is supplied to the user from a supply source external to the chamber. The subject exhales through a closed system back outside the chamber such that the ambient air in the chamber remains less than 23.5% oxygen or is not oxygen enriched. The environment within the chamber is also generally maintained by a source external to the chamber and is generally controlled by a thermostat.
Assessment of responsiveness to and/or efficacy of hyperbaric therapy can be done by constructing BNA patterns from neurophysiological data acquired before, after and optionally during hyperbaric therapy and comparing those BNA patterns among themselves and/or to baseline BNA pattern as further detailed hereinabove.
Additional examples of treatments which may be assessed by the BNA pattern comparison technique of the present embodiments include, without limitation, ultrasound treatment, rehabilitative treatment, and neural feedback, e.g., EMG biofeedback, EEG neurofeedback, transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS), and direct electrode stimulation (DES).
In some embodiments of the present invention local stimulation is applied to the brain responsively to the information extracted from the BNA comparison. The local stimulation is optionally and preferably at one or more locations corresponding to a spatial location of at least one of the nodes of the BNA pattern. Operations 51, 52 and 53 of the method can be executed repeatedly, and the local stimulation can be varied according to some embodiments of the present invention responsively to variations in the extracted information. Thus, the stimulation and BNA pattern analysis can be employed in a closed loop, wherein the BNA pattern analysis can provide indication regarding the effectiveness of the treatment. The closed loop can be realized within a single session with the subject, e.g., while the electrodes that are used to collect the data from the brain and the system that is used for applying the stimulation engage the head of the subject.
The present embodiments contemplate many types of local stimulation. Representative examples including, without limitation, transcranial stimulation, electrocortical stimulation on the cortex, and deep brain stimulation (DBS).
Representative examples of transcranial stimulation techniques suitable for the present embodiments include, without limitation, transcranial electrical stimulation (tES) and transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS). Representative examples of tES suitable for the present embodiments include, without limitation, transcranial direct current stimulation (tDCS), transcranial alternating current stimulation (tACS), and transcranial random noise stimulation (tRNS). tES can be either multi-focal or single focal. tES can be employed using any number of electrodes. Typically, the number of electrodes is from 1 to 256, but use of more than 256 electrodes is also contemplated in some embodiments of the present invention. In some embodiments of the present invention high-definition tES (HD-tES), such as, but not limited to, HD-tDCS, is employed.
tDCS and HD-tDCS suitable for the present embodiments are found for example, in Edwards et ah, Neurolmage 74 (2013) 266-275; Kuo et ah, Brain Stimulation, Volume 6, Issue 4 (2013) 644-648; and Villamar et al, J Pain. (2013) 14(4):371-83, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
The present embodiments also contemplate combining both transcranial stimulation and deep brain stimulation (DBS). These embodiments are useful since the transcranial stimulation (e.g., tDCS or HD-tDCS) can improve the effectiveness of DBS. In some embodiments the transcranial stimulation (e.g. , tDCS or HD-tDCS) is executed before the DBS, wherein the closed-loop with the BNA tern analysis is used for identifying the effect of the stimulation on the brain. Once the effect is established DBS can be applied at locations at which the transcranial stimulation (e.g. , tDCS or HD- tDCS) is effective (e.g. , most effective). In some embodiments of the present invention the transcranial stimulation (e.g., tDCS or HD-tDCS) is applied simultaneously or intermittently with the DBS. This improves the effectiveness of the treatment by DBS. The combined stimulation (transcranial and DBS, e.g. , tES and DBS) can be achieved by means of the BNA pattern analysis of the present embodiments wherein regions on the BNA pattern that are far from the location of the DBS electrodes are stimulated transcarnially, and regions on the BNA pattern that are near the location of the DBS electrodes are stimulated by the DBS electrodes. The combined stimulation (transcranial and DBS, e.g., tES and DBS) can be employed for activating and/or inhibiting activities in various regions in the brain, as manifested by the BNA pattern, either synchronously or independently. In some exemplary embodiments of the invention the combined stimulation (transcranial and DBS, e.g., tES and DBS) is employed such that the transcranial stimulation (e.g. , tDCS or HD-tDCS) is executed to control activation thresholds for the DBS. For example, the transcranial stimulation can lower the activation threshold at brain regions that are peripheral to the brain regions affected by DBS, thereby extending the effective range of the DBS. The transcranial stimulation can also increases the activation threshold at brain regions affected by DBS thereby controlling the stimulation path of the DBS.
DBS can optionally and preferably be employed to obtain neurophysiological data from the brain. These data can according to some embodiments of the present invention be used by the method to update the BNA pattern.
The local stimulation can be at one or more locations corresponding to a spatial location of at least one of the nodes of the BNA pattern. For example, the BNA pattern can be analyzed to identify locations that correspond to a brain disorder. At these locations, local stimulation can be applied to reduce or eliminate the disorder. Alternatively, the local stimulation can be applied at locations corresponding to other nodes of the BNA pattern. These other locations can be locations at which previous stimulations for the same subject or group of subjects have been proven to be successful in reducing or eliminating the disorder.
A representative example of application of local stimulation is in the case of pain. In these embodiments the local stimulation is applied to reduce or eliminate the pain. Thus, the BNA pattern can be analyzed to identify nodes that correspond to pain, and the stimulation can be applied to locations that correspond to these nodes. In some embodiments, a pain stimulus (such as heat stimulus) can be applied to the subject prior to or while acquiring the neurophysiological data. The BNA pattern can be analyzed to identify nodes that correspond to the applied pain stimulus and the local stimulation can be at one or more locations corresponding to those identified nodes. These embodiments are useful particularly, but not exclusively, for situations of chronic pain (e.g. , fibromyalgia).
Aside for MPH, scopolamine and ketamine described above, the BNA pattern comparison technique can be used for assessing responsiveness to and optionally efficacy of many other types of pharmacological treatments.
For example, when the subject suffers from a neurodegenerative disorder such as
Alzheimer's disease, the treatment can include use of pharmacologically active agent selected from the group consisting of donepezil, physostigmine, tacrine, pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts thereof, and combinations of any of the foregoing; when the subject suffers from a neurodegenerative disorder such as Huntington's disease, the treatment can include use of pharmacologically active agent selected from the group consisting of fluoxetine, carbamazepine, and pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts and combinations thereof; when the subject suffers from a neurodegenerative disorder such as Parkinson's disease, the treatment can include use of pharmacologically active agent selected from the group consisting of amantadine, apomorphine, bromocriptine, levodopa, pergolide, ropinirole, selegiline, trihexyphenidyl, atropine, scopolamine, glycopyrrolate, pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts thereof, and combinations of any of the foregoing; and when the subject suffers from a neurodegenerative disorder such as amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS) the treatment can include use of pharmacologically active agent selected from the group consisting of baclofen, diazepam, tizanidine, dantrolene, pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts thereof, and combinations of any of the foregoing.
Generally, pharmacological treatments can include use of a pharmacologically active agent, e.g., centrally acting drugs, particularly CNS active agents and other nervous system agents, including, but not limited to, the following: sympathomimetic amines; neuroprotective and neuroregenerative agents, including neurotrophic factors; neuroactive amino acids and peptides; neurotransmitters; muscarinic receptor agonists and antagonists; anticholinesterases; neuromuscular blocking agents; ganglionic stimulating drugs; agents to treat neurodegenerative disorders such as Alzheimer's disease, Huntington's disease, Parkinson's disease, and amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS); anti-epileptic agents; CNS and respiratory stimulants; and drugs that selectively modify CNS function, including anesthetic agents, analgesic agents, antiemetic agents, antihypertensive agents, cerebral vasodilators, hypnotic agents and sedatives, anxiolytics and tranquilizers, neuroleptic agents, anti-microbial agents, alpha adrenergic receptor antagonists, and appetite suppressants. Some agents, as will be appreciated by those of ordinary skill in the art, are encompassed by two or more of the aforementioned groups.
Examples of these pharmacologically active agents include, without limitation, sympathomimetic amines (e.g. , include albuterol, amphetamine, benzphetamine, colterol, diethylpropion, dopamine, dopamine hydrochloride, dobutamine, ephedrine, epinephrine, epinephrine bitartrate, ethylnorepinephrine, ethylnorepinephrine hydrochloride, fenfluramine, fenoldapam, fenoldopam, fenoldopam mesylate, hydroxyamphetamine, hydroxyamphetamine hydrobromide, ibopamine, isoetharine, isoproterenol, isoproterenol hydrochloride, mephentermine, mephentermine sulfate, metaproterenol, metaraminol, metaraminol bitartrate, methoxamine, methoxamine hydrochloride, midodrine, norepinephrine, norepinephrine bitartrate, phendimetrazine, phenmetrazine, phentermine, phenylephrine, phenylephrine hydrochloride, phenylethylamine, phenylpropanolamine, prenalterol, propylhexedrine, ritodrine, terbutaline, terbutaline sulfate, and tyramine); Neuroprotective and neuroregenerative agents (e.g., excitatory amino acid antagonists and neurotrophic factors, e.g., brain derived neurotrophic factor, ciliary neurotrophic factor, and nerve growth factor, neurotrophin(NT) 3 (NT3), NT4 and NT5); Neuroactive amino acids andpeptides (e.g. , γ-aminobutyric acid (GAB A), glycine, β-alanine, taurine, and glutamate, and the neuroactive peptides include bradykinin, kallidin, des-Arg.sup.9 -bradykinin, des- Arg.sup. lO -kallidin, des-Arg.sup.9 -[Leu. sup.8 ]-bradykinin, [D-Phe.sup.7 ]-bradykinin, HOE 140, neuropeptide Y, enkaphalins and related opioid peptides such as Met.sup.5 - enkaphalin, Leu. sup.5 -enkephalin, α-, β-and γ-endorphin, a- and β-neo-endorphin, and dynorphin; neurotransmitters (e.g. , GAB A (γ-aminobutyric acid), glycine, glutamate, acetylcholine, dopamine, epinephrine, 5-hydroxytryptamine, substance P, serotonin, enkaphalins and related opioid peptides as above, and catecholamines; Muscarinic receptor agonists and antagonists (e.g. , choline esters such as acetylcholine, methacholine, carbachol, bethanechol (carbamylmethylcholine), bethanechol chloride; cholinomimetic natural alkaloids and synthetic analogs thereof, including arecoline, pilocarpine, muscarine, McN-A-343, and oxotremorine. Muscarinic receptor antagonists are generally belladonna alkaloids or semisynthetic or synthetic analogs thereof, such as atropine, scopolamine, homatropine, homatropine methylbromide, ipratropium, methantheline, methscopolamine and tiotropium; anticholinesterases (e.g. , ambenonium, ambenonium chloride, demecarium, demecarium bromide, echothiophate iodide, edrophonium, edrophonium chloride, neostigmine, neostigmine bromide, neostigmine methylsulfate, physostigmine, physostigmine salicylate, pyridostigmine, and pyridostigmine bromide); neuromuscular blocking agents and ganglionic blocking drugs (e.g., dicholine esters (e.g., succinylcholine), benzylisoquinolines (d-tubocurarine, atracurium, doxacurium, mivacurium) and pipecuronium, rocuronium, vecuronium), hexamethonium, trimethaphan, and mecamylamine; agents to treat neurodegenerative diseases (e.g. , active agents for treating Alzheimer's disease, such as Donezepil, donepezil hydrochloride, physostigmine, physostigmine salicylate, tacrine and tacrine hydrochloride, active agents for treating Huntington's Disease such as, but not limited to, fluoxetine and carbamazepine, anti-Parkinsonism drugs such as, but not limited to, amantadine, apomorphine, bromocriptine, levodopa (particularly a levodopa/carbidopa combination), pergolide, ropinirole, selegiline, trihexyphenidyl, trihexyphenidyl hydrochloride, and anticholinergic agents; and agents for treating ALS such as, but not limited to, spasmolytic (anti- spastic) agents, e.g., baclofen, diazepam, tizanidine, and dantrolene); anti-epileptic agents (e.g. , anti-convulsant (anti-seizure) drugs such as azetazolamide, carbamazepine, clonazepam, clorazepate, ethosuximide, ethotoin, felbamate, gabapentin, lamotrigine, mephenytoin, mephobarbital, phenytoin, phenobarbital, primidone, trimethadione, vigabatrin, and the benzodiazepines which are useful for a number of indications, including anxiety, insomnia, and nausea); and CNS and respiratory stimulants (e.g. , xanthines such as caffeine and theophylline; amphetamines such as amphetamine, benzphetamine hydrochloride, dextroamphetamine, dextroamphetamine sulfate, levamphetamine, levamphetamine hydrochloride, methamphetamine, and methamphetamine hydrochloride; and miscellaneous stimulants such as methylphenidate, methylphenidate hydrochloride, modafinil, pemoline, sibutramine, and sibutramine hydrochloride). Also contemplated are drugs that selectively modify CNS function. These include, without limitation, anesthetic agents such as ketamine; opioid analgesics such as alfentanil, buprenorphine, butorphanol, codeine, drocode, fentanyl, hydrocodone, hydromorphone, levorphanol, meperidine, methadone, morphine, nalbuphine, oxycodone, oxymorphone, pentazocine, propoxyphene, sufentanil, and tramadol; nonopioid analgesics such as apazone, etodolac, diphenpyramide, indomethacine, meclofenamate, mefenamic acid, oxaprozin, phenylbutazone, piroxicam, and tolmetin; antiemetics such as chlorpromazine, cisapride, domperidone, granisetron, metoclopramide, ondansetron, perphenazine, prochlorperazine, promethazine, thiethylperazine, and triflupromazine; antihypertensive agents such as apraclonidine, clonidine, guanfacine, and guanabenz; cerebral vasodilators such as vincamine, naftidrofuryl oxalate, papaverine, and nicotinic acid; hypnotic agents and sedatives such as clomethiazole, ethinamate, etomidate, glutethimide, meprobamate, methyprylon, Zolpidem, and barbiturates (e.g., amobarbital, apropbarbital, butabarbital, butalbital, mephobarbital, methohexital, pentobarbital, phenobarbital, secobarbital, thiopental); anxiolytics and tranquilizers such as benzodiazepines (e.g., alprazolam, brotizolam, chlordiazepoxide, clobazam, clonazepam, clorazepate, demoxepam, diazepam, estazolam, flumazenil, flurazepam, halazepam, lorazepam, midazolam, nitrazepam, nordazepam, oxazepam, prazepam, quazepam, temazepam, triazolam), buspirone, and droperidol; neuroleptic agents, including antidepressant drugs, antimanic drugs, and antipsychotic agents, wherein antidepressant drugs include (a) the tricyclic antidepressants such as amoxapine, amitriptyline, clomipramine, desipramine, doxepin, imipramine, maprotiline, nortryptiline, protryptiline, and trimipramine, (b) the serotonin reuptake inhibitors citalopram, fluoxetine, fluvoxamine, paroxetine, sertraline, and venlafaxine, (c) monoamine oxidase inhibitors such as phenelzine, tranylcypromine, and (-)-selegiline, and (d) other, "atypical" antidepressants such as bupropion, nefazodone, and trazodone venlafaxine, and antimanic and antipsychotic agents include (a) phenothiazines such as acetophenazine, acetophenazine maleate, chlorpromazine, chlorpromazine hydrochloride, fluphenazine, fluphenazine hydrochloride, fluphenazine enanthate, fluphenazine decanoate, mesoridazine, mesoridazine besylate, perphenazine, thioridazine, thioridazine hydrochloride, trifluoperazine, and trifluoperazine hydrochloride, (b) thioxanthenes such as chlorprothixene, thiothixene, and thiothixene hydrochloride, and (c) other heterocyclic drugs such as carbamazepine, clozapine, droperidol, haloperidol, haloperidol decanoate, loxapine succinate, molindone, molindone hydrochloride, olanzapine, pimozide, quetiapine, risperidone, and sertindole; anticholinergic drugs such as atropine, scopolamine and glycopyrrolate; anti-microbial agents such as (a) tetracycline antibiotics and related compounds (chlortetracycline, oxytetracycline, demeclocycline, methacycline, doxycycline, rolitetracycline), (b) macrolide antibiotics such as erythromycin, clarithromycin, and azithromycin, (c) streptogramin antibiotics such as quinupristin and dalfopristin, (d) beta-lactam antibiotics, including penicillins (e.g., penicillin G, penicillin VK), antistaphylococcal penicillins (e.g., cloxacillin, dicloxaciUin, nafcillin, and oxacillin), extended spectrum penicillins (e.g., aminopenicillins such as ampicillin and amoxicillin, and the antipseudomonal penicillins such as carbenicillin), and cephalosporins (e.g., cefadroxil, cefepime, cephalexin, cefazolin, cefoxitin, cefotetan, cefuroxime, cefotaxime, ceftazidime, and ceftriazone), and carbapenems such as imiprenem, meropenem and aztreonam, (e) aminoglycoside antibiotics such as streptomycin, gentamicin, tobramycin, amikacin, and neomycin, (f) glycopeptide antibiotics such as vancomycin, and teicoplanin; (g) sulfonamide antibiotics such as sulfacetamide, sulfabenzamide, sulfadiazine, sulfadoxine, sulfamerazine, sulfamethazine, sulfamethizole, and sulfamethoxazole, (h) quinolone antibiotics such as ciprofloxacin, nalidixic acid, and ofloxacin; (i) anti-mycobacterials such as isoniazid, rifampin, rifabutin, ethambutol, pyrazinamide, ethionamide, aminosalicylic, and cycloserine, (]) systemic antifungal agents such as itraconazole, ketoconazole, fluconazole, and amphotericin B, (k) antiviral agents such as acyclovir, famcicylovir, ganciclovir, idoxuridine, sorivudine, trifluridine, valacyclovir, vidarabine, didanosine, stavudine, zalcitabine, zidovudine, amantadine, interferon alpha, ribavirin and rimantadine, and (1) miscellaneous antimicrobial agents such as chloramphenicol, spectinomycin, polymyxin B (colistin), and bacitracin; alpha adrenergic receptor antagonists such as doxazosin, indoramine, phenoxybenzamine, phentolamine, prazosin, tolazoline, terazosin, trimazosin, and yohimbine; and appetite suppressants such as amphetamine, dextroamphetamine, dextroamphetamine sulfate, diethylpropion hydrochloride, mazindol, methamphetamine hydrochloride, phentermine, and phentennine hydrochloride. FIG. 14 is a flowchart diagram illustrating a method suitable for constructing a database from neurophysiological data recorded from a group of subjects, according to some embodiments of the present invention.
The neurophysiological data to be analyzed can be any data acquired directly from the brain of the subject under investigation, as further detailed hereinabove. The data can be analyzed immediately after acquisition ("online analysis"), or it can be recorded and stored and thereafter analyzed ("offline analysis"). The neurophysiological data can include any of the data types described above. In some embodiments of the present invention the data are EEG data. The neurophysiological data can be collected before and/or after the subject has performed or conceptualized a task and/or action, as further detailed hereinabove. The neurophysiological data can be used as event related measures, such as ERPs or ERFs, as further detailed hereinabove.
The method begins at 140 and optionally and preferably continues to 141 at which the neurophysiological data are received. The data can be recorded directly from the subject or it can be received from an external source, such as a computer readable memory medium on which the data are stored.
The method continues to 142 at which relations between features of the data are determined so as to indentify activity-related features. The activity-related features can be extrema (peaks, through, etc.) and they can be identified as further detailed hereinabove.
The method continues to 143 at which a panellation procedure is employed according to the identified activity-related features so as to define a plurality of capsules, each representing at least a spatiotemporal activity region in the brain. Broadly speaking, panellation procedure defines a neighborhood of each identified feature. The neighborhood is optionally and preferably a spatiotemporal neighborhood. In some embodiments of the present invention the neighborhood is a spectral-spatiotemporal neighborhood, these embodiments are detailed hereinafter.
The neighborhood can be defined as a spatial region (two- or three-dimensional) in which the extremum is located and/or a time-interval during which the extremum occurs. Preferably, both a spatial region and time-interval are defined, so as to associate a spatiotemporal neighborhood for each extremum. The advantage of defining such neighborhoods is that they provide information regarding the spreading structure of the data over time and/or space. The size of the neighborhood (in terms of the respective dimension) can be determined based on the property of the extremum. For example, in some embodiments, the size of the neighborhood equals the full width at half maximum (FWHM) of the extremum. Other definitions of the neighborhood are not excluded from the scope of the present invention.
In various exemplary embodiments of the invention a spatial grid is built over a plurality of grid elements. The input to the spatial grid built is preferably the locations of the measuring devices (e.g. , locations on the scalp, epicortical surface, cerebral cortex or deeper in the brain). In various exemplary embodiments of the invention a piecewise interpolation is employed so as to build a spatial grid having a resolution which is higher than the resolution characterizing the locations of the measuring devices. The piecewise interpolation preferably utilizes a smooth analytical function or a set of smooth analytical functions.
In some embodiments of the present invention the spatial grid is a two- dimensional spatial grid. For example, the spatial grid can describe the scalp, or an epicortical surface or an intracranial surface of the subject.
In some embodiments of the present invention the spatial grid is a three- dimensional spatial grid. For example, the spatial grid can describe an intracranial volume of the subject.
Once the spatial grid is built, each identified activity-related feature is preferably associated with a grid element x (x can be surface element or a point location in embodiments in which a 2D grid is built, or a volume element or a point location in embodiments in which a 3D grid is built) and a time point t. A capsule corresponding to the identified activity-related feature can then be defined as a spatiotemporal activity region encapsulating grid elements nearby the associated grid element x and time points nearby the associated time point t. In these embodiments, the dimensionality of a particular capsule is D+l , where D is the spatial dimensionality.
The nearby grid elements optionally and preferably comprise all the grid elements at which an amplitude level of the respective activity-related feature is within a predetermined threshold range (for example, above half of the amplitude at the peak). The nearby time points optionally and preferably comprise all time points at which the amplitude level of the activity-related feature is within a predetermined threshold range, which can be the same threshold range used for defining the nearby grid elements.
The parceling 143 can optionally and preferably includes applying frequency decomposition to the data to provide a plurality of frequency bands, including, without limitation, delta band, theta band, alpha band, low beta band, beta band , and high beta band, as further detailed hereinabove. Higher frequency bands, such as, but not limited to, gamma band are also contemplated. In these embodiments, the capsules can be defined separately for each frequency band.
The present inventors also contemplate a parceling procedure in which each identified activity-related feature is associated with a frequency value f, wherein the capsule corresponding to an identified activity-related feature is defined as spectral- spatiotemporal activity region encapsulating grid elements nearby x, time points nearby t, and frequency values nearby f. Thus, in these embodiments, the dimensionality of a particular capsule is D+2, where D is the spatial dimensionality.
The definition of capsules according to some embodiments of the present invention is executed separately for each subject. In these embodiments, the data used for defining the capsules for a particular subject includes only the data collected from that particular subject, irrespective of data collected from other subjects in the group.
In various exemplary embodiments of the invention the method continues to 144 at which the data are clustered according to the capsules, to provide a set of capsule clusters. When the capsules are defined separately for each frequency band, the clustering is preferably also executed separately for each frequency band. The input for the clustering procedure can include some or all the capsules of all subjects in the group. A set of constraints is preferably defined, either a priori or dynamically during the execution of the clustering procedure, which set of constraints is selected to provide a set of clusters each representing a brain activity event which is common to all members of the cluster. For example, the set of constraints can include a maximal allowed events (e.g., one or two or three) per subject in a cluster. The set of constraints can also include a maximal allowed temporal window and maximal allowed spatial distance in a cluster. A representative example of a clustering procedure suitable for the present embodiments is provided in the Examples section that follows. Once the clusters are defined, they can optionally and preferably be processed to provide a reduced representation of the clusters. For example, in some embodiments of the present invention a capsular representation of the clusters is employed. In these embodiments, each cluster is represented as a single capsule whose characteristics approximate the characteristics of the capsules that are the members of that cluster.
In some embodiments, the method proceeds to 145 at which inter-capsule relations among capsules are determined. This can be done using the procedure described above with respect to the determination of the edges of the BNA pattern (see, for example, FIGs. 3B-E). Specifically, the inter-capsule relations can represent causal relation between two capsules. For example, for each of a given pair of capsules, a time window can be defined. These time windows correspond to the width of the capsule along the time axis. A latency difference window between the two capsules can also be defined. This latency difference window corresponds to the separation along the time axis between the capsules.
The individual time windows and latency difference window can be used to define the relation between the pair of capsules. For example, a threshold procedure can be applied to each of these windows, so as to accept, reject or quantify (e.g., assign weight to) a relation between the capsules. The threshold procedure can be the same for all windows, or, more preferably, it can be specific to each type of window. For example, one threshold procedure can be employed to the width of the capsule along the time axis, and another threshold procedure can be employed to the latency difference window. The parameters of the thresholding are optionally dependent on the spatial distance between the capsules, wherein for shorter distance lower time thresholds are employed.
The present embodiments contemplate many types of inter-capsule relations, including, without limitation, spatial proximity between two defined capsules, temporal proximity between two defined capsules, spectral (e.g., frequency of signal) proximity between two defined capsules, and energetic (e.g. , power or amplitude of signal) proximity between two defined capsules.
In some embodiments, a group capsule is defined for a group of subjects each having capsule and spatiotemporal peak. The relation between two group capsules is optionally and preferably defined based on the time difference between the respective group capsules. This time difference is preferably calculated between the corresponding two spatiotemporal peaks of subjects from both group capsules. This time difference can alternatively be calculated between the onsets of the spatiotemporal event activations of each of the capsules (rather than the time differences between peaks).
For example, the two group capsules can be declared as a pair of related capsules if the time difference between the capsules among subjects having those capsules is within a predefined time window. This criterion is referred to as the time-window constraint. A typical time-window suitable for the present embodiments is several milliseconds.
In some embodiments, the relation between two group capsules is defined based on the number of subjects having time those capsules. For example, the two group capsules can be declared as a pair of related capsules if the number of subjects having the capsules is above a predetermined threshold. This criterion is referred to as the subject number constraint. In various exemplary embodiments of the invention the both time window constraint and the subject number constraint are used in addition, wherein two group capsules are declared as a pair of related capsules when both the time window constraint and the subject number constraint are fulfilled. The maximum number of subjects that can create a particular pair of capsules is referred to as the intersection of subjects of the two groups.
Thus, in the present embodiments a capsule network pattern is constructed, which capsule network pattern can be represented as a graph having nodes corresponding to capsules and edges corresponding to inter-capsule relations.
In some embodiments of the present invention the method applies (operation 149) a feature selection procedure to the capsules to provide at least one sub-set of capsules.
In some embodiments of the present invention a forward selection of features is employed and in some embodiments of the present invention a backward selection features is employed. In some embodiments of the present invention the method employs a procedure for controlling the fraction of false positives that may lead to poor selection, such procedure is known as false discovery rate (FDR) procedure, and is found, for example, in Benjamini et al. supra, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference. A representative example of a feature selection procedure suitable for the present embodiments is illustrated in FIG. 33. Initially, a group of subjects is considered (for example, either healthy controls or diseased subjects), optionally and preferably using a sufficiently large dataset to as to provide relatively high accuracy in representing the group. The group can be represented using a set of capsules. The feature selection procedure is then applied on a training set of the dataset in order to evaluate each feature or various combinations of features characterizing the group' s dataset. The input to the feature selection algorithm is preferably evaluation scores (e.g., the score for each participant in the training set on each of the features) calculated using the training set. Feature selection can also be applied, on other features, such as, but not limited to, BNA pattern event-pairs, and EEG and ERP features such as, but not limited to, coherence, correlation, timing and amplitude measures. Feature selection can also be applied on different combinations of these features.
The outcome of this procedure can be a set of supervised network of capsules, each suitable to describe a different sub-group of the population with a specific set of features. The networks obtained during the procedure can allow a comparison of the capsules obtained for a single subject to a specific network or networks. Thus, the obtained networks obtained can serve as biomarkers.
In some embodiments of the invention, the method continues to 146 at which weights are defined for each cluster (or capsular representation thereof) and/or each pair of clusters (or capsular representations thereof). Weights for pairs of clusters can be calculated as described above with respect to the weights assigned to the edges of the BNA.
Weights for individual capsules or clusters can describe the existence level of the particular capsule in the database. For example, the weight of a cluster can be defined as the mean amplitude as calculated over all the capsules in the cluster. The weight is optionally and preferably normalized by the sum of all amplitude means of all clusters.
Also contemplated is a weight that describes the statistical distribution or density of one or more of the parameters that define the capsules in the cluster. Specifically, the weight can include at least one of: the distribution or density of the amplitudes over the cluster, the spatial distribution or spatial density over the cluster, the temporal distribution or temporal density over the cluster, and the spectral distribution or spectral density over the cluster.
At 147 the method stores the clusters and/or representations and/or capsule network pattern in a computer readable medium. When weights are calculated, they are also stored.
The method ends at 148.
FIG. 15 is a flowchart diagram illustrating a method suitable for analyzing neurophysiological data recorded from a subject, according to some embodiments of the present invention.
The neurophysiological data to be analyzed can be any data acquired directly from the brain of the subject under investigation, as further detailed hereinabove. The data can be analyzed immediately after acquisition ("online analysis"), or it can be recorded and stored and thereafter analyzed ("offline analysis"). The neurophysiological data can include any of the data types described above. In some embodiments of the present invention the data are EEG data. The neurophysiological data can be collected before and/or after the subject has performed or conceptualized a task and/or action, as further detailed hereinabove. The neurophysiological data can be used as event related measures, such as ERPs or ERFs, as further detailed hereinabove.
The method begins at 150 and optionally and preferably continues to 151 at which the neurophysiological data are received. The data can be recorded directly from the subject or it can be received from an external source, such as a computer readable memory medium on which the data are stored.
The method continues to 152 at which relations between features of the data are determined so as to indentify activity-related features. The activity-related features can be extrema (peaks, through, etc.) and they can be identified as further detailed hereinabove.
The method continues to 153 at which a panellation procedure is employed according to the identified activity-related features so as to define a plurality of capsules, as further detailed hereinabove. The capsules and the relations between capsules define a capsule network pattern of the subject, as further detailed hereinabove.
In some embodiments, the method proceeds to 157 at which a feature selection procedure is employed as further detailed hereinabove. The method optionally and preferably continues to 154 at which a database having a plurality of entries, each having an annotated database capsule is accessed. The database can be constructed as described above with respect to FIG. 14.
The term "annotated capsule" refers to a capsule which is associated with annotation information. The annotation information can be stored separately from the capsule (e.g. , in a separate file on a computer readable medium). The annotation information can be associated with a single capsule or a collection of capsules. Thus, for example, the annotation information can pertain to the presence, absence or level of the specific disorder or condition or brain function. Also contemplated are embodiments in which the annotation information pertains to a specific brain related disorder or condition in relation to a treatment applied to the subject. For example, a capsule (or collection of capsules) can be annotated as corresponding to a treated brain related disorder. Such capsule (or collection of capsules) can also be annotated with the characteristics of the treatment, including dosage, duration, and elapsed time following the treatment. A capsule (or collection of capsules) can optionally and preferably be annotated as corresponding to an untreated brain related disorder. Any of the disorders, conditions brain functions, and treatments described above can be included in the annotation information.
Alternatively or additionally, the capsule (or collection of capsules) can be identified as corresponding to a specific group of individuals (e.g., a specific gender, ethnic origin, age group, etc.), wherein the annotation information pertains to the characteristics of this group of individuals.
The database can include capsules defined using data acquired from a group of subjects, or it can capsules defined using data acquired from the same subject at a different time, for example, an earlier time. In the latter case, the annotation of the capsules can include the acquisition date instead or in addition to the aforementioned types of annotations.
The method proceeds to 155 at which at least some (e.g. , all) of the defined capsules are compared to one or more reference capsules.
The present embodiments contemplate more than one type of reference capsules. In some embodiments of the present invention the reference capsules are baseline capsules defined using neurophysiological data acquired from the same subject at a different time, for example, an earlier time.
A particular and non limiting example for these embodiments is the case of several treatment sessions, e.g. , N sessions, for the same subject. Data can be acquired before and after each session and capsules can be defined for each data acquisition. The capsules defined before treatment can be used as baseline capsules to which capsules acquired from post treatment acquisition can be compared. In some embodiments of the present invention the baseline capsules are capsules defined from acquisition before the first session, wherein capsules defined from each successive acquisition are compared to the same baseline capsules. This embodiment is useful for assessing the effect of the treatment over time. In some embodiments of the present invention the baseline capsules are capsules defined from acquisition before the kth session, wherein capsules defined from an acquisition following the kth session are compared to these baseline capsules. This embodiment is useful for assessing the effect of one or more particular sessions.
The comparison can optionally be used for determining presence, absence and/or level of neural plasticity in the brain.
Determination of neural plasticity is particularly useful for subjects suffering a stroke, wherein part of the brain is damaged and other parts begin to function or change their function. A comparison between two capsules or set of capsules of a subject after a stroke can be used to identify a change in brain activity hence also to assess neural plasticity in the brain. Determination of neural plasticity is particularly useful for subjects suffering from chronic pain. A comparison between two capsules or set of capsules can be used to identify a change in brain activity hence also to assess those chemical changes. Such assessment can be used, for example, in combination with a pain stimulus, to determine the likelihood that the subject is a chronic pain sufferer or having normal response to the pain stimulus.
The comparison can optionally be used for of estimating the likelihood of Traumatic brain injury (TBI). TBI is often classified into mild, moderate and severe TBI based on three parameters: 1) the quality and length of change in consciousness, 2) the length of amnesia (memory loss), and 3) the Glasgow Coma Scale (GCS). Traditionally, a brain injury is classified as concussion (mTBI) is the length of consciousness is less than 20 minutes and amnesia is 24 hours or less, and is the GCS score is above 13. A comparison between two capsules or set of capsules of the same subject can be used to identify a change in brain activity hence also to assess the presence absence or likelihood of TBI, e.g., brain concussion.
In some embodiments of the present invention the reference capsules are capsules defined using neurophysiological data acquired form a different subject.
The variation of a particular capsule as defined from the data relative to the baseline capsule (for example, as defined previously, or as defined from previously acquired data), can be compared according to some embodiments of the present invention to variations among two or more capsules annotated as normal. For example, the variation of a particular capsule relative to the baseline capsule can be compared to a variation of a first capsule annotated as normal and a second capsule also annotated as normal. These annotated capsules are optionally and preferably defined from neurophysiological data acquired from different subjects identified as having normal brain function.
The advantage of these embodiments is that they allow assessing the diagnostic extent of the observed variations of a particular capsule relative to a baseline capsule. For example, when the variation relative to the baseline capsule are similar to the variations obtained from neurophysiological data among two or more different subjects identified as having normal brain functions, the method can assess that the observed variation relative to the baseline capsule are of reduced or no significance. On the other hand, when the variation relative to the baseline capsule are substantive compared to the variations among normal subjects, the method can assess that the observed variation relative to the baseline capsule are diagnostically significant.
In embodiments in which a database of previously annotated capsules is accessed (operation 154) the reference capsules are optionally and preferably the capsules of the database. The capsules can be compared to at least one database capsule annotated as abnormal, and at least one database capsule annotated as normal. A database capsule annotated as abnormal is a capsule which is associated with annotation information pertaining to the presence, absence or level of a brain related disorder or condition. A database capsule annotated as normal is a capsule which was defined using data acquired from a subject or a group of subjects identified as having normal brain function. Comparison to a database capsule annotated as abnormal and a database capsule annotated as normal is useful for classifying the subject according to the respective brain related disorder or condition. Such classification is optionally and preferably provided by means of likelihood values expressed using similarities between the respective capsules.
The comparison between capsules is typically for the purpose of determining similarity between the compared capsules. The similarity can be based on correlation between the capsules along any number of dimensions. In experiments performed by the present inventors, correlation between two capsules that were not even in their size was employed. These experiments are described in more detail in the Examples section that follows.
The comparison between capsules can comprise calculating a score describing the degree of similarity between the defined capsule and the capsules of the data base. When the database corresponds to a group of subjects having a common disorder, condition, brain function, treatment, or other characteristic (gender, ethnic origin, age group, etc.), the degree of similarity can express, for example, the membership level of the subject in this group. In other words, the degree of similarity expresses how close or how far are the disorder, condition, brain function, treatment, or other characteristic of the subject from that of the group.
The score calculation can include calculating of a statistical score (e.g. , z-score) of a spatiotemporal vector corresponding to the subject's capsule using multidimensional statistical distribution (e.g. , multidimensional normal distribution) describing the respective database capsule. In some embodiments of the present invention, the statistical score is weighed using the weights in the database. The score calculation can also include calculation of a correlation between capsule and a respective database capsule. A representative example of a scoring procedure suitable for the present embodiments is provided in the Examples section that follows.
The score of a particular score relative to the database can also be used for comparing two capsules two each other. For example, consider a first capsule C I and a second capsule C2 which, a priori, is not the same as C I . Suppose that C I is compared to database X and is assigned with a score S I . Suppose further that C2 is compared to a database Y (which, in some embodiments is database X, but may also be a different database) and is assigned with a score S2. The comparison between CI and C2 is achieved according to some embodiments of the present invention by comparing S I to S2. These embodiments are particularly useful when one of C I and C2 is a baseline capsule, and when C I and C2 are defined from neurophysiological data collected from different subjects.
The comparison between the subject's capsule and database capsules can be executed irrespective of any inter-capsule relation of any type. In these embodiments the subject' s capsule is compared to the database capsules without taking into account whether a particular pair of database capsules has a relation in terms of time, space, frequency or amplitude.
Alternatively, the method can determine inter-capsule relations among the defined capsules, and construct a capsule network pattern responsively to the inter- capsule relations, as further detailed hereinabove. In these embodiments, the comparison is between the constructed pattern and the database pattern.
The comparison between the subject' s capsule and database capsules is optionally and preferably with respect to the supervised network of capsules obtained during the feature selection procedure (see, for example, FIG. 33).
Several comparison protocols are contemplated, and are schematically illustrated in FIGs. 34A-C.
In the comparison illustrated in FIG. 34A, a matching process that allows quantifying the degree of similarity between the brain activity of the single subject and that represented by the network(s) is employed. The overall degree of similarity can be quantified, according to some embodiments of the present invention, by a score which is a weighted sum of the separated similarity scores associated with all of the compared features. In embodiments in which several networks are obtained, each network characterizes a specific sub-group in the population. In these embodiments, the subject can be matched against a network or networks associated with a sub-group that most resemble the characteristics of the subject.
In the comparison illustrated in FIG. 34B, the capsule network pattern of the subject is compared against the group network and the representative matching features (e.g. , best matching features) of the single subject to those of the group network are preferably selected. These representative matching features can be used as an approximation of the intersection between the single- subject capsule network and the group network and constitute a personalized single- subject sub-network that serves as a reference baseline used in multiple tests of the same subject.
In some embodiments, the single subject may be compared against several group sub-networks describing homogeneous subtypes enabling fine-tuning in choosing a single subject network that can serve as a reference. Thus, matching individual features to the features of the group' s network allows the extraction of a customized network and a comparison of the individual to a sub-set of features most characterizing their condition (e.g., healthy, diseased).
In the comparison illustrated in FIG. 34C, various combination of comparisons are shown. These include, but are not limited to, single subject network against another single subject network, network against the intersection between the network and the single subject network, and the like.
The method ends at 156.
In various exemplary embodiments of the invention, the information extracted from the comparison 155 pertains to the likelihood of abnormal brain function for the subject. Additionally, the comparison can optionally and preferably be used for extracting prognostic information. For example, the capsules can be compared to a reference (e.g., baseline) set of capsules that characterizes a group of subject all suffering from the same abnormal brain function with similar rehabilitation history, wherein the baseline set of capsules is constructed from neurophysiological data acquired at the beginning of the rehabilitation process. The similarity level between the capsules obtained at 153 and the reference set of capsules can be used as a prognosis indicator for the particular abnormal brain function and the particular rehabilitation process.
The likelihood of abnormal brain function is optionally and preferably extracted by determining a brain-disorder index based, at least in part, on the similarity between the capsules obtained at 153 and the reference set of capsules, as further detailed hereinabove with respect to the comparison of BNA pattern 20 and the annotated BNA pattern(s). It is to be understood that the capsules of the present embodiments can be used for assessing likelihood of many brain related disorders, including any of the aforementioned brain related disorders.
A baseline set of capsules can also be associated with annotation information pertaining to a specific brain related disorder or condition of a group of subjects in relation to a treatment applied to the subjects in the group. Such baseline set of capsules can also be annotated with the characteristics of the treatment, including dosage, duration, and elapsed time following the treatment. A comparison of the capsules obtained at 153 to such type of baseline set of capsules can provide information regarding the responsiveness of the subject to treatment and/or the efficiency of the treatment for that particular subject. Such comparison can optionally and preferably be used for extracting prognostic information in connection to the specific treatment. A set of capsules that is complementary to such baseline set of capsules is a set of capsules that is annotated as corresponding to an untreated brain related disorder.
Optionally and preferably, the method compares the capsules obtained at 153 to at least one baseline set of capsules annotated as corresponding to a treated brain related disorder, and at least one baseline set of capsules annotated as corresponding to an untreated brain related disorder.
The capsules of the present embodiments can also be used for determining a recommended dose for the subject. Specifically, the dose can be varied until a sufficiently high or maximal similarity to the baseline set of capsules for treated subjects is obtained. Once such similarity is achieved, the method can determine that the dose achieving such similarity is the recommended dose for this subject.
In various exemplary embodiments of the invention, the comparison between capsules is used to extract information pertaining to the level of pain the subject is experiencing. Preferably, the information includes an objective pain level. Pain level assessment according to some embodiments of the present invention is particularly useful in institutions that provide treatment or rehabilitation for subjects suffering from chronic pain.
In some embodiments of the present invention the capsules obtained at 153 are compared to a set of capsules constructed for the same subjects at a different time. These embodiments are useful for many applications. For example, in some embodiments, the comparison is used for determining presence, absence and/or level of neural plasticity in the brain, as further detailed hereinabove with respect to the comparison between BNA patterns.
In some embodiments, a set of capsules obtained from neurophysiological data acquired following a treatment is compared to a set of capsules obtained before a treatment. Such comparison can be used for assessing responsiveness to and optionally efficacy of the treatment.
In some embodiments, a set of capsules obtained from neurophysiological data acquired while the subject performs a particular task is compared to a set of capsules obtained from neurophysiological data acquired while the subject is not performing the particular task and/or while the subject performs another particular task.
The capsules of the present embodiments can also be used for inducing improvement in brain function. In some embodiments of the present invention a set of capsules is obtained for a subject during a higher-level cognitive test, generally in real time. The subject can be presented with the set of capsules (for example, a graphical presentation can be used) and use them as a feedback. For example, when, as a result of the cognitive action, the set of capsules of the subject becomes more similar to a characteristic set of capsules of a healthy group, presentation of such a result to the subject can be used by the subject as a positive feedback. Conversely, when, as a result of the cognitive action, the set of capsules of the subject becomes more similar to a characteristic set of capsules of a brain-disorder group, presentation of such a result to the subject can be used by the subject as a negative feedback. Real time analysis of BNA patterns in conjunction with neurofeedback can optionally and preferably be utilized to achieve improved cortical stimulation using external stimulating electrodes.
The capsules of the present embodiments can also be used for assessing responsiveness to and optionally efficacy of a phototherapy and/or hyperbaric therapy, as further detailed hereinabove with respect to the comparison between BNA patterns.
Additional examples of treatments which may be assessed by the capsules comparison technique of the present embodiments include, without limitation, ultrasound treatment, rehabilitative treatment, and neural feedback, e.g., EMG biofeedback, EEG neurofeedback, transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS), and direct electrode stimulation (DES). In some embodiments of the present invention local stimulation is applied to the brain responsively to the information extracted from the comparison 155. The local stimulation is optionally and preferably at one or more locations corresponding to a spatial location of at least one of the nodes of the BNA pattern. Operations 151, 152 and 153 of the method can be executed repeatedly, and the local stimulation can be varied according to some embodiments of the present invention responsively to variations in the extracted information. Thus, the stimulation and capsule analysis can be employed in a closed loop, wherein the capsule analysis can provide indication regarding the effectiveness of the treatment. The closed loop can be realized within a single session with the subject, e.g. , while the electrodes that are used to collect the data from the brain and the system that is used for applying the stimulation engage the head of the subject.
The present embodiments contemplate many types of local stimulation. Representative examples including, without limitation, transcranial stimulation, electrocortical stimulation on the cortex, and DBS.
Representative examples of transcranial stimulation techniques suitable for the present embodiments include, without limitation, transcranial electrical stimulation (tES) and transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS). Representative examples of tES suitable for the present embodiments include, without limitation, transcranial direct current stimulation (tDCS), transcranial alternating current stimulation (tACS), and transcranial random noise stimulation (tRNS). tES can be either multi-focal or single focal. tES can be employed using any number of electrodes. Typically, the number of electrodes is from 1 to 256, but use of more than 256 electrodes is also contemplated in some embodiments of the present invention. In some embodiments of the present invention high-definition tES (HD-tES), such as, but not limited to, HD-tDCS, is employed.
The present embodiments also contemplate combining both transcranial stimulation and deep brain stimulation (DBS). These embodiments are useful since the transcranial stimulation (e.g. , tES, such as, but not limited to, tDCS or HD-tDCS) can improve the effectiveness of DBS. In some embodiments the transcranial stimulation (e.g. , tDCS or HD-tDCS) is executed before the DBS, wherein the closed-loop with the capsule analysis is used for identifying the effect of the stimulation on the brain. Once the effect is established DBS can be applied at locations at which the transcranial stimulation (e.g. , tDCS or HD-tDCS) is effective (e.g. , most effective). In some embodiments of the present invention the transcranial stimulation (e.g., tDCS or HD-tDCS) is applied simultaneously or intermittently with the DBS. This improves the effectiveness of the treatment by DBS. The combined stimulation (transcranial and DBS, e.g. , tES and DBS) can be achieved by means of the capsule analysis of the present embodiments wherein spatial regions of the set of capsules that are far from the location of the DBS electrodes are stimulated transcarnially, and spatial regions of the set of capsules that are near the location of the DBS electrodes are stimulated by the DBS electrodes. The combined stimulation (transcranial and DBS, e.g., tES and DBS) can be employed for activating and/or inhibiting activities in various regions in the brain, as manifested by the obtained capsules, either synchronously or independently. In some exemplary embodiments of the invention the combined stimulation (transcranial and DBS, e.g., tES and DBS) is employed such that the transcranial stimulation (e.g. , tDCS or HD-tDCS) is executed to control activation thresholds for the DBS . For example, the transcranial stimulation can lower the activation threshold at brain regions that are peripheral to the brain regions affected by DBS, thereby extending the effective range of the DBS. The transcranial stimulation can also increases the activation threshold at brain regions affected by DBS thereby controlling the stimulation path of the DBS.
DBS can optionally and preferably be employed to obtain neurophysiological data from the brain. These data can according to some embodiments of the present invention be used by the method to update the set of capsules.
The local stimulation can be at one or more locations corresponding to a spatial location of at least one of the capsules of the capsule network pattern. For example, the capsule network pattern can be analyzed to identify locations that correspond to a brain disorder. At these locations, local stimulation can be applied to reduce or eliminate the disorder. Alternatively, the local stimulation can be applied at locations corresponding to other capsules of the capsule network pattern. These other locations can be locations at which previous stimulations for the same subject or group of subjects have been proven to be successful in reducing or eliminating the disorder.
A representative example of application of local stimulation is in the case of pain. In these embodiments the local stimulation is applied to reduce or eliminate the pain. Thus, the capsule network pattern can be analyzed to identify capsules that correspond to pain, and the stimulation can be applied to locations that correspond to these capsules.
In some embodiments, a pain stimulus (such as heat stimulus) can be applied to the subject prior to or while acquiring the neurophysiological data. The capsule network pattern can be analyzed to identify capsules that correspond to the applied pain stimulus and the local stimulation can be at one or more locations corresponding to those identified capsules. These embodiments are useful, particularly, but not exclusively, for situations of chronic pain (e.g., fibromyalgia).
FIG. 32 is a schematic illustration of a system 320 for analyzing neurophysiological data. System 320 comprises a data processor 322, e.g. , a dedicated circuitry or a general purpose computer, configured for receiving the neurophysiological data, and executing at least some of the operations described herein. System 320 can comprise a sensing system 324 configured for sensing and/or recording the neurophysiological data and feeding data processor 322 with the data. In some embodiments of the present invention the system comprises a controller 326 connectable to a brain stimulation system 328. Controller 326 is optionally and preferably configured for controlling brain stimulation system 328 to apply local stimulation to the brain (not shown) responsively to the estimated brain function. The brain stimulation system 328 can be of any type, including, without limitation, transcranial stimulation system, tDCS system, HD-tDCS system, electrocortical stimulation system configured to apply electrocortical stimulation on the cortex, DBS system, and the like.
As used herein the term "about" refers to ± 10 %.
The word "exemplary" is used herein to mean "serving as an example, instance or illustration." Any embodiment described as "exemplary" is not necessarily to be construed as preferred or advantageous over other embodiments and/or to exclude the incorporation of features from other embodiments.
The word "optionally" is used herein to mean "is provided in some embodiments and not provided in other embodiments." Any particular embodiment of the invention may include a plurality of "optional" features unless such features conflict.
The terms "comprises", "comprising", "includes", "including", "having" and their conjugates mean "including but not limited to".
The term "consisting of means "including and limited to". The term "consisting essentially of" means that the composition, method or structure may include additional ingredients, steps and/or parts, but only if the additional ingredients, steps and/or parts do not materially alter the basic and novel characteristics of the claimed composition, method or structure.
As used herein, the singular form "a", "an" and "the" include plural references unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. For example, the term "a compound" or "at least one compound" may include a plurality of compounds, including mixtures thereof.
Throughout this application, various embodiments of this invention may be presented in a range format. It should be understood that the description in range format is merely for convenience and brevity and should not be construed as an inflexible limitation on the scope of the invention. Accordingly, the description of a range should be considered to have specifically disclosed all the possible subranges as well as individual numerical values within that range. For example, description of a range such as from 1 to 6 should be considered to have specifically disclosed subranges such as from 1 to 3, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 5, from 2 to 4, from 2 to 6, from 3 to 6 etc., as well as individual numbers within that range, for example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6. This applies regardless of the breadth of the range.
Whenever a numerical range is indicated herein, it is meant to include any cited numeral (fractional or integral) within the indicated range. The phrases "ranging/ranges between" a first indicate number and a second indicate number and "ranging/ranges from" a first indicate number "to" a second indicate number are used herein interchangeably and are meant to include the first and second indicated numbers and all the fractional and integral numerals therebetween. It is appreciated that certain features of the invention, which are, for clarity, described in the context of separate embodiments, may also be provided in combination in a single embodiment. Conversely, various features of the invention, which are, for brevity, described in the context of a single embodiment, may also be provided separately or in any suitable subcombination or as suitable in any other described embodiment of the invention. Certain features described in the context of various embodiments are not to be considered essential features of those embodiments, unless the embodiment is inoperative without those elements. Various embodiments and aspects of the present invention as delineated hereinabove and as claimed in the claims section below find experimental support in the following examples.
EXAMPLES
Reference is now made to the following examples, which together with the above descriptions illustrate some embodiments of the invention in a non limiting fashion.
EXAMPLE 1
Exemplified Spatio-Temporal Panellation (STEP) Procedure
The STEP Procedure of the present embodiments parcels the full spatial and temporal dimensions of the ERP into a set of unitary events, for example, externum points and their surroundings. The challenge of matching two or more biological time series collected from different subjects derives from the accepted existence of common hidden functional microstates and shifting times among subjects performing a common task. The panellation definition of STEP allows matching different signals without distorting signal shape and time dependency. Thus, a pool of microstate sets of group members can undergo clustering in order to define and isolate group-common templates.
The STEP Procedure of the present embodiments translates the relevant spatial spread and temporal dynamics in a natural way into a set of microstates, thereby addressing two drawbacks in conventional spatiotemporal analysis methods: the constraint of using the entire spatiotemporal map as a global state and the loss of time dynamics in the microstate.
Methods
Subjects
Two groups of healthy right handed male and female subjects, from two different centers, participated in the study. The first group included 40 subjects (17 males) with an age range of 23-64 years from Ra'anana, Israel and the second group included 60 subjects (30 males) with an age range of 15-24 years from Kansas, USA. All participants signed informed consent forms for undergoing the procedures, which were approved by the Ethics Committee of the respective centers. Task and data acquisition
All subjects underwent an auditory oddball task. In the auditory oddball target detection test, the subjects were requested to respond to auditory target stimuli that occur infrequently and irregularly within a series of standard stimuli. There were 600 trials of which 80% were 2000Hz stimuli (Frequent), 10% were 1000 Hz rare stimuli requiring a response (Target) and 10% were rare non-targets composed of various sounds (Novel). Stimuli were separated by 1500 ms intervals.
Subjects were requested to fixate on a sign in the middle of a screen. Sound was delivered using a headset and the sound level was set to 70 dB. Subjects of the first group went through three repeated sessions spaced one week apart.
EEG recordings were obtained using a 64-channel Biosemi Active Two system (Amsterdam, Netherlands). The sampling rate was 256Hz. The second group went through two repeated sessions and recordings were obtained using a HydroCel Geodesic Sensor Net of 128-channels and net amps 300 amplifier of EGI (Eugene, Oregon). The sampling rate was 250Hz.
Artifact removal procedure included noisy electrode removal (extensive ranges of amplitude outside the range of +100 μν or high dissimilarity to neighbor electrodes), noisy epoch removal (epochs with amplitude outside the range of +100 μν or if a channel's amplitude deviated from 7 STDs from its mean) and eye artifact correction using ICA. All artifact removal stages were done using EEGLAB software (v. 9.0.4s). Data Analysis
The data analysis procedure used in the present example according to some embodiments of the invention is illustrated in the block diagram of FIGs. 15. The procedure included pre-processing, single subject feature extraction, group clustering and single subject scoring (relative to group characteristics). Each of those stages can stand on its own, depending on different types of analysis.
For each subject, the ERPs were first decomposed into four conventional frequency bands, δ (0.5-4Hz), Θ (3-8Hz), a (7-13Hz) and β (12-30Hz). Linear-phase FIR filter design using least-squares error minimization and reverse digital filtering was used. Next, a high resolution spatial grid of the brain activity (33*37 pixels) was calculated. For each time sample, the activity of all recording electrodes was interpolated to a 2D grid according to the estimated projection of the 3D electrode array by use of cubic splines interpolation.
After pre-processing, the procedure extracted spatio-temporal events and their associated surroundings. A spatiotemporal event was defined as an extremum amplitude point (peak). The peak's surrounding was defined as all voxels around the peak (on the spatial 2D grid as well as on the time dimension) with activity higher than half the amplitude absolute value of the peak. The ensuing features that characterized each subject's brain activity were sets of all peaks and of encapsulated activity regions in time and space around the peak for each frequency band (FIG. 16, block B). These activity regions are referred to in this Example as capsules.
Block C represents a clustering operation in which the encapsulated brain activity regions were clustered for a group of subjects at a given frequency band. The input features for the clustering are all capsules of all subjects in the group. The clustering goal was to get a set of clusters, each representing a unitary event common to all members of the cluster.
In order to achieve this goal, a constraint of maximum participation of one unitary event per subject in a cluster was applied. Additional constraints included a maximum temporal window and spatial distance allowed in a cluster. The temporal windows were 200, 125, 77, 56 ms in accordance with the four frequency bands of δ, Θ, a and β, respectively. The spatial window was equivalent to the minimum distance between non-neighboring electrodes in the 10-20 system of 64 electrodes.
The clustering procedure contained 3 stages, as follows.
a. Map all optional clusters. The mapping was done under the constraints specified above and ignored clusters which were contained within higher quality clusters.
b. Implement a greedy procedure to choose the best clusters, in order to have a set of clusters that contains at least 70% of the subjects and without any peaks overlapping between clusters. The quality measure of a cluster was a factor of a combination of the number of participating subjects, the Euclidian distance between individual peaks and the peak's surroundings correlations in a cluster. A correlation between two peak's surroundings was calculated after normalizing the surroundings by the Global Field Power (GFP) as defined in Ref. [6] and alignment of the surroundings by their peaks.
c. Get a group representation. A group representation has the same characteristics as a single subject representation. In the present Example, the group representation was a set of capsules equal in number to the number of clusters achieved by the previous stage. A group's peak location was defined as the average of the peak locations of all members of the cluster. In order to arrive at a group's peak surroundings, an averaged surrounding was calculated. For each subject participating in the cluster, his original high resolution ERP was taken and aligned to the group's peak by the relevant subject's peak. Averaging of all aligned ERPs provided a new averaged high resolution ERP around the group's peak, from which the surroundings of the peak were extracted. The surrounding was extracted in the same manner as in a single subject. The final output of the clustering was a set of group common capsules, which were averages of the single subjects' capsules contained in each original cluster. This set of capsules characterized the group-common brain activity.
At block D, single subject scoring was calculated relative to the set of group- common capsules. A single subject representation was similar to that of a group in terms of peaks and surroundings, except for the group having means and SDs for the peaks locations. Naturally, a group had less unitary events than a single subject. The subject score was a weighted sum of the best match of his capsules to those of the group:
pairs of best
matched peaks
s score = ∑ (capsule _ corr{Si , Gj ) * Stemporal dist (Sf , Gj ) * Gamp weight (Gy ))
St ,Gj
where Si, j are the best matched pair of capsules found by the scoring algorithm of the single subject and group, respectively; capsule_corr(Si,Gj) equals zero if Speak(i), Gpeak(j) do not meet the constraints, and corr(SSUrr(i), Gsurr(j)) otherwise; Speak(i), Gpeak(j) are the spatio-temporal peaks of the single subject and the group, respectively; Ssurr(i), Gsurr(j) are the capsules of the single subject and the group, respectively; corr(-,-) is correlation normalized and aligned to the peak correlation; StemporaLdist is defined as:
S temporal _dist (S i > Gj ) = N (S peak M (G ^ (j)), <J2 (G p£ak (j))) ;
2 2
Ν(·; μ, σ ) is the normal distribution with μ,σ parameters; Gamp_weight is defined as: allpeaks
Gamp _WeiSht (G j ) = mean amp (G ' peak U)) ' Σ ^flW^ (G^ (£)) ; and meanampi is the mean of the amplitudes of the peaks in the cluster.
General Considerations
In lieu of a patient group for comparison with the normal one, the evoked response to the Novel stimulus was regarded as being a pathological variant of the normal Target response and the ability of the STEP procedure to correctly classify the two responses was tested.
Additionally, in order to test the general applicability of the method under less rigorous and more realistic conditions, only the ERPs of Group 1 subjects during their 3rd visit were used for creating the common templates. Members of Group 2 with its different age range, testing system, electrode number and placement and sampling rate were scored on those templates and the Target-Novel classification was applied on these members as well.
Results
Target group representation consisted of 15 capsules, 6 and 9 capsules in the Θ and a band, respectively. Novel group representation consisted of 14 capsules, 2, 5 and 7 in the δ, Θ and a bands, respectively. The relevant analysis time is 0 to 600 ms post- stimulus. Groups' capsules are shown in FIGs. 17A and 17B. Shown in FIGs. 17A and 17B, are the contour of the capsules of Target and Novel from the first group's 3rd visit. The Y-Z plane is the 2D brain activity grid, and the points in the middle of each capsule are the peaks.
The STEP procedure utilized in the present example successfully classified the Novel vs. Target responses. Clustering was performed on the first group's 3rd visit. The other 2 visits of the first group and the two visits of the second group were then classified against the ensuing group capsules, based on STEP scoring.
ROC curves were calculated for all group, visit and frequency band combinations. It became apparent that Θ band capsules were dominant in all combined- frequency scores and that they are better Novel-Target classifiers then other frequency bands (Table 1). The respective sensitivity and specificity values as derived from the cut-off points on the Θ band. ROC curve were 0.85 and 0.9 for the best classification (AUC = 0.947) and 0.73 and 0.65 for the worst (AUC = 0.77). Table 1
ROC curves AUC values for all frequencies.
Figure imgf000091_0001
The Θ band ROC curves for the 4 group-visit combinations are plotted in FIG. In FIG. 18, Gl and G2 denote group 1 and group 2, respectively, and VI and V2 denote the first and second visits, respectively. The blue circles are cut-off points of the ROC analysis. The associated statistical details of the ROC curves shown in FIG. 18 are listed in Table 2.
Table 2
ROC statistical details
Figure imgf000091_0002
Discussion
The STEP procedure utilized in algorithm produced stimulus-specific group activity templates. The procedure correctly classified closely related evoked responses. An improvement in classification can be achieved by locating and basing the score on capsules that show high differentiation characteristics.
Once the subject's ERP is satisfactorily represented, more than one evaluation modes can be employed to assess change (mainly deterioration) in the ERP over time. In some embodiments, a wide as possible baseline database is collect from the subject, against which each additional performance is optionally and preferably tested for conformity. In some embodiments of the present invention the widest common denominator in the response of a representative group of normal subjects is defined, and the evolution of the single subject's conformity to that of the group is followed. The inventive STEP procedure is useful in these embodiments since it allows grading the similarity between any two trials as well as between a single trial and a derived group- common template.
EXAMPLE 2
Following is a description of a technique suitable for various applications, including, without limitation, concussion management, according to some embodiments of the present invention. In some embodiments, the technique is demonstrated on a scopolamine induced cognitive impairment model.
The BNA technique of the present embodiments can be used to provide quantitative and/or qualitative outputs that are useful according to some embodiments of the present invention for monitoring brain activity of individual subjects over time.
The present inventors performed computer simulations and experiments directed to determine test-retest repeatability of the technique of the present embodiments, and for demonstrating the clinical applications offered by the technique of the present embodiments.
Methods
BNA Analysis
FIG. 19 is a block diagram describing the technique of the present embodiments. The Reference Brain Network Model is generated to serve as a reference baseline integrated into the computerized method of the present embodiments and used to calculate BNA Scores of individual subjects (layer 1). 40 healthy control subjects (18 males, 22 females) ages 23-64 were utilized for this purpose.
The Normative Database represents the change in BNA Scores (ΔΒΝΑ Scores) and is generated in order to determine the standard deviation (SEM) of BNA Scores over repeat test sessions to establish a reference for trend analysis (layer 2). 60 healthy control subjects (30 males, 30 females) ages 15-24 were utilized for this purpose. The trend analysis included a search for a best trend over a plurality of trend candidates. SEM cut-offs allow the clinician to estimate the degree of the relative changes of the BNA Scores over time for trend analysis of the electrophysiological brain activity (layer 3).
A BNA Analysis System generates according to some embodiments of the present invention quantitative scores from EEG data by comparing EEG activity of a group of normative subjects to a set of reference brain network models (Layer 1). These score can then be used to construct a normative database which typically constitutes at least these scores. The database can be utilized to determine statistical deviations (Layer 2). BNA score of individual subjects can then be compared to this database, to provide a tool for the assessment of trend analysis of electrophysiological changes over time (Layer 3).
The BNA Analysis of the present embodiments can be used for Revealing BNA patterns in groups of subjects, and/or for comparing brain activity of individual subjects to group BNAs. The comparison can include a qualitative output in the form of, for example, individual BNA patterns, and/or a quantitative output, in the form of, for example, one or more (e.g. , 2, 3, 4 or more) BNA scores.
A group BNA analysis can provide a Reference Brain Network Model (see, Layer 1 in Figure 19). A quantitative individual subject analysis can provide a normative database (Layer 2 in Figure 19). A quantitative and/or qualitative individual subject analysis can provide a trend analysis (Layer 3 in Figure 19).
FIG. 20 illustrates an outline of a functional network analysis, suitable for the present embodiments. In some embodiments of the present invention the BNA analysis comprises two independent processes: group pattern analysis (blue arrows) and individual subject evaluation (red arrows).
For the group analysis, the raw data (such as, but not limited to, EEG data) of each subject undergoes at least one of the following processing stages: (1) preprocessing (A-C - artifact removal, band-passing); (2) salient event extraction (D-E - discretization, normalization), and (3) network analysis (F-H - clustering, unitary events extraction, pair-pattern extraction, group-template formation) performed on the pooled salient events of all subjects (multiple blue arrows). The stages (l)-(3) are optionally and preferably executed consecutively. For the single subject level process, at least one of the following stages is preferably executed: a first and a second stage can be identical to those of the group level process (B-E), and a third stage, can include comparing the single subject activity to the set of templates issuing from the group analysis stage. The comparison optionally and preferably includes also calculating one or more scores describing the comparison. Cognitive Task
The task chosen for this study was the Auditory Oddball Task, but other tasks are not excluded from the scope of the present invention. FIG. 21 is a schematic representation of an Auditory Oddball Task used in this study. The task included 600 repetitive 1000ms auditory stimulations of which 80% were 2000Hz stimuli (Frequent - blue circles), 10% were 1000 Hz stimuli requiring a motor response (Target - red circles) and 10% were rare non-targets composed of various sounds (Novel - yellow star). The stimuli were separated by 1500 ms intervals. The sound was delivered through a headset at a sound pressure level of 70 dB.
Statistical Analysis
• Repeatability: Within-subject BNA score repeatability was assessed by computing the Intraclass Correlation.
• Normality Tests: Normality of ΔΒΝΑ distributions was evaluated using the Kolmogorov-Smirnov test of normality (p>.200) and validated with corresponding Q-Q plots.
• SEM Computation: The change over time in the BNA Scores of a subject/patient from baseline (ΔΒΝΑ) is evaluated in terms of standard error of measurements (SEM) against the Normative Database to determine likelihood of true change.
Results
Statistical Analysis of Normative database
FIG. 22 shows normative Database's Interclass Correlation (ICC) values for BNA scores in the two EEG-ERP sessions.
FIG. 23 shows Q-Q plot for the Connectivity ΔΒΝΑ scores of the Novel stimulus. The near-perfect linearity of the scattergram is strong evidence for normality. FIG. 24 shows frequency histogram for the Connectivity ΔΒΝΑ scores of the Novel stimulus. Frequency units are number of scores out of 60. One and two SEMs around the mean are shown by the red lines.
Repeatability of Normative Database: for all 12 BNA scores, the means of Visit 1 and Visit 2 were not significantly different. ICC values ranged from 0.47 to 0.83, with an average of 0.71 (SD = 0.10), see FIG. 22.
Normal Distribution of ΔΒΝΑ Scores in a Normative Database: The BNA Analysis System's normative database includes ΔΒΝΑ scores from the two consecutive EEG-ERP sessions. The normative database's ΔΒΝΑ scores were found to adhere to a Gaussian distribution for all 12 combinations of stimuli and scores, as inferred from the histograms and the Q-Q plots (FIGs. 23 and 24).
Determination of SEM: The computed 2SEM ranged from 16.04 to 40.62 (average=26.9) BNA score points. As the Normative Database ΔΒΝΑ scores follow a Gaussian distribution, it may be concluded with about 95% certainty that ΔΒΝΑ scores which fall outside of the 2SEM range are not a result of random variation (FIG. 24).
Clinical Applications
Part A: Simulation
A subject was randomly selected from the normative database. The Target and Novel stimuli were then manipulated by gradually attenuating amplitude and increasing latency. This effectively simulated changes that can occur in a variety of clinical conditions. A Multi-channel Matching Pursuit was then utilized at all 64 simulated scalp locations.
The resulting changes in BNA Scores following successive manipulation steps were then calculated and evaluated against SEM values derived from the normative database.
FIG. 25 shows a reconstructed ERP at Fz channel of a randomly chosen healthy subject from the normative database following a 6-step graded manipulation (combined amplitude decline and latency delay) of the P300 component in response to the Novel stimulus. The top curve is the original non-manipulated trace.
The simulation results are shown in FIGs. 26A-B. FIG. 26A shows plots of 4
ΔΒΝΑ score values (Manipulation Level BNA score - baseline BNA score) as a function of the extent of manipulation. The boxed areas designate +1SEM and +2SEM thresholds derived from the normative BNA database. FIG. 26B shows the dependence of individual qualitative maps on the degree of manipulation. Red dots on group template designate scalp locations involved in event-pairs (joined by lines). Red dots on individual maps designates event-pairs common to the group template, the thickness of joining lines denoting how close the match is in terms of amplitude and timing.
As shown in FIGs. 26A-B, the individual qualitative maps became increasingly less complex and less resembling of the group template as manipulation progressed. Accordingly, the ΔΒΝΑ scores were generally shown to diminish in line with the extent of manipulation.
Part B - Cognitive impairment model
A pharmacological model study included 13 healthy volunteers of both genders, Aged 18-45. The volunteers were subjected to 3 Consecutive BNA sessions were, 1 week apart. A first session was used as a baseline, one of the two other sessions included administration of scopolamine (0.4mg), and the other of the two other sessions included administration of placebo. The second and third sessions were at random order, double blind. ΔΒΝΑ Score values (Baseline - Placebo and Baseline - Drug) were evaluated against SEM values.
FIG. 27 shows pharmacological model results. Shown are Plots of the ΔΒΝΑ (Baseline - treatment) connectivity score values for the Novel response. Each symbol is a single subject, tested once following Drug and once following Placebo. Horizontal lines are +1, 1.5 & 2SEM thresholds, derived from the normative BNA database.
The Results are presented for the Novel stimulus. Novelty processing is known to be particularly vulnerable to cognitive decline. Eight out of 13 patients receiving scopolamine had post-treatment BNA scores more than 2 SEM lower than the baseline score, as compared to only 2 patients receiving placebo.
Conclusions
The present example demonstrates that the BNA technique of the present embodiments has a high test-retest repeatability. The present example demonstrates that the BNA technique of the present embodiments can be utilized to follow clinically meaningful changes in brain activity of individual subjects. The present example demonstrates that a change in BNA Scores from baseline over time, as calculated in accordance with some embodiments of the present invention can aid for monitoring disease states, particularly for concussion management.
EXAMPLE 3
Exemplified Experimental Study for Sport-Related Concussion
This experimental study evaluated the efficacy of BNA analysis of the present embodiments to discriminate between concussed and non-concussed athletes over multiple time periods.
Little is known about changes in brain activity and connectivity following a sport-related concussion. Event Related Potentials (ERPs), which are temporal reflections of electrophysiological response to stimuli, may provide valuable insight to the pathophysiological events that underlie concussion. The BNA pattern of the present embodiments can be utilized for identifying and optionally tracking the recovery following sport-related concussion.
A schematic flowchart of the employed technique is illustrated in FIG. 28. High density EEG data are collected while the subject performed specific computerized cognitive tasks. The EEG data are then processed according to some embodiments of the present invention and a set of spatio-temporal activity patterns representing the activated brain networks is extracted. The single subject patterns are scored against a task matched and age matched Reference Brain Network (N=>90) to generate a BNA score.
Methodology
Participants and Procedures
Participants comprised 35 concussed patients and 19 control athletes. University IRB was obtained prior to study. All athletes underwent computerized neurocognitive testing, symptom assessment, and electrophysiological (EEG/ERP) assessment while performing three cognitive tasks: 1) Auditory Oddball, 2) Visual GoNoGo, and 3) Sternberg Memory; within 10 days, 11-17 days, 18-24 days, and 25-31 days post- concussion.
Data Analysis
Brain networks associated with sport-related concussion were first identified. Interclass Correlation (ICC) values were calculated to evaluate the stability of the BNA scores in healthy controls across all post-concussion visits. The ability to discriminate the brain network activity between concussed athletes and matched controls was evaluated with a Receiver Operating Characteristic (ROC) analysis.
Results
The BNA corresponding to the "GO" event in the GoNogo task and the BNA corresponding to the "Frequent" event in the Auditory Oddball task demonstrated the best ability to discriminate between concussed athletes and matched controls. FIG. 29A shows the selected reference BNA for the Go/NoGo task, and FIG. 29B shows the selected reference BNA for the Auditory Oddball task.
The BNA scores related to the temporal unfolding of the network activity (absolute timing from stimuli and relative timing of electrophysiological events) were most sensitive to the concussive effect. FIG. 30 shows the reference BNA patterns used to generate BNA Scores.
The InterClass Correlation (ICC) for the control groups revealed a high level of repeatability demonstrating stability of the BNA scores for this group across four visits. ICC scores ranged from 0.66-0.69.
FIGs. 30A-D show group average BNA scores (% similarity to the reference BNA) across 4 visits for the concussed group (n=35) and the control group (n=19). A significant segregation of BNA scores between the concussed and control group were observed on visit 1 (within an average of 7.7 days post concussion) and converge across the follow up visits.
The sensitivity and specificity for the BNA patterns are shown in FIGs. 31A-D. ROC analysis demonstrated a high discrimination between concussed athletes and healthy controls. The sensitivity ranged from about 0.74 to about 0.85 and the specificity ranged from about 0.58 to about 0.68 with AUC values ranging from about 0.70 to about 0.76.
EXAMPLE 4
Exemplified Feature Selection Procedure
A feature selection procedure was applied according to some embodiments of the present invention to reduce the dimensionality of a capsule network pattern. Methods
Subjects
About 110 subjects (ages 14-24) were recruited from the following three centers: York University, University of Pittsburg Medical Center (UPMC) and Vince & Associates Clinical Research (Kansas, USA). For the purpose of the study the Auditory Oddball, Auditory Go/No-Go, and Sternberg tasks were used. The training of the feature selection was performed on data from 35 concussed and 20 controls from UPMC.
Tasks
In the oddball task, three auditory stimuli were randomly presented in a probabilistic fashion, at an average rate of 1 stimulus every 1.5 sec. About 80% of the stimuli were pure tones of 2000Hz ("standard"), about 10% of the stimuli were pure tones of lOOOHz ("target"), and about 10% of the stimuli were environmental sounds ("novel"), such as telephone ringing or dog bark, different for each stimulus presentation. The subjects responded by pressing a button with his/her right index finger.
In the Auditory Go/No-Go task, for each trial, either a Go or a NoGo stimulus was presented. The No-Go stimulus was relatively rare (about 20% of the occurrences) in comparison to the Go stimulus. No-Go cues required subjects to inhibit a prepared motoric act and Go cues were the stimuli to which subjects were asked to respond as quickly as possible.
In the Sternberg memory task, the subjects were presented with a memory set which included several serially displayed stimuli. After a short retention interval, a probe stimulus was presented. The subjects were asked to press one key if the probe was present in the memory set and another key otherwise (50% "yes"). Difficulty level was manipulated by the number of stimuli in the memory set.
Data Analysis
Panellation was applied to the activity related features to define capsules as further detailed hereinabove. Feature selection was applied to the capsules corresponding to all events of all subjects, to provide group characteristics followed by single-subject scoring. An event was defined as an extremum point in the spatiotemporal amplitude space and its associated surroundings. The features that characterize each subject's brain activity were defined as the sets of all capsules (peaks and encapsulated activity regions in time and space around the peak). The features were sorted by the combined sum of the area under the curve (AUC) of a receiver operating characteristic (ROC) curve and Intra Class-Correlation (ICC) using a forward model.
In a second study, the training set was applied to examine repeatability and negative predictive value (NPV). The NPV was defined as a summary statistic that describes the probability that subjects with a negative test result do not have the disease and are correctly diagnosed. In this study the features were sorted by the combined sum of the AUC and ICC values.
Results
FIG. 35 shows one example of extracted spatiotemporal peaks in different frequency bands for the No-Go stimulus.
The measures of differentiation (AUC) and repeatability (ICC) for each stimulus in the three cognitive tasks ranged between about 0.7 to 0.9 (except for the Target's ICC) and are given in Table 3, below.
Table 3
Figure imgf000100_0001
Differentiation is graphically displayed in FIGs. 36A-C for exemplary stimuli from the different tasks (blue line = healthy controls; red line = concussed). In FIGs. 36A-C, a clear separation is shown between concussed and healthy controls in the first visit in all three stimulus types. This separation was diminished in subsequent visits but was still evident in the second visit in the Novel (FIG. 36A) and Sternberg (FIG. 36C) stimuli.
For the second study, training for NPV allowed to extract capsule networks that identify an individual without concussion with high precision. That is, the capsule networks accurately determined that an individual with a negative test result based on the networks is indeed not concussed. The features achieved a good NPV score of 0.72. It was found by the present inventors that capsule networks which are the outcome of training for NPV can aide in decision making. For example, when the subject is an athlete diagnosed as having a sport-related concussion, the capsule networks can aid in deciding whether the athlete can return to sport activity.
EXAMPLE 5
Exemplified Experimental Study for Analysis and Treatment of Pain
A study directed to the analysis and treatment of pain has been conducted according to some embodiments of the present invention.
In the study, evoked potentials were obtained by applying heat stimuli. The evoked potentials are referred to as contact heat evoked potentials (CHEPs). Tactile stimulus was applied by PATHWAY-CHEPS sensory evaluation system (Medoc Ltd., Ramat-Yishai Israel). The technique of the present embodiments was applied to generate BNA patterns before during and after the application of heat stimuli. The study included HD-tDCS treatment guided by the obtained BNA patterns. HD-tDCS was applied by Soterix 4xls (Soterix, New York, USA) using 2.0mA of current.
The electrodes used for HD-tDCS were Ag/ AgCl sintered ring electrodes (EL- TP-RNG Sintered; Stens Biofeedback Inc, San Rafael, CA). The electrodes were held in place by specially designed plastic casings embedded in a modular EEG recording cap. The center electrode (anode) was placed over C3 (International 10/20 Electroencephalogram System), which corresponded approximately to the location of the primary motor cortex. Four return electrodes (cathode) were placed in a radius of approximately 7.5 cm from the center electrode to focus the stimulation under the target area. Their locations corresponded roughly to Cz, F3, T7, and P3.
FIG. 37 shows a visual analog scale (VAS) used in the study, and FIG. 38 shows the area at which heat stimulus was applied. FIG. 38 is an anterior view of a human subject on which several areas are indicated. In the present study the C5-C6 dermatome was stimulated, about 4cm down from the antecubital fossa. Both high and low temperatures were used. A map of the electrodes that were used to collect the neurophysiological data is illustrated in FIG. 39.
FIG. 40 is a flowchart diagram describing the protocol used in the study. Pre- screening was performed by phone to determine eligibility. The target enrollment was 15 subjects. In the first visit (duration about 1.5 hours), baseline assessment was performed without stimulation. In this visit a baseline BNA pattern was constructed according to some embodiments of the present invention for each subject, as well as for the group of subjects. Data were collected using an electrode cap having the electrode map shown in FIG. 39.
In the following visits (duration about 0.5-1.5 hours per visit), heat stimulations were applied as illustrated in FIG. 38. Additionally, active anodal tDCS was applied once per visit. Non-responder assessment has been performed following the stimulation of the 11th, the 16th, 21st, 24th and 27th visits. All subjects had follow-up visits either after response or after the 27th visit (whichever came first).
The reported VAS as a function of the numerical pain scale is shown in FIG. 41, where the filled circles represent VAS after treatment with HD-tDCS. As shown, there is a correlation between the acute pain score (NPS) and chronic pain score VAS. This demonstrates that a treatment guided by the acute pain can be effective also to reduce chronic pain. Thus, a pain stimulus (such as heat stimulus) can be applied to the subject prior to or while acquiring the neurophysiological data. The BNA pattern can be analyzed to identify nodes that correspond to the applied pain stimulus and the local stimulation can be based on the identify nodes.
FIG. 42 shows the BNA score, the VAS and the quality of life rating scale, before treatment (baseline), after the 5th treatment session and after the 10th treatment session. As shown, the BNA score is indicative of pain reduction and quality of life improvement.
FIG. 43 shows the changes in the BNA scores after the first visit. Each subject for which the BNA score was significantly increased, was declared as "responder," and each subject for which the BNA score was significantly reduced was defined as "non- responder."
A representative Example of a subject declared as responder is shown in FIGs. 44A-44D, where FIG. 44A shows BNA score weighted by connectivity, FIG. 44B shows BNA score weighted by amplitude, FIG. 44C shows the BNA score as a function of NPS at low temperature and FIG. 44D shows the BNA score as a function of NPS at high temperature. The temperature for the high CHEPs was 52 °C (shown in red), and the temperatures for the low CHEPs was 49 °C (shown in blue). As shown, there is a reduction in the BNA score both during treatment (see, e.g., visit 7) and between treatments (see, e.g., between visit 2 and visit 11). Thus, the BNA patterns becomes more different than the BNA pattern that is characteristic to pain. This demonstrates that the subject is responsive to treatment, whereby the stimulation reduces the pain.
A representative Example of a subject declared as non-responder is shown in FIGs. 45A-45C, where FIG. 45 A shows BNA score weighted by connectivity, FIG. 45B shows the BNA score as a function of NPS at low temperature and FIG. 45C shows the BNA score as a function of NPS at high temperature. The temperature for the high CHEPs was 47 °C (shown in red), and the temperature for the low CHEPs was 45 °C (shown in blue).
This example demonstrates that acute model of pain can be used to treat chronic pain. Acute pain is induced and the response is identified in the brain (via the BNA pattern or capsule network pattern). FIG. 42 shows that BNA change (and thus the electrophysiology behind acute pain) correlates to chronic pain measures (the VAS), and FIGs. 44C-D and 45B-C show the relation between BNA score and the NPS score (acute pain).
REFERENCE
[1] F. H. Duffy, "Topographic display of evoked potentials: clinical applications of brain electrical activity mapping (BEAM)", Annals of the New York Academy of Science, vol. 388, pp. 183-96, June, 1982.
[2] D. Lehmann, "Principles of spatial analysis", in Methods of Analysis of Brain
Electrical and Magnetic Signals, A. S. Gevins, A. Remond, Eds. Amsterdam:
Elsevier, 1987. pp. 309-54.
[3] K. J. Friston, J. T. Ashburner, S. J. Kiebel, T.E. Nichols and W.D. Penny,
"Statistical parametric mapping: the analysis of functional brain images",
London: Academic Press, 2001.
[4] K. E. Stephan, L. M. Harrison, S. J. Kiebel, O. David, W. D. Penny and K.
J. Friston, "Dynamic causal models of neural system dynamics: current state and future extensions", Journal of Biosciences, vol. 32, no. 1, pp. 129-144, January
2007. [5] C. M. Michel, M, Seeck and T. Landis. "Spatio-temporal dynamics of human cognition", News in Physiological Sciences, vol. 14, pp. 206-214, October 1999.
[6] D. Brunet, M. M. Murray and C. M. Michel, "Spatiotemporal analysis of multichannel EEG: CARTOOL", Computational Intelligence & Neuroscience, vol. 2011, pp. 813-870, January 2011.
[7] C. D. Woody, "Characterization of an adaptive filter for the analysis of variable latency neuroelectric signals", Medical & Biological Engineering, vol. 5, no. 6, pp. 539-554, November 1967.
[8] R. Bellman and R. Kalaba, "On adaptive control processes", IRE Trans on
Automatic Control, vol. 4, no. 2 pp. 1-9, November 1959.
[9] A. Efrat, Q. Fan and S. Venkatasubramanian, "Curve matching, time warping and light fields: New algorithms for computing similarity between curves",
Journal of Mathematical & Imaging Visualization, vol. 27, no. 3, pp. 203-216,
April 2007.
[10] D. Comaniciu and P. Meer, "Mean Shift: A robust approach toward feature space analysis", IEEE Trans on Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence, vol.
24, no. 5, pp. 603-619, May 2002.
[11] J. Polich, "Updating p300: An integrative theory of p3a and p3b", Clinical
Neurophysiology, vol. 118, no. 10, pp. 2128 - 2148, October 2007.
[12] D. J. Linden, "The P300: Where in the Brain Is It Produced and What Does It
Tell. Us?" The Neuroscientist, vol. l i no. 6 pp. 563-576, November 2005.
Although the invention has been described in conjunction with specific embodiments thereof, it is evident that many alternatives, modifications and variations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. Accordingly, it is intended to embrace all such alternatives, modifications and variations that fall within the spirit and broad scope of the appended claims.
All publications, patents and patent applications mentioned in this specification are herein incorporated in their entirety by reference into the specification, to the same extent as if each individual publication, patent or patent application was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated herein by reference. In addition, citation or identification of any reference in this application shall not be construed as an admission that such reference is available as prior art to the present invention. To the extent that section headings are used, they should not be construed as necessarily limiting.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A method of analyzing neurophysiological data recorded from a brain of a subject, the method being executed by a data processor and comprising:
identifying activity-related features in the data;
parceling the data according to said activity-related features to define a plurality of capsules, each representing a spatiotemporal activity region in the brain;
comparing at least some of said defined capsules to at least one reference capsule; and
estimating a brain function of the subject based on said comparison.
2. The method according to claim 1, wherein said comparison comprises calculating, for each of said at least some of said defined capsules, a statistical score of a spatiotemporal vector corresponding to said capsule using multidimensional statistical distribution describing a respective database capsule.
3. The method according to claim 2, wherein each entry of said database is also associated with a weight, and the method further comprises weighing said statistical score using said weight.
4. The method according to any of claims 2 and 3, further comprising calculating a correlation between said capsule and a respective database capsule.
5. The method according to any of claims 1-4, wherein said comparison is executed irrespective of any inter-capsule relation.
6. The method according to claim 5, wherein said inter-capsule relation comprises at least one of spatial proximity between two defined capsules, temporal proximity between two defined capsules, spectral proximity between two defined capsules, and energetic proximity between two defined capsules.
7. The method according to any of claims 1-3, further comprising determining inter-capsule relations among said capsules, and constructing a capsule network pattern responsively to said inter-capsule relations, wherein said database comprises database capsule network patterns, and where said comparison comprises comparing said constructed pattern to said database pattern.
8. The method according to claim 4, further comprising determining inter- capsule relations among said capsules, and constructing a capsule network pattern responsively to said inter-capsule relations, wherein said database comprises database capsule network patterns, and where said comparison comprises comparing said constructed pattern to said database pattern.
9. The method according to any of claims 1-8, wherein said at least one reference capsule comprises an annotated database capsule stored in a database having a plurality of entries, and the method further comprises accessing said database.
10. The method according to any of claims 1-3, wherein said at least one reference capsule comprises a baseline capsule defined using neurophysiological data acquired from the same subject at a different time, and the method comprises comparing the variation of said capsule relative to said baseline capsule, to a previously stored variation of a first capsule annotated as normal and a second capsule also annotated as normal.
11. The method according to any of claims 1-9, wherein said at least one reference capsule comprises a baseline capsule defined using neurophysiological data acquired from the same subject at a different time.
12. The method according to claim 11, further comprising comparing the variation of said capsule relative to said baseline capsule, to a previously stored variation of a first capsule annotated as normal and a second capsule also annotated as normal.
13. The method according to any of claims 1-3, wherein said at least one reference capsule comprises a capsule defined using neurophysiological data acquired form a different subject.
14. The method according to any of claims 4-11, wherein said at least one reference capsule comprises a capsule defined using neurophysiological data acquired form a different subject.
15. The method according to any of claims 1-8, further comprising:
constructing a brain network activity (BNA) pattern having a plurality of nodes, each representing a feature of said activity-related features;
assigning a connectivity weight to each pair of nodes in said BNA pattern;
comparing said constructed BNA to at least one reference BNA pattern;
wherein said estimation of said a brain function of the subject is also based on said comparison to said reference BNA.
16. The method according to claim 15, wherein said at least one reference BNA pattern comprises an annotated BNA pattern stored in a BNA database having a plurality of entries, and the method further comprises accessing said database.
17. The method according to any of claims 15 and 16, wherein said at least one reference BNA pattern comprises a baseline BNA pattern extracted from neurophysiological data acquired from the same subject at a different time.
18. The method according to any of claims 15-17, wherein said at least one reference BNA pattern comprises a BNA pattern extracted from neurophysiological data acquired form a different subject or a group of subjects.
19. The method according to any of claims 1-18, further comprising, prior to said comparison, applying a feature selection procedure to said plurality of capsules to provide at least one sub-set of capsules, wherein said comparison is executed separately for each of said at least one sub-set of capsules.
20. The method according to any of claims 1-19, wherein said brain function is a temporary abnormal brain function.
21. The method according to any of claims 1-19, wherein said brain function is a chronic abnormal brain function.
22. The method according to any of claims 1-19, wherein said brain function is a response to a stimulus or lack thereof.
23. The method according to any of claims 1-22, comprising assessing the likelihood of brain concussion.
24. The method according to claim 1, comprising applying local stimulation to the brain responsively to said estimated brain function, said local stimulation being at one or more locations corresponding to a spatial location of at least one of said capsules.
25. The method according to any of claims 1-22, comprising applying local stimulation to the brain responsively to said estimated brain function.
26. The method according to claim 25, wherein said local stimulation is at one or more locations corresponding to a spatial location of at least one of said capsules.
27. The method according to any of claims 25 and 26, wherein said estimation of said brain function is executed repeatedly, and the method comprises varying said local stimulation responsively to variations in said brain function.
28. The method according to any of claims 25-27, wherein said local stimulation comprises transcranial stimulation.
29. The method according to any of claims 25-27, wherein said local stimulation comprises transcranial direct current stimulation (tDCS).
30. The method according to any of claims 25-27, wherein said local stimulation comprises high-definition transcranial direct current stimulation (HD-tDCS).
31. The method according to any of claims 25-28, wherein said local stimulation comprises electrocortical stimulation on the cortex.
32. The method according to any of claims 25-28, wherein said local stimulation comprises deep brain stimulation.
33. The method according to any of claims 25-28, wherein said local stimulation comprises both transcranial stimulation and deep brain stimulation, and wherein said transcranial stimulation is executed to control activation thresholds for said deep brain stimulation.
34. The method according to claim 24, wherein said local stimulation comprises both transcranial stimulation and deep brain stimulation, and wherein said transcranial stimulation is executed to control activation thresholds for said deep brain stimulation.
35. A method of constructing a database from neurophysiological data recorded from a group of subjects, the method being executed by a data processor and comprising:
identifying activity-related features in the data;
parceling the data according to said activity-related features to define a plurality of capsules, each representing a spatiotemporal activity region in the brain;
clustering the data according to said capsules, to provide a plurality of capsule clusters; and
storing said clusters and/or representations thereof in a computer readable medium, thereby forming the database.
36. The method according to claim 35, wherein said representations of said clusters comprises capsular representations of said clusters.
37. The method according to any of claim 35 and 36, further comprising determining inter-capsule relations among said capsules, and constructing capsule network patterns responsively to said inter-capsule relations, wherein said representations of said clusters comprise said capsule network patterns.
38. The method according to any of claims 35 and 36, wherein said parceling comprises forming a spatial grid, associating each identified activity-related feature with a grid element and a time point, and defining a capsule corresponding to said identified activity-related feature as a spatiotemporal activity region encapsulating grid elements nearby said associated grid element and time points nearby said associated time points.
39. The method according to claim 37, wherein said parceling comprises forming a spatial grid, associating each identified activity-related feature with a grid element and a time point, and defining a capsule corresponding to said identified activity-related feature as a spatiotemporal activity region encapsulating grid elements nearby said associated grid element and time points nearby said associated time points.
40. The method according to claim 39, wherein said grid elements nearby said associated grid element comprise all grid elements at which an amplitude level of said activity-related feature is within a predetermined threshold range.
41. The method according to any of claims 39 and 40, wherein said time points nearby said associated time point comprise all time points at which an amplitude level of said activity-related feature is within a predetermined threshold range.
42. The method according to any of claims 39-41, wherein said spatial grid is a two-dimensional spatial grid.
43. The method according to any of claims 39-42, wherein said spatial grid is a two-dimensional spatial grid describing a scalp of the subject.
44. The method according to any of claims 39-42, wherein said spatial grid is a two-dimensional spatial grid describing an intracranial surface of the subject.
45. The method according to any of claims 39-41, wherein said spatial grid is a three-dimensional spatial grid.
46. The method according to any of claims 39-41, wherein said spatial grid is a three-dimensional spatial grid describing an intracranial volume of the subject.
47. The method according to claim 39, wherein said parceling comprises applying frequency decomposition to the data to provide a plurality of frequency bands, wherein said association of said identified activity-related feature and said definition of said capsule is executed separately for each frequency band.
48. The method according to any of claims 40-46, wherein said parceling comprises applying frequency decomposition to the data to provide a plurality of frequency bands, wherein said association of said identified activity-related feature and said definition of said capsule is executed separately for each frequency band.
49. The method according to claim 39, wherein said parceling comprises associating each identified activity-related feature with a frequency value, and wherein said capsule corresponding to said identified activity-related feature is defined as spectral- spatio temporal activity region encapsulating grid elements nearby said associated grid element, time points nearby said associated time points and frequency values nearby said associated frequency value.
50. The method according to any of claims 40-46, wherein said parceling comprises associating each identified activity-related feature with a frequency value, and wherein said capsule corresponding to said identified activity-related feature is defined as spectral-spatiotemporal activity region encapsulating grid elements nearby said associated grid element, time points nearby said associated time points and frequency values nearby said associated frequency value.
51. A system for processing neurophysiological data, comprising a data processor configured for receiving the neurophysiological data, and executing the method according to any of claims 1-50.
52. A computer software product, comprising a computer-readable medium in which program instructions are stored, which instructions, when read by a data processor, cause the data processor to receive the neurophysiological data and execute the method according to any of claims 1-50.
53. A system for analyzing neurophysiological data recorded from a brain of a subject, the system comprises a data processor configured for:
identifying activity-related features in the data;
parceling the data according to said activity-related features to define a plurality of capsules, each representing a spatiotemporal activity region in the brain;
comparing at least some of said defined capsules to at least one reference capsule; and
estimating a brain function of the subject based on said comparison.
54. The system of claim 53, further comprising a controller connectable to a brain stimulation system and configured for controlling said brain stimulation system to apply local stimulation to the brain responsively to said estimated brain function.
55. The system according to claim 54, wherein said controller is configured to control said brain stimulation system to apply said local stimulation at one or more locations corresponding to a spatial location of at least one of said capsules.
56. The system according to any of claims 54 and 55, wherein said estimation of said brain function is executed repeatedly, and said controller is configured to vary said local stimulation responsively to variations in said brain function.
57. The system according to any of claims 54-56, wherein said brain stimulation system comprises a transcranial stimulation system.
58. The system according to any of claims 54-56, wherein said brain stimulation system comprises a transcranial direct current stimulation (tDCS) system.
59. The system according to any of claims 54-56, wherein said local stimulation comprises high-definition transcranial direct current stimulation (HD-tDCS).
60. The system according to any of claims 54-59, wherein said brain stimulation system comprises an electrocortical stimulation system configured to apply electrocortical stimulation on the cortex.
61. The system according to any of claims 54-60, wherein said brain stimulation system comprises a deep brain stimulation system.
62. The system according to any of claims 54-61, wherein said brain stimulation system is configured to apply both transcranial stimulation and deep brain stimulation, and wherein said controller is configured to control said brain stimulation system to apply said transcranial stimulation to control activation thresholds for said deep brain stimulation.
PCT/IL2013/050939 2012-11-13 2013-11-13 Neurophysiological data analysis using spatiotemporal parcellation WO2014076698A1 (en)

Priority Applications (7)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP13855226.0A EP2919647B1 (en) 2012-11-13 2013-11-13 Neurophysiological data analysis using spatiotemporal parcellation
CN201380070305.3A CN104955388B (en) 2012-11-13 2013-11-13 The neurophysiological data analysis divided using space-time
BR112015010990A BR112015010990A2 (en) 2012-11-13 2013-11-13 '' neurophysiological data analysis using spatiotemporal splitting ''
JP2015541302A JP6452612B2 (en) 2012-11-13 2013-11-13 System for analyzing neurophysiological data, method for constructing a database from neurophysiological data, computer-readable medium
US14/442,407 US10136830B2 (en) 2012-11-13 2013-11-13 Neurophysiological data analysis using spatiotemporal parcellation
IL238818A IL238818B (en) 2012-11-13 2015-05-13 Neurophysiological data analysis using spatiotemporal parcellation
US16/168,882 US11583217B2 (en) 2012-11-13 2018-10-24 Neurophysiological data analysis using spatiotemporal parcellation

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201261725614P 2012-11-13 2012-11-13
US61/725,614 2012-11-13
US201361760101P 2013-02-03 2013-02-03
US61/760,101 2013-02-03

Related Child Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/442,407 A-371-Of-International US10136830B2 (en) 2012-11-13 2013-11-13 Neurophysiological data analysis using spatiotemporal parcellation
US16/168,882 Division US11583217B2 (en) 2012-11-13 2018-10-24 Neurophysiological data analysis using spatiotemporal parcellation

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014076698A1 true WO2014076698A1 (en) 2014-05-22

Family

ID=50730676

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/IL2013/050939 WO2014076698A1 (en) 2012-11-13 2013-11-13 Neurophysiological data analysis using spatiotemporal parcellation

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (2) US10136830B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2919647B1 (en)
JP (1) JP6452612B2 (en)
KR (1) KR20150085007A (en)
CN (1) CN104955388B (en)
BR (1) BR112015010990A2 (en)
WO (1) WO2014076698A1 (en)

Cited By (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2015071901A3 (en) * 2013-11-13 2015-07-09 Elminda Ltd. Method and system for managing pain
WO2016046830A3 (en) * 2014-09-28 2016-08-18 Elminda Ltd. Brain stimulation tool configuration
GB2537030A (en) * 2015-03-04 2016-10-05 Ibm Analyzer for behavioral analysis and parameterization of neural stimulation
US20160331295A1 (en) * 2015-05-12 2016-11-17 International Business Machines Corporation Detection of a traumatic brain injury with a mobile device
US20180053049A1 (en) * 2016-08-19 2018-02-22 Korea University Research And Business Foundation Apparatus and method for detecting brain fingerprint using causal connectivity of brainwave
US10136830B2 (en) 2012-11-13 2018-11-27 Elminda Ltd. Neurophysiological data analysis using spatiotemporal parcellation
CN109587651A (en) * 2018-12-26 2019-04-05 中国电建集团河南省电力勘测设计院有限公司 A kind of collecting network data of wireless sensor algorithm
US10653353B2 (en) 2015-03-23 2020-05-19 International Business Machines Corporation Monitoring a person for indications of a brain injury
US11198018B2 (en) 2016-09-27 2021-12-14 Mor Research Applications Ltd. EEG microstates for controlling neurological treatment
JP2022027267A (en) * 2020-07-31 2022-02-10 株式会社リコー Biological information measurement apparatus, biological information measurement method, and biological information measurement program
WO2022265977A1 (en) * 2021-06-15 2022-12-22 Boston Scientific Neuromodulation Corporation Methods and systems for estimating neural activation by stimulation using a stimulation system
IT202200023925A1 (en) * 2022-11-21 2024-05-21 Ospedale San Raffaele Srl Method for analyzing a user's reaction to at least one stimulus
US12042293B2 (en) 2016-09-27 2024-07-23 Mor Research Applications Ltd. EEG microstates analysis

Families Citing this family (54)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8593141B1 (en) 2009-11-24 2013-11-26 Hypres, Inc. Magnetic resonance system and method employing a digital squid
US8970217B1 (en) 2010-04-14 2015-03-03 Hypres, Inc. System and method for noise reduction in magnetic resonance imaging
US20140275960A1 (en) * 2013-03-13 2014-09-18 David R. Hubbard Functional magnetic resonance imaging biomarker of neural abnormality
JP5641629B1 (en) * 2013-10-31 2014-12-17 株式会社アラヤ・ブレイン・イメージング Personal characteristic prediction system, personal characteristic prediction method and program
CA2971228A1 (en) * 2013-12-16 2015-06-25 Inbubbles Inc. Space time region based communications
KR20150128471A (en) * 2014-05-09 2015-11-18 삼성전자주식회사 Apparatus and method for supporting rehabilitaion of patient with brain demage
US10071245B1 (en) * 2015-01-05 2018-09-11 Hrl Laboratories, Llc Thinking cap: combining personalized, model-driven, and adaptive high definition trans-cranial stimulation (HD-tCS) with functional near-infrared spectroscopy (fNIRS) and electroencephalography (EEG) brain state measurement and feedback
US9878155B1 (en) * 2015-01-05 2018-01-30 Hrl Laboratories, Llc Method for neurostimulation enhanced team performance
EP3302227B1 (en) * 2015-06-05 2021-08-11 S2 Cognition, Inc. Apparatus to measure fast-paced performance of people
US10470696B1 (en) * 2015-06-17 2019-11-12 John McCraw Method for assessing interpersonal rapport and compatibility using brain waves
IL296167A (en) * 2016-02-21 2022-11-01 Tech Innosphere Eng Ltd Noninvasive electric brain stimulation system
EP3589356B1 (en) 2016-04-11 2023-07-26 Monash University Transcranial stimulation with real-time monitoring
US10376221B2 (en) * 2016-07-06 2019-08-13 Biosense Webster (Israel) Ltd. Automatic creation of multiple electroanatomic maps
WO2018027151A1 (en) * 2016-08-04 2018-02-08 The General Hospital Corporatin System and mehod for detecting acute brain function impairment
WO2018078619A1 (en) * 2016-10-25 2018-05-03 Brainsway Ltd Apparatus and methods for predicting therapy outcome
CN110799097A (en) * 2017-03-07 2020-02-14 艾欧敏达有限公司 Method and system for analyzing invasive brain stimulation
TWI651688B (en) * 2017-03-17 2019-02-21 長庚大學 Method for predicting clinical severity of neurological diseases using magnetic resonance imaging images
US10890972B2 (en) * 2017-04-06 2021-01-12 Korea University Research And Business Foundation Prefrontal-based cognitive brain-machine interfacing apparatus and method thereof
US10034645B1 (en) * 2017-04-13 2018-07-31 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Systems and methods for detecting complex networks in MRI image data
EP3618707A4 (en) * 2017-05-03 2020-12-23 HRL Laboratories, LLC Method and apparatus to determine optimal brain stimulation to induce desired behavior
US10235365B2 (en) * 2017-06-20 2019-03-19 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Transforming spoken thoughts to a visual representation
WO2019055798A1 (en) * 2017-09-14 2019-03-21 Louisiana Tech Research Corporation System and method for identifying a focal area of functional pathology in anesthetized subjects with neurological disorders
EP3684463A4 (en) 2017-09-19 2021-06-23 Neuroenhancement Lab, LLC Method and apparatus for neuroenhancement
US11717686B2 (en) 2017-12-04 2023-08-08 Neuroenhancement Lab, LLC Method and apparatus for neuroenhancement to facilitate learning and performance
US11318277B2 (en) 2017-12-31 2022-05-03 Neuroenhancement Lab, LLC Method and apparatus for neuroenhancement to enhance emotional response
RU181726U1 (en) * 2018-01-25 2018-07-26 Александр Вячеславович Малыгин DEVICE FOR TRANSCRANIAL ELECTRICAL STIMULATION OF THE BRAIN ENDORPHINIC MECHANISMS
US11364361B2 (en) 2018-04-20 2022-06-21 Neuroenhancement Lab, LLC System and method for inducing sleep by transplanting mental states
CN108549646B (en) * 2018-04-24 2022-04-15 中译语通科技股份有限公司 Neural network machine translation system based on capsule and information data processing terminal
RU2697752C2 (en) * 2018-04-24 2019-08-19 Олег Юрьевич Титов Electrode for functional mapping of hidden cortical formations (versions)
EP3794505A4 (en) * 2018-05-14 2022-05-18 Nokia Technologies OY Method and apparatus for image recognition
CN108921227B (en) * 2018-07-11 2022-04-08 广东技术师范学院 Glaucoma medical image classification method based on capsule theory
CN109147937A (en) * 2018-07-31 2019-01-04 中国科学院深圳先进技术研究院 Rehabilitation prediction technique and Related product based on image
WO2020056418A1 (en) 2018-09-14 2020-03-19 Neuroenhancement Lab, LLC System and method of improving sleep
US11665372B2 (en) * 2019-01-07 2023-05-30 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Fast projection method in video-based point cloud compression codecs
US11188085B2 (en) 2019-03-22 2021-11-30 Ford Global Technologies, Llc Vehicle capsule networks
US11786694B2 (en) 2019-05-24 2023-10-17 NeuroLight, Inc. Device, method, and app for facilitating sleep
KR102376984B1 (en) * 2019-06-12 2022-03-22 비웨이브 주식회사 Measurement apparatus of altered cortical region using functional network and method thereof
CA3155931A1 (en) * 2019-10-23 2021-04-29 Trustees Of Dartmouth College System and methods for impedance-based non-invasive intracranial monitoring
US11238966B2 (en) * 2019-11-04 2022-02-01 Georgetown University Method and system for assessing drug efficacy using multiple graph kernel fusion
KR102382324B1 (en) 2019-11-21 2022-04-01 연세대학교 산학협력단 Apparatus and method for classifying neural waveforms
KR102339061B1 (en) 2020-02-18 2021-12-14 연세대학교 산학협력단 Neural waveform classification device and learning apparatus and method therefor
US11925470B2 (en) * 2020-03-20 2024-03-12 Carnegie Mellon University Method for detecting and localizing brain silences in EEG signals using correlation of sources in a low-resolution grid to localize silences in a high-resolution grid of EEG sources
JP7528489B2 (en) * 2020-03-23 2024-08-06 株式会社リコー Information analysis device and information analysis method
CN111462863B (en) * 2020-04-14 2023-06-13 赣州市全标生物科技有限公司 Nutritional self-checking and meal recommending method and system
US11264137B1 (en) * 2020-10-08 2022-03-01 Omniscient Neurotechnology Pty Limited Centrality rankings of network graphs generated using connectomic brain data
CN112270406B (en) * 2020-11-11 2023-05-23 浙江大学 Nerve information visualization method of brain-like computer operating system
CN113143247A (en) * 2021-04-29 2021-07-23 常州大学 Method for constructing brain function hyper-network
US11699232B2 (en) * 2021-09-01 2023-07-11 Omniscient Neurotechnology Pty Limited Brain hub explorer
US11335453B1 (en) * 2021-10-19 2022-05-17 Omniscient Neurotechnology Pty Limited Systems and methods for displaying hubs in brain data
CN114081512A (en) * 2021-12-20 2022-02-25 天津大学 Method for evaluating influence degree of transcranial direct current stimulation on brain auditory processing capacity
CN114403812B (en) * 2022-03-30 2022-07-08 慧创科仪(北京)科技有限公司 Auxiliary analysis method, device and system for brain injury condition and storage medium
WO2024097870A2 (en) * 2022-11-03 2024-05-10 Duke University Systems and methods for brain source localization
CN116818369B (en) * 2023-08-29 2023-11-14 中汽研汽车检验中心（天津）有限公司 Method, equipment and medium for judging calibration result of automobile collision dummy
CN117421386B (en) * 2023-12-19 2024-04-16 成都市灵奇空间软件有限公司 GIS-based spatial data processing method and system

Citations (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US34015A (en) * 1861-12-24 Improvement in mode of securing carriage-wheel hubs to axles
US20050007091A1 (en) * 2003-03-31 2005-01-13 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Monitoring and representing complex signals
US20070118197A1 (en) * 2005-07-12 2007-05-24 Alfred E. Mann Institute For Biomedical Engineering At The University Of Southern Californ Probe for Identifying Injection Site for Deep Brain Neural Prostheses
US20070299370A1 (en) * 2002-04-30 2007-12-27 Alexander Bystritsky Methods for modifying electrical currents in neuronal circuits
US20080140593A1 (en) * 2006-11-28 2008-06-12 Numenta, Inc. Group-Based Temporal Pooling
US20080288493A1 (en) * 2005-03-16 2008-11-20 Imperial Innovations Limited Spatio-Temporal Self Organising Map
US20090248376A1 (en) * 2006-11-08 2009-10-01 Silva Gabriel A Complex Network Mapping
US20090248113A1 (en) * 2005-06-06 2009-10-01 Nano Biosensors Ltd. Microelectrode, Applications Thereof And Method Of Manufacturing
US20090287274A1 (en) * 2004-03-11 2009-11-19 Dirk De Ridder Electrical stimulation system and method for stimulating tissue in the brain to treat a neurological condition
US20100016752A1 (en) * 2003-12-31 2010-01-21 Sieracki Jeffrey M System and method for neurological activity signature determination, discrimination, and detection
US20100098289A1 (en) * 2008-07-09 2010-04-22 Florida Atlantic University System and method for analysis of spatio-temporal data
US20110028827A1 (en) * 2009-07-28 2011-02-03 Ranganatha Sitaram Spatiotemporal pattern classification of brain states
WO2011086563A2 (en) * 2010-01-18 2011-07-21 Elminda Ltd. Method and system for weighted analysis of neurophysiological data
US20120143796A1 (en) * 2010-12-03 2012-06-07 International Business Machines Corporation Group variable selection in spatiotemporal modeling
WO2013011515A1 (en) * 2011-07-20 2013-01-24 Elminda Ltd. Method and system for estimating brain concussion
WO2013142051A1 (en) * 2012-03-19 2013-09-26 University Of Florida Research Foundation, Inc. Methods and systems for brain function analysis

Family Cites Families (34)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
USRE34015E (en) * 1981-05-15 1992-08-04 The Children's Medical Center Corporation Brain electrical activity mapping
US4583190A (en) 1982-04-21 1986-04-15 Neuroscience, Inc. Microcomputer based system for performing fast Fourier transforms
US5331969A (en) 1985-07-30 1994-07-26 Swinburne Limited Equipment for testing or measuring brain activity
DE58908764D1 (en) * 1988-08-16 1995-01-26 Siemens Ag Arrangement for measuring local bioelectrical currents in biological tissue complexes.
US6463328B1 (en) * 1996-02-02 2002-10-08 Michael Sasha John Adaptive brain stimulation method and system
US6622036B1 (en) 2000-02-09 2003-09-16 Cns Response Method for classifying and treating physiologic brain imbalances using quantitative EEG
AUPP354898A0 (en) 1998-05-15 1998-06-11 Swinburne Limited Mass communication assessment system
CA2410464A1 (en) 2000-06-08 2001-12-13 Lawson Research Institute Diagnosis and classification of disease and disability using low frequency magnetic field designed pulses (cnps)
US6757558B2 (en) 2000-07-06 2004-06-29 Algodyne, Ltd. Objective pain measurement system and method
US20050283053A1 (en) * 2002-01-30 2005-12-22 Decharms Richard C Methods for physiological monitoring, training, exercise and regulation
US20040092809A1 (en) 2002-07-26 2004-05-13 Neurion Inc. Methods for measurement and analysis of brain activity
US20050177058A1 (en) 2004-02-11 2005-08-11 Nina Sobell System and method for analyzing the brain wave patterns of one or more persons for determining similarities in response to a common set of stimuli, making artistic expressions and diagnosis
EP1861003A1 (en) * 2005-03-04 2007-12-05 Mentis Cura ehf. A method and a system for assessing neurological conditions
JP5249024B2 (en) 2005-06-28 2013-07-31 バイオネス インコーポレイテッド Improvements to implants, systems and methods using embedded passive conductors that conduct current
US7499752B2 (en) 2005-07-29 2009-03-03 Cyberonics, Inc. Selective nerve stimulation for the treatment of eating disorders
US7720530B2 (en) * 2005-08-02 2010-05-18 Brainscope Company, Inc. Field-deployable concussion detector
US20070179558A1 (en) 2006-01-30 2007-08-02 Gliner Bradford E Systems and methods for varying electromagnetic and adjunctive neural therapies
CA2653513C (en) 2006-05-25 2015-03-31 Elminda Ltd. Neuropsychological spatiotemporal pattern recognition
WO2008073491A1 (en) 2006-12-11 2008-06-19 University Of Florida Research Foundation, Inc. System and method for analyzing progress of labor and preterm labor
US20140214730A9 (en) 2007-02-05 2014-07-31 Goded Shahaf System and method for neural modeling of neurophysiological data
US9402558B2 (en) 2007-04-05 2016-08-02 New York University System and method for pain detection and computation of a pain quantification index
US8392253B2 (en) 2007-05-16 2013-03-05 The Nielsen Company (Us), Llc Neuro-physiology and neuro-behavioral based stimulus targeting system
EP2227725A4 (en) 2007-11-29 2013-12-18 Elminda Ltd Clinical applications of neuropsychological pattern analysis and modeling
EP2227138A4 (en) 2007-11-29 2015-10-14 Elminda Ltd Functional analysis of neurophysiological data
US20100016753A1 (en) 2008-07-18 2010-01-21 Firlik Katrina S Systems and Methods for Portable Neurofeedback
SG176604A1 (en) 2009-06-26 2012-01-30 Widex As Eeg monitoring system and method of monitoring an eeg
US20110190621A1 (en) 2010-02-01 2011-08-04 Verdoorn Todd A Methods and Systems for Regional Synchronous Neural Interactions Analysis
US20130096363A1 (en) 2010-04-02 2013-04-18 M. Bret Schneider Neuromodulation of deep-brain targets by transcranial magnetic stimulation enhanced by transcranial direct current stimulation
CN102822833B (en) 2010-04-14 2016-05-11 皇家飞利浦电子股份有限公司 The system of planning neurosurgery
CA2797701C (en) 2010-04-27 2022-06-21 Rhode Island Hospital Method of identifying and treating chronic pain of peripheral origin related to peripheral nerve damage
WO2012104853A2 (en) 2011-02-03 2012-08-09 The Medical Research, Infrastructure, And Health Services Fund Of The Tel Aviv Medical Center Method and system for use in monitoring neural activity in a subject's brain
WO2013192582A1 (en) 2012-06-22 2013-12-27 Neurotrek , Inc. Device and methods for noninvasive neuromodulation using targeted transcrannial electrical stimulation
KR20150085007A (en) 2012-11-13 2015-07-22 엘마인다 리미티드 Neurophysiological data analysis using spatiotemporal parcellation
WO2015071901A2 (en) 2013-11-13 2015-05-21 Elminda Ltd. Method and system for managing pain

Patent Citations (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US34015A (en) * 1861-12-24 Improvement in mode of securing carriage-wheel hubs to axles
US20070299370A1 (en) * 2002-04-30 2007-12-27 Alexander Bystritsky Methods for modifying electrical currents in neuronal circuits
US20050007091A1 (en) * 2003-03-31 2005-01-13 The Salk Institute For Biological Studies Monitoring and representing complex signals
US20100016752A1 (en) * 2003-12-31 2010-01-21 Sieracki Jeffrey M System and method for neurological activity signature determination, discrimination, and detection
US20090287274A1 (en) * 2004-03-11 2009-11-19 Dirk De Ridder Electrical stimulation system and method for stimulating tissue in the brain to treat a neurological condition
US20080288493A1 (en) * 2005-03-16 2008-11-20 Imperial Innovations Limited Spatio-Temporal Self Organising Map
US20090248113A1 (en) * 2005-06-06 2009-10-01 Nano Biosensors Ltd. Microelectrode, Applications Thereof And Method Of Manufacturing
US20070118197A1 (en) * 2005-07-12 2007-05-24 Alfred E. Mann Institute For Biomedical Engineering At The University Of Southern Californ Probe for Identifying Injection Site for Deep Brain Neural Prostheses
US20090248376A1 (en) * 2006-11-08 2009-10-01 Silva Gabriel A Complex Network Mapping
US20080140593A1 (en) * 2006-11-28 2008-06-12 Numenta, Inc. Group-Based Temporal Pooling
US20100098289A1 (en) * 2008-07-09 2010-04-22 Florida Atlantic University System and method for analysis of spatio-temporal data
US20110028827A1 (en) * 2009-07-28 2011-02-03 Ranganatha Sitaram Spatiotemporal pattern classification of brain states
WO2011086563A2 (en) * 2010-01-18 2011-07-21 Elminda Ltd. Method and system for weighted analysis of neurophysiological data
US20120143796A1 (en) * 2010-12-03 2012-06-07 International Business Machines Corporation Group variable selection in spatiotemporal modeling
WO2013011515A1 (en) * 2011-07-20 2013-01-24 Elminda Ltd. Method and system for estimating brain concussion
WO2013142051A1 (en) * 2012-03-19 2013-09-26 University Of Florida Research Foundation, Inc. Methods and systems for brain function analysis

Non-Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ABDULHAMIT SUBASI: "EEG signal classification using wavelet feature extraction and mixture of expert model", EXPERT SYSTEMS WITH APPLICATIONS, vol. 32, no. Issue 4., 31 May 2007 (2007-05-31), XP005786134 *
BORCKARDT ET AL.: "A Pilot Study of the Tolerability and Effects of High-Definition Transcranial Direct Current Stimulation (HD-tDCS) on Pain Perception", THE JOURNAL OF PAIN, vol. 13, no. 2, 1 February 2012 (2012-02-01), pages 112 - 120, XP055288314 *
DEY ET AL.: "Exploiting the brain's network structure in identifying ADHD subjects", FRONTIERS IN SYSTEMS NEUROSCIENCE, vol. 6, no. 75, 16 November 2012 (2012-11-16), pages 1 - 13, XP055288317 *
FEILDEN: "Human enhancement comes a step closer", BBC NEWS, 26 January 2012 (2012-01-26), XP055288312, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:http://www.bbc.co.uk/ news/ science -environment-16739645> *
HAN ET AL.: "Cluster-Based Statistics for Brain Connectivity in Correlation with Behavioural Measures", CORRELATIONAL NETWORK ANALYSIS BEHAVIOURS, vol. 8, no. Issue 8, 1 August 2013 (2013-08-01), pages 1 - 13, XP055288323 *
See also references of EP2919647A4 *

Cited By (25)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10136830B2 (en) 2012-11-13 2018-11-27 Elminda Ltd. Neurophysiological data analysis using spatiotemporal parcellation
US11583217B2 (en) 2012-11-13 2023-02-21 Firefly Neuroscience Ltd. Neurophysiological data analysis using spatiotemporal parcellation
WO2015071901A3 (en) * 2013-11-13 2015-07-09 Elminda Ltd. Method and system for managing pain
US9713433B2 (en) 2013-11-13 2017-07-25 Elminda Ltd. Method and system for managing pain
US20170216595A1 (en) * 2014-09-28 2017-08-03 Elminda Ltd. Brain stimulation tool configuration
WO2016046830A3 (en) * 2014-09-28 2016-08-18 Elminda Ltd. Brain stimulation tool configuration
US10668283B2 (en) 2014-09-28 2020-06-02 Elminda Ltd. Brain stimulation tool configuration
US9943689B2 (en) 2015-03-04 2018-04-17 International Business Machines Corporation Analyzer for behavioral analysis and parameterization of neural stimulation
GB2537030B (en) * 2015-03-04 2017-05-10 Ibm Analyzer for behavioral analysis and parameterization of neural stimulation
GB2537030A (en) * 2015-03-04 2016-10-05 Ibm Analyzer for behavioral analysis and parameterization of neural stimulation
US10667737B2 (en) 2015-03-23 2020-06-02 International Business Machines Corporation Monitoring a person for indications of a brain injury
US10653353B2 (en) 2015-03-23 2020-05-19 International Business Machines Corporation Monitoring a person for indications of a brain injury
US20160331327A1 (en) * 2015-05-12 2016-11-17 International Business Machines Corporation Detection of a traumatic brain injury with a mobile device
US20160331295A1 (en) * 2015-05-12 2016-11-17 International Business Machines Corporation Detection of a traumatic brain injury with a mobile device
US10635899B2 (en) * 2016-08-19 2020-04-28 Korea University Research And Business Foundation Apparatus and method for detecting brain fingerprint using causal connectivity of brainwave
US20180053049A1 (en) * 2016-08-19 2018-02-22 Korea University Research And Business Foundation Apparatus and method for detecting brain fingerprint using causal connectivity of brainwave
US11198018B2 (en) 2016-09-27 2021-12-14 Mor Research Applications Ltd. EEG microstates for controlling neurological treatment
US12042293B2 (en) 2016-09-27 2024-07-23 Mor Research Applications Ltd. EEG microstates analysis
CN109587651A (en) * 2018-12-26 2019-04-05 中国电建集团河南省电力勘测设计院有限公司 A kind of collecting network data of wireless sensor algorithm
CN109587651B (en) * 2018-12-26 2021-11-02 中国电建集团河南省电力勘测设计院有限公司 Wireless sensor network data aggregation method
JP2022027267A (en) * 2020-07-31 2022-02-10 株式会社リコー Biological information measurement apparatus, biological information measurement method, and biological information measurement program
JP7489663B2 (en) 2020-07-31 2024-05-24 株式会社リコー Biological information measuring device, biological information measuring method, and biological information measuring program
WO2022265977A1 (en) * 2021-06-15 2022-12-22 Boston Scientific Neuromodulation Corporation Methods and systems for estimating neural activation by stimulation using a stimulation system
IT202200023925A1 (en) * 2022-11-21 2024-05-21 Ospedale San Raffaele Srl Method for analyzing a user's reaction to at least one stimulus
WO2024110833A1 (en) * 2022-11-21 2024-05-30 Ospedale San Raffaele S.R.L. Method for analyzing a user's reaction to at least one stimulus

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20150085007A (en) 2015-07-22
BR112015010990A2 (en) 2017-07-11
US10136830B2 (en) 2018-11-27
JP2015534856A (en) 2015-12-07
US20160038049A1 (en) 2016-02-11
JP6452612B2 (en) 2019-01-16
US20190053726A1 (en) 2019-02-21
EP2919647B1 (en) 2021-01-06
CN104955388A (en) 2015-09-30
US11583217B2 (en) 2023-02-21
EP2919647A1 (en) 2015-09-23
CN104955388B (en) 2018-12-25
EP2919647A4 (en) 2016-12-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11583217B2 (en) Neurophysiological data analysis using spatiotemporal parcellation
US10668283B2 (en) Brain stimulation tool configuration
US9895077B2 (en) Method for diagnosing a brain related disorder using brain network activity patterns
US9713433B2 (en) Method and system for managing pain
AU2012285379B2 (en) Method and system for estimating brain concussion
JP2013517043A5 (en)
CN110799097A (en) Method and system for analyzing invasive brain stimulation
Oeur et al. Regional variations distinguish auditory from visual evoked potentials in healthy 4 week old piglets

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13855226

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2015541302

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 238818

Country of ref document: IL

Ref document number: 14442407

Country of ref document: US

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2013855226

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20157015605

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112015010990

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112015010990

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20150513